diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'old/13742.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/13742.txt | 8950 |
1 files changed, 8950 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/13742.txt b/old/13742.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3622021 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/13742.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8950 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume +VIII (of 55), 1591-1593, by Emma Helen Blair + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, Volume VIII (of 55), 1591-1593 + +Author: Emma Helen Blair + +Release Date: October 14, 2004 [EBook #13742] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, *** + + + + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the PG Distributed Proofreaders Team + + + + + +THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, 1493-1898 + +Explorations by early navigators, descriptions of the islands and +their peoples, their history and records of the catholic missions, +as related in contemporaneous books and manuscripts, showing the +political, economic, commercial and religious conditions of those +islands from their earliest relations with European nations to the +close of the nineteenth century + +Volume VIII, 1591-1593 + + + +Edited and annotated by Emma Helen Blair and James Alexander Robertson +with historical introduction and additional notes by Edward Gaylord +Bourne. + + + + + + + + + +Contents of Volume VIII + + +Preface ... 9 +Documents of 1591 + + The collection of tributes in the Filipinas Islands + (_concluded_). Domingo de Salazar, and others; Manila, + January-March ... 25 + Liberty of the Indians in the Philippinas. Gregory XIV; + Rome, April 18 ... 70 + Articles of contract for the conquest of + Mindanao. Gomez Perez Dasmarinas and Estevan Rodriguez + de Figueroa; Manila, May 12 ... 73 + Ordinance forbidding the Indians to wear Chinese + stuffs. G. P. Dasmarinas, and others; Manila, April + 9-May 20 ... 78 + Account of the encomiendas in the Philipinas + Islands. [G. P. Dasmarinas]; Manila, May 31 ... 96 + Letter to Felipe II. G. P. Dasmarinas; Manila, June + 20 ... 142 + The fortification of Manila. G. P. Dasmarinas; Manila, + June 20 ... 169 + Investigations at Manila concerning trade with + Macan. Melchor de Baeca, and others; Manila, May + 23-November 19 ... 174 + + +Documents of 1592 + + Opinions of the religious communities on the war with + the Zambales. Juan de Valderrama, and others; Manila, + January 19-20 ... 199 + Letter of congratulation to the bishop, clergy, + and people of the Philippines. Clement VIII; Rome, + March 25 ... 234 + Letter to Felipe II. G. P. Dasmarinas; Manila, May + 31 ... 236 + Rules for the Manila hospital. G. P. Dasmarinas; + [Manila, May 31] ... 245 + Expedition to Tuy. [Luis Perez Dasmarinas]; Manila, + June 1 ... 250 + Two letters to Felipe II. G. P. Dasmarinas; Manila, + June 6, 11 ... 252 + An embassy from Japan. Hideyoshi, and others; 1591-92 + ... 260 + Three letters to Felipe II. G. P. Dasmarinas; June 20, + July 6 ... 268 + Luzon menaced by Japanese. [G. P. Dasmarinas; Manila, + 1592] ... 284 + +Documents of 1593 + + Letter to Governor Dasmarinas. Felipe II; Madrid, + January 17 ... 301 + Two royal decrees. Felipe II; Madrid, January 17, + and February 11 ... 312 + +Bibliographical Data ... 319 + + + + +Illustrations + + + Autograph signatures of Augustinian officials; photographic + facsimile from MS. in Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla + ... 215 + Autograph signatures of Dominican officials; photographic + facsimile from MS. in Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla + ... 223 + Autograph signature of Antonio Sedeno, S. J.; photographic + facsimile from MS. in Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla + ... 227 + Autograph signature of Pedro Baptista, O.S.F.; photographic + facsimile from MS. in Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla + ... 231 + + + + +Preface + + +In this volume are recorded the more important events in the history of +the Philippine colony during the years 1591-92. The dissensions between +the secular and the ecclesiastical authorities continue, though the +governor asks, in various important public affairs, the advice of the +religious orders, and in view of a threatened invasion by the Japanese, +appeals to the ecclesiastics to cease their opposition to his measures, +and aid his efforts to save the colony. Dasmarinas does all in his +power for its defense and increase; but the unfriendly attitude of +the ecclesiastics, the restrictions laid on commerce, the poverty of +the public treasury, and the greed of officials and other influential +residents, all greatly hinder and embarrass his efforts. A papal decree +orders the Indian slaves in the islands to be freed. Explorations are +made in northern Luzon, opening up a rich and important region; and +the conquest of Mindanao is undertaken. The Chinese trade continues to +call for special measures: the Spanish residents of the islands ask +for permission from the home government to trade with the Portuguese +colony of Macao; and, in order to encourage the Indians to keep up +their native industries, they are forbidden to wear Chinese stuffs. A +revolt of the Zambales and Negritos of western Luzon is quelled, and +the surviving insurgents are dispersed or enslaved. The emperor of +Japan demands from the Spaniards of the islands tribute and homage, +which excites in their minds apprehensions of coming war. + +The document of 1591 relating to the collection of tributes in the +islands, begun in _Vol_. VII, is here concluded. The bishop asks the +governor to let him know his decision regarding such collection; +the latter replies (February 8) that he cannot make any change in +present conditions without further orders from the king; and issues +(February 28) a decree regulating the collection of tributes. A dispute +between the bishop and the governor ensues, followed by letters (dated +March 4-21) interchanged by them, which are an interesting revelation +of the relations between the religious and secular authorities, and +of the conflicting interests involved therein. The governor repels +(March 8) the accusation that he has been the mouthpiece of others; +defends the Jesuits from any suspicion of unfriendliness toward the +bishop; and complains that he is still attacked in the pulpit. In +another letter (dated March 19) Dasmarinas makes suggestions to the +bishop regarding the best means of meeting the religious needs of the +Indians with the small number of priests who can be thus employed. He +denies that he has any partiality for the Augustinians over the +other orders and makes various explanations regarding his attitude +toward the orders. He then urges the bishop to follow his suggestions, +and thus to fulfil his obvious and pressing duties--advising Salazar +not to meddle with the encomenderos, and other matters which do not +concern his office. Dasmarinas also complains that the bishop does +not provide laymen to instruct the natives; that he allows the Indians +to come to Manila too often with their complaints, and that there are +irregularities in the appointment of clergymen to benefices. Salazar +replies (March 21) to this epistle, manifesting little confidence +in the promises made by the secular authorities, and calling for +their fulfilment. The bishop complains of the wrongs that are being +perpetrated, and of the curtailment of his own authority. He claims +that he has the right to decide whether a religious order may take +possession of a new field. He discusses the governor's suggestions +regarding the provision of clergymen for various districts, and +explains what he is willing to do. He objects to placing one friar +alone in a village, and desires to leave the assignment of the friars' +charge to their superiors--citing for this the arrangements already +adopted in Mexico regarding this matter; he also objects to any +interference with his priests by the governor, rebukes the latter for +assuming to instruct his bishop in the episcopal duties, and asserts +his own rights and privileges. Salazar declares that he cannot find +suitable laymen to instruct the Indians, and that they come to him for +help and counsel because the governor treats them so ungraciously. He +no longer fills the office of "protector of the Indians," for it has +brought him only sorrow, and he cannot do for them what he desires. + +A decree of Gregory XIV (dated April 18, 1591) requires restitution +to the Indians for the losses caused to them in the conquest of the +Philippines, according to the ability of the individual conquerors; +and sets free all Indian slaves in the islands. On May 12 of that +year are signed articles of contract for the conquest of Mindanao, +a task which is undertaken by Estevan Rodriguez de Figueroa (the same +officer formerly sent thither by Sande). He is to establish at least +one settlement there; and encomiendas are to be allotted, the most +important being reserved for the crown, and one-third of the remainder +for the conqueror. Certain documents dated between April 9 and May 20, +1591, relate to a municipal ordinance (March 30) forbidding the Indians +to wear silks or other stuffs from China. Dasmarinas institutes an +inquiry (April 9) into the results of this on the natives, and the +possibility that the decree should be suspended in some cases. Ten +witnesses, converted Indian chiefs, testify that the importation of +Chinese goods has ruined the native industries, and demoralized the +people; and that the ordinance should be enforced. + +A document unsigned, but prepared by order of the governor (dated +May 31, 1591), gives "a detailed account of the encomiendas in the +Philippinas Islands," royal and private, pacified and hostile, with +and without instruction; the names of the encomenderos, and the number +of the tributarios, religious ministers, and magistrates in each. At +the beginning is given a description of the city of Manila, with +the churches, public buildings, governmental and municipal offices, +Parian, etc. There are some three thousand Chinese in the islands, +two-thirds of whom live in the Parian, where they have two hundred +shops. There are so many friars in Manila that some of them might +well be sent to districts where ministers are lacking. At the end of +the document is a brief summary of the above statistics. The writer +concludes that the number of religious teachers ought to be at least +doubled, and "even more, for when they arrive here, one-fourth of +these will have died"--pathetic commentary on the hardships of a +voyage across the Pacific. + +At the end of his first year as governor, Dasmarinas writes (June 20, +1591) a report for that period. Delay in receiving the royal despatches +before leaving Spain has prevented him from obtaining the money which +he was to expend in building the Manila cathedral, and the amount +raised for this purpose at Manila had been much lessened by poor +management; but he has stopped the waste (mainly in large salaries), +and is pushing the work as fast as he can. He has aided the hospitals, +but they need much more help, for they are crowded with patients on +account of the unhealthful climate. He complains that the bishop +hinders his attempts to obtain a statement of accounts from the +Franciscan friars in charge of the hospital for Indians; the king +thereupon orders that this matter be officially investigated, and +that the governor take possession of both hospitals in the name of +his Majesty. Dasmarinas recommends that more ministers of religion +be furnished for the Indians, and sends an exact statement of the +encomiendas and their religious needs (the document preceding this). He +places before the king the problem of collecting the tributes, which he +has recently been discussing with the clergy and friars; summarizes the +position of the latter thereon, and his own arguments with the bishop; +and complains that the latter is arrogant and self-willed. Another +letter of the same date reports his measures for fortifying the city; +he imposes a tax of two per cent on all shipments of goods from the +islands. The bishop opposes this measure, as do the members of the +late Audiencia, apparently because it touches their personal interests +too closely. + +In the summer of the same year, the citizens of Manila ask that they +may be allowed to trade with the inhabitants of Macao, the Portuguese +settlement in China. Dasmarinas orders an inquiry to be made into this +matter, and has various witnesses examined. This is done according +to a detailed interrogatory--the witnesses testifying that the +Portuguese of Macao trade with the Philippine Islands, with much +profit and advantage; that the trade of Macao is rapidly increasing +in extent and range, and yet does not notably decrease the abundance +of goods to be had at that port; that, if the Spaniards trade there, +it will be much easier to introduce the gospel into China; that +hitherto no trading ships have gone from the Philippines to India; +that trade with Macao will enrich the islands; that the Portuguese at +Macao have plundered a ship sent thither by Dasmarinas; and that the +Chinese desire the trade of the Spaniards. To this are appended various +declarations and decrees which bear upon the question discussed; and, +finally, the recommendation of Dasmarinas that the king permit trade +between the islands and Macao. + +Hostilities arising with the Zambales of Luzon, the governor calls +upon the religious orders for their opinion regarding the justice +of waging war against these Indians. The Augustinians make a long +and elaborate response; they state three conditions as necessary +to make a war righteous--that he who begins it must have authority, +just cause, and righteous intention. These are explained in detail, as +general precepts, and then applied to the question now before them--all +fortified by citations from doctors of law and theology, and from the +Bible. Their conclusion is that war may be justly waged against the +Zambales. They also lay down the rules which should, _ex jure gentium_, +be followed in the conduct of such war; and end by recommending that +the Zambales, when conquered, should be transplanted to some other +district, and remodeled into an agricultural people. This document +is presented in full, as a curious and interesting example of the +reasoning employed by churchmen of that time in settling questions of +public concern, and of the opinions then current regarding the laws of +war. The Dominicans mention the evil practice of head-hunting among the +hostile tribes, and declare that the latter have no right to attack, as +they have done, the peaceable tribes; on the contrary these latter have +just cause for war on the Zambales and Negrillos. To them the question +is, whether it is, in the circumstances, expedient and necessary +for the Spaniards to attack these ferocious peoples. The fathers +consider this war as justifiable; the enemy should be destroyed, +and all who are taken captive should be enslaved for a specified +time. The Jesuits consider that the first step is to ascertain who +are guilty of inciting the outrages which the Zambales have committed +against both the Spaniards and their Indian allies--whether all of +that people, or only a few; whether their chiefs, or certain lawless +individuals. When this shall be known, then the guilty, and they +only should be punished. If the tribe as a whole, or their chiefs, +are responsible, war against them is justifiable; but it should be +waged with all possible mercy and moderation. These fathers also +recommend a limited period of enslavement for captives; and that the +women and children of the conquered people shall be removed from their +country and dispersed elsewhere in small bands--a proceeding from which +"they will receive much benefit, both spiritual and corporal." But +they protest against mutilation, except for those who shall commit +individual crimes. The Franciscan guardian renders a short opinion, +to the effect that malefactors should be punished, and highways made +safe for the Indian allies. If war be necessary to accomplish this, +then war is justifiable; but therein the innocent should be spared. + +A letter of congratulation to the bishop, clergy, and people of +the Philippines is sent (March 25, 1592) by Clement VIII. On May 31, +Governor Dasmarinas writes to the king. He states that he has received +no letter from his Majesty since he arrived in the islands, and fears +that his own to Spain may be lost. The islands are generally in a +prosperous condition; trade is flourishing, the religious orders +are at peace, "and, aside from the bishop, everything is quite as +it should be." The cathedral church is complete; the seminary for +girls is established, and some of its inmates have been married, +and a new house is being erected for its use. The new fort is well +under way, and some artillery has been mounted in it. New galleys have +been built, which are manned by Zambale slaves captured in war. All +trading is now done by the royal ships, which is much less expensive +and more satisfactory. Dasmarinas recommends that private shippers +be charged a moderate rate on tonnage. The Zambales have been reduced +to subjection, their country devastated, and the survivors dispersed +in various new settlements. New explorations have been made in the +interior of Luzon; one, which seemed important, had to be abandoned +on account of sickness among the troops; half the Spanish soldiers +have died. The country is in danger of attack by the Japanese, and +needs prompt and effective succor; he asks that the troops be sent +from Castilla, "and not Creoles or exiles from Mexico." The governor +is trying to secure quicksilver, on which the Chinese have given him +prices. With this letter he sends a set of rules for the hospital. + +A brief account of the expedition to Tuy is furnished (June 1, 1592) +by Luis Perez, son of Dasmarinas. He has easily pacified the natives, +who are a superior race; and expects to establish a Spanish settlement +there, another year. The governor writes (June 6) to the king to make +certain explanations about his relations with Pedro de Rojas, his legal +counselor. The letter is conceited and self-willed, prejudiced and +overbearing. Dasmarinas complains that Rojas and other late auditors +have been greedy of gain in the foreign trade, and have opposed the +governor's efforts to raise funds for necessary expenses. The latter +has ascertained what their business dealings are, of which he has +sent reports to Spain. He recommends that Rojas be transferred to +some other country, preferably not Mexico. (An endorsement on the +MS. states that Rojas has been given an appointment in Mexico.) At +the end is the "register of merchandise carried in the ship 'Sant +Felippe';" all the consignors are ecclesiastics, or officials of the +Audiencia. In another letter (June 11) Dasmarinas informs the king +of a recent embassy sent to him by a king in Japan, and sends to him +translated copies of the letters which they bring, which demand from +the Spaniards subjection and tribute, to be rendered to him. In this +emergency, they are endeavoring to prepare for possible hostilities +and Dasmarinas asks that the Mexican government be commanded to +furnish troops and supplies to the Philippines. The letter of the +Japanese ruler (written in 1591) demands, with much arrogance, +that the Spaniards render him allegiance and tribute. Dasmarinas +replies cautiously, alleging that he does not understand the Japanese +language, and fears that the envoy is making false representations; +he accordingly sends an envoy (Father Juan Cobo) to carry this letter, +with a present, to the king of Japan. + +Another Letter to Felipe (June 20, 1592) recounts the difficulties +which Dasmarinas had to encounter upon arriving in the Philippines. He +is disgusted with the exorbitant claims made by the soldiers +for rewards due them for their services. He finds no ships or +supplies, and no place where the latter could be kept. He is building +storehouses, and collecting what supplies he can find. He has built +such fortifications as his means permitted; for this he has levied +various duties and contributions. He has incurred the enmity of the +bishop and friars. The royal exchequer is empty, but heavily loaded +with debts--a legacy from the Audiencia. The governor objects to the +Chinese trade, and thinks that the natives of the islands should be +induced to raise and weave their own cotton. He has issued a decree +forbidding the Chinese traders to remain in the islands; this is +violently opposed by the clergy and friars. Dasmarinas warns the king +that this measure will decrease the royal income. The bishop intends to +go to Spain, and is trying to make trouble for the governor. Another +letter of the same date is devoted to an account of his difficulties +with the ecclesiastics. He complains of their arbitrary and tyrannical +conduct, and of the bishop's headstrong and obstinate disposition, +and his interference with the conduct of secular affairs. Both he +and the friars have so used their power over the Indians that the +latter "recognize no other king or superior than the father of the +doctrina, and are more attentive to his commands than to those of +the governor." Dasmarinas accuses them of practically enslaving the +natives for their own service and benefit; and the bishop of taking +for his personal use the money entrusted to him for restitutions to +the Indians. The clergy "are all better merchants than students of +Latin." The governor thinks that it will be best to send the bishop to +Spain. In another letter (July 9), he complains of the evils arising +from the unregulated marriages of the widows and minor heirs who have +inherited encomiendas, and suggests that he be empowered to control +such marriages. + +Two papers unsigned and undated, but evidently emanating from the +governor, contain suggestions for precautions to be taken by the +Spaniards in view of the threatened hostilities by the Japanese. These +suggestions are submitted to a council of war and to the religious +houses, respectively. Among the former are the expulsion of Japanese +and Chinese traders from Manila; the accumulation of provisions; +agreement that no one will, if captured, accept ransom; and +establishment of a refuge in the hills near Manila for the women, +children, and sick. The religious are asked to give their opinion +on certain points: whether it would not be well to take from the +Indians their gold, as a pledge for their good behavior in the event +of hostilities; to induce the Christianized natives to remove inland +to more secure locations, there to produce rice and other supplies; to +seize the property of the Chinese and place it in the warehouses of the +city, and break up the Parian; and to oblige the encomenderos to store +in the city the provisions which they collect as tributes. Another +communication from the governor is addressed to the ecclesiastics. He +reminds them of their persistent opposition to his measures, but +urges them, in view of the common danger that threatens the colony, +to unite with him in efforts to repel it and to save the country. + +A letter from Felipe to Dasmarinas (January 17, 1593) commends the +governor's faithfulness and care in his office, and replies to various +suggestions made in his dispatches. Dasmarinas is to take possession +of the hospitals for the king, restrain the assumption of authority by +the bishop, and not allow him to meddle with the payment of salaries +to the priests. The religious orders are not to interfere with civil +affairs. Dasmarinas shall appoint, in place of the bishop, a protector +of the Indians. All the tributes are to be increased by two reals; and +the royal fifth shall be exacted as soon as practicable. The soldiers +are not to be allowed to trade, beyond the amount of a few hundred +pesos; the governor may, at his discretion, permit some to return to +Nueva Espana. The removal of the Chinese traders from Manila is left to +the governor's judgment. Workmen in the islands are to be paid there, +from the royal treasury. The duties levied by Dasmarinas are approved +and continued. With this letter go two decrees; one (dated on the same +day) ordains that suits involving one thousand ducados or less may be +concluded in the court of the islands, and those for larger sums may +be appealed to the Audiencia of Mexico. The other (dated February 11) +restricts the trade with China to the inhabitants of the Philippines, +and forbids those of the American colonies (except those of Nueva +Espana) to trade, not only with China, but even with the Philippines. + +_The Editors_ October, 1903. + + + + + +Documents of 1591 + + + The collection of tributes in the Filipinas + (_concluded_). Domingo de Salazar, and others; January-March. + Liberty of the Indians in the Philippinas. Gregory XIV; + April 18. + Articles of contract for the conquest of + Mindanao. G. P. Dasmarinas and Estevan Rodriguez de Figueroa; + May 12. + Ordinance forbidding the Indians to wear Chinese + stuffs. G. P. Dasmarinas and others; April 9-May 20. + Account of the encomiendas in the Philippinas + Islands. [G. P. Dasmarinas]; May 31. + Letter to Felipe II. G. P. Dasmarinas; June 20. + The fortification of Manila. G. P. Dasmarinas; June 20. + Investigations at Manila concerning trade with Macan. Melchor + de Baeca, and others; May 23-November 19. + + +_Sources_: All but two of these documents are obtained from original +MSS. in the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla. The papal decree is +found in Hernaez's _Coleccion de bulas_, i, p. 108; the account of +encomiendas is taken from Retana's _Archivo del bibliofilo filipino_, +iv, pp. 41-111. + +_Translations_: Such part of the first document as appears in +this volume is translated by Norman F. Hall; the second is by +Rev. T. C. Middleton, O.S.A., of Villanova College; the third and +fifth, by James A. Robertson; the fourth, by Herman G. A. Brauer, +of the University of Wisconsin; the sixth, by Jose M. and Clara +M. Asensio; the seventh, by Henry B. Lathrop, of the University of +Wisconsin; the eighth, by Alfonso de Salvio, of Harvard University. + + + + + +The Collection of Tributes in the Filipinas Islands (_concluded_) + + +Letter from the Bishop to the Governor + +_Jesus_ + +Inasmuch as your Lordship wrote to me at San Francisco del Monte that +the encomenderos were urgently seeking from you permission to make +collections from their encomiendas, I despatched to you from that +place an answer to the letter which your Lordship wrote to me after +having received my statement and that of the other theologians of +the bishopric who think carefully about this matter. I had therein +represented to your Lordship some of the difficulties which might +result from carrying into execution some of the plans proposed in the +aforesaid statement. In the reply, I solved these difficulties; and +have since been waiting to learn what your Lordship has communicated +to the encomenderos regarding collections in the encomiendas which +are without religious instruction. Since I must inform all confessors +who are outside the city how they are to deal in the confessional +with the aforesaid encomenderos, I pray your Lordship to favor me by +advising me of your transactions with these encomenderos, so that +we may all be of one mind, express ourselves in harmony, and avoid +dissensions among ourselves, which are wont to be the cause of many +evils. It is necessary that your Lordship should inform me promptly; +for messages must be sent to some districts remote from here, and, +if I do not write at once, I shall be unable to send word to the +confessors in time. May God guard your Lordship. From this house, +on Ash Wednesday of the year 91. + +_The Bishop_ + + + +Reply by the Governor + + +Yesterday I received a letter from your Lordship in which you request +me to inform you what resolutions and plans I have adopted in the +matter of collecting the tributes. I reply that besides the former +statements and conclusions which your Lordship has written on this +subject in such learned fashion, I have read also the last decision and +statement thereon which your Lordship sent me in reply to my letter +to you on this subject. I answer that all this comes as from your +most reverend hand, and is most holy and excellent. But on account of +those very obstacles which I represented to you, which every day are +constraining me more and more, I dare not undertake any innovation, +or put into execution a doctrine which will expose all our affairs +to such risk. + +The point on which your Lordship and I most differ is concerning the +pacified encomiendas which possess justice and religious instruction; +and in those also pacified which enjoy justice, but are without +religious instruction. The king grants to neither your Lordship +nor myself authority to deal with these encomiendas, nor in his +instructions does his Majesty mention or raise any doubt in regard to +them; he discusses only those which are disaffected, or were never +pacified. Consequently, the other encomiendas must remain in their +present condition, without making any changes, until such time as +his Majesty shall make other provisions. I therefore state that my +opinion and final decision is that which your Lordship may see in this +document. I trust that your Lordship will strive to conform thereto; +if you cannot, please give an account of your opinion of it to his +Majesty, so that he may declare what action we are to take. In the +meantime, I shall order the encomenderos and the collectors to act in +accordance with my decision; and I have no more to say on this matter, +and shall make no changes. As far as I am concerned, this discussion +is closed for the present, and settled until I shall receive further +orders from my king; for this decision is what I consider best for +his royal service. From the office, February 8, 1591. + +[Salazar writes a short letter (dated Feb. 14) to Dasmarinas, urging +him to adopt the measures proposed by the clergy; but, as it contains +no new information, we do not present it here.] + + + + +Order Issued by the Governor for Collection of the Tributes + + +I, Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, governor and captain-general of these +Islas Philipinas for the king our lord: Inasmuch as I am notified, by +the decrees and instructions of his Majesty, wherein he commands and +charges me to exert myself to check the excesses and lawless acts which +are prevalent in the collection of the tributes in the encomiendas +belonging to his Majesty, as well as those of the other encomenderos, +I have looked into this matter; and, with all the care and attention +I could give, I have consulted and conferred as to the best order +and method that should be employed in the aforesaid collections, +in order that God and the king, our lord, may be served. Therefore, +in order that the Indians may not be annoyed or aforesaid excesses--it +is fitting that the procedure is not due them, to put an end to the +evils and wrongs which have existed in this business, and to check +the aforesaid excesses--it is fitting that the procedure which is to +be henceforth followed be understood and established. Accordingly, +by this present I do order and command that in the collection of +tributes, not only in the encomiendas of the king but in all others, +the following rules and conditions shall be observed: + +First: In the encomiendas of his Majesty as well as in those of private +persons, where they have Christian instruction and the administration +of secular justice for the maintenance of law and order, the entire +tribute levied may be collected from the natives; and the encomendero +is bound, with that part of the tribute which falls to him, to aid in +the support of the minister or ministers of religion who belong to +his encomienda. The said tribute shall be collected in its entirety +in the aforesaid encomiendas where justice and religious instruction +exist, and equally from all the Indians therein, whether believers +or unbelievers. I also order all encomenderos who are or shall be +appointed in the encomiendas, to provide with the utmost punctuality +and promptness, each in his own encomienda, that part of the tribute +which is due from them for the maintenance of religious teaching, +churches, and all other purposes of religion, under penalty of being +deprived of their encomiendas; and the collectors, under the penalties +hereinafter written, which will be most vigorously executed. + +_Item_: In those encomiendas where justice is administered, but where, +through lack of ministers, there is no religious instruction, the +tribute shall be collected, reserving that part which would be due +to the minister, if they had one--namely, a fourth part of the tax, +a little more or less, which part shall be left and freely surrendered +to the Indians. + +_Item_: In those encomiendas which, on account of their remoteness, +have neither justice nor religious instruction, no tribute shall be +collected until such time as God shall order the affairs of these +islands; and his Majesty, informed of their condition, shall make +other provisions, in order that he may be better served. + +_Item_: The same is decreed for those encomiendas which are disaffected +or have never been pacified. No collection shall be made in this case +except from those encomiendas which, having once been pacified, and +having rendered obedience to his Majesty, shall without any just cause +rise in rebellion. From those encomiendas may be taken such part of +the tribute as can conveniently be collected, for their preservation +and by way of recognition; and whatever small portion his Majesty +may order, and what the lord bishop cites, may be collected. + +And since, according to the above, no tribute is to be levied where +there is no justice, occasion is offered for many parts of these +islands--which, on account of their great distance, are beyond its +reach--to become turbulent and rebellious as soon as they realize that +they are released from tribute which is now collected from them. Most +pernicious consequences [would follow (?) _--illegible in MS_.] and +many other districts would be disloyal and rebellious; and it would +be necessary, when they should have sufficient religious instruction, +to go back and win them and [_illegible in MS_.] anew. Assiduous +efforts shall be made to provide, as quickly as possible, justice +in the aforesaid encomiendas. Where it is now lacking, I charge +the encomenderos to inform me of such districts and territories, +with their topography and location; also of the number of those +who pay tributes, so that I may appoint accordingly, in each +encomienda, an alcalde-mayor, or a deputy, or others, if necessary, +who may be suitable persons for such offices. They will have salaries +sufficiently large to enable them to administer justice to the natives, +protecting and defending them against anyone who would injure them, and +maintaining such intercourse and friendship with them as will incline +them to receive religious instruction when they shall have it. Thus in +all the encomiendas which have this justice and preparation, as soon +as it is known what benefits are conferred upon the natives by those +ministers of justice, in influencing and governing them, as above +stated, authority will be given to the encomenderos to collect the +three-fourths of the tribute, as I have said. But in the meantime, +none of it shall be imposed or levied; and as soon as justice is +established, efforts shall also be made, until religious ministers +shall come, to employ a layman or laymen of virtuous life and example, +in order to instruct the natives, to the best of their ability, in +the things of our holy faith; and such persons shall receive some +benefice, in accordance with the royal right of presentation. + +The encomenderos shall fulfil and observe all the aforesaid orders, +under penalty of being deprived of their encomiendas. In encomiendas +belonging to his Majesty, and in those of other and private persons +when the encomenderos shall--by order, or through any other lawful +impediment--be prevented from making the collections personally, in +case these collectors should exceed just bounds they shall be fined +five hundred pesos for his Majesty's treasury, and half the expenses +of any war thus caused. In addition, they shall make good any losses +caused by them to the said Indians, and shall pay all costs. The +aforesaid persons are likewise ordered to make the collections with +all possible gentleness and equity, observing the other instructions +of his Majesty concerning the manner of collecting tributes. The +Indians shall pay in kind, or in such articles as they prefer to +give. I also order that an authorized copy of this my decree be +furnished to each and every one of the encomenderos or collectors who +shall engage in the aforesaid collections. This decree I order and +command to be observed, fulfilled, and executed, under the penalties +above stated, for the present and until such time as his Majesty, +when well informed of the present state of affairs in this land, +which has been mentioned above, shall make suitable provisions in +these and all other matters, according to his pleasure. Upon the +first occasion that offers itself there shall be sent on my part +and that of the encomenderos of this commonwealth, to his Majesty, +a detailed and careful account of what is here decreed and ordered, +as well as what the lord bishop suggests and advises; so that his +Majesty, having examined both sides of this question, may make such +provisions and so direct our course that God and his Majesty may +be best served, and all may have the same object. Done in Manila, +on the twenty-eighth of February in the year 1591. + + + +Letter from the Bishop to the Governor + + +[Evidently as the result of a dispute between these two dignitaries, +Salazar writes (March 4) a letter to Dasmarinas, deprecating any +hostility between them, defending his own position, ascribing the +differences between them to intermeddlers, and prophesying evil to +the country if Dasmarinas maintains his present purposes in regard +to the tributes. He criticizes the governor's decree in various +points--the permission to collect three-fourths of the amount levied; +the appointment of more officials (in most of whom the bishop has no +confidence); and the importance attached therein to the administration +of justice in the encomiendas, as compared with the provision of +religious instruction.] + + +Since your Lordship cares so little for these arguments, know that the +reason which induced his Majesty to command that in Nueva Espana there +should be no fiscals was, that they wrought injury to the Indians; +... and yet he had not so much certainty of the evil deeds committed +by the fiscals as he has of those done by the alcaldes-mayor and +the deputies. ... Among other decrees which, I am told, Doctor +Vera brought when he came here as president of this Audiencia, is +one commanding him to be very cautious in creating alcaldes-mayor, +on account of the injury thus occasioned to the country. ... You say +that you do not dare to make changes, lest the encomenderos abandon +their encomiendas, or become disaffected; and yet you know that all the +inhabitants of these islands, whether or not they possess encomiendas, +have been and now are faithful and loyal vassals to their king; and +that nothing which could occur, even to the injury of their property +or lives, would prevent them from rendering obedience to his Majesty's +commands. This is one of the things in which the inhabitants of these +islands can take most pride, and his Majesty should most highly value +them, on account of the fidelity with which they have served him, +at the cost of their lives and possessions. [The king confers the +encomiendas upon certain persons, who thus assume obligations to +the Indians; that they may fulfil these, he orders them to collect +the tributes. Accordingly, the alcaldes-mayor do not appear in the +king's provisions regarding this matter, and Salazar questions the +governor's right to appoint them.] Neither the king of Castilla nor +his ministers can exercise, in regard to the Indians, more authority +than what the church confers upon them; and the church has not over +the infidels as much authority as some who think otherwise have given +your Lordship to understand. ... The church did not grant'lordship +over the Indians to the kings of Castilla with the principal object of +establishing justice among them, but did so in order that they should +furnish to the natives religious instruction--which always, and in +every instance, can and ought to be given them. [No tribute should +be imposed upon the Indians unless religious instruction is given to +them; and to allow them the fourth part of the tax is not to benefit +their souls. The bishop insists that the governor is responsible for +taking such measures as shall remedy the present abuses, and urges +him to accept the plan proposed by the clergy.] If your Lordship, +after reading what I here state, shall decide to pursue and carry into +execution the opinion and resolution which you have communicated to +me, I cannot, without violating the obligations of my office, decline +to release the consciences of those whom I have in charge. From this +your Lordship's house, on the fourth of March of the year 1591. + +_Fray Domingo_, Bishop of the Filipinas. + + + +Letter from the Governor to the Bishop + + +[Two days later (March 6) Dasmarinas answers, at considerable length, +the letter written by the bishop. He adopts a conciliatory tone, +disclaiming any intention to be arbitrary, unfair, or unfriendly. He +explains his position in regard to the collection of tributes, +saying that the plan laid down in his recent decree is but temporary, +awaiting only the provision by the king of a sufficient number of +religious teachers. He reminds Salazar that encomiendas and tributes +were established in the land as soon as the Spaniards had obtained +a foothold there, when only some half-score priests were to be +had. Religious instruction is the chief but not the only reason for +collecting tributes; and, until it shall be adequately provided, it +is but reasonable to collect for the benefit of justice bestowed upon +the Indians. The tax also is very moderate; "since an Indian pays +here one peso, while in Nueva Espana he pays three or four pesos, +by way of tribute."] The advantages resulting to the Indians are +not so small as your Lordship thinks. If we had no other example of +this, the one which is afforded by the province of Pintados would +be sufficiently convincing--seeing that, before the Spaniards came +to these islands, and even after they came, the inhabitants voyaged +from one island to another with many boats, assaulting, plundering, +and murdering one another, not only in their fleets by sea, but +in armed bands on the land. It was only after they had intercourse +and communication with the Spaniards--although they had no religious +instruction, and in most regions no justice--that factions, and raids, +and assaults have ceased among them. This is no insignificant gain, +to say nothing of many others, which, as I have said, result from +the establishment of justice, in their better government, order, and +preparation for receiving religious instruction, which is our principal +object. Dasmarinas admits that religion is more important than +justice; but the latter is so much more expensive that it justifies +the appropriation of a larger share of the revenues; moreover, the +encomendero should be allowed enough for his support, and for that +of his family and the soldiers whom he must support (usually eight +or ten in number). A parallel case is seen in the relative positions +of himself and the bishop; the latter's office is certainly a higher +dignity, and of greater importance, yet he receives but two thousand +(pesos?), while the governor has twelve thousand; but the latter is +thus remunerated because he incurs much greater expense. The governor +claims that his instructions command him to consult the bishop only +in reference to affairs in the districts which are mutinous, or have +never been pacified; and cites the instructions further to show that +he is justified in collecting tributes where religious instruction is +not given, and that the bishop's privileges in the conduct of affairs +are only advisory, not authoritative. Moreover, the opinions which +the religious orders have furnished to him show that they disagree +with the bishop in many important particulars--not to mention that +the bishop and the religious superiors signed their approval of his +plan in this matter, soon after his arrival. Dasmarinas has already +compelled the encomenderos to refrain from collecting the fourth +part of the tax when they do not provide the Indians with religious +instruction--a reform which had never been secured until he made +it. He advises the bishop to institute another reform by insisting +that the encomenderos shall not collect any tributes until they shall +have provided for the Indians both religion and justice. + +I do not understand how it can seem to your Lordship that to provide +the land with justice is to bring about its destruction. Your Lordship +has, indeed, told me that, when the alcalde-mayor is what he should +be, he better edifies and preaches than any minister of religion +whatever. Thus far, I have not found any of these officials who are +bad, except those of whom your Lordship has made some complaints to +me, and whose evil-doing is proved by naught else than the opinion +of your Lordship. + +It seems to your Lordship that I wish to appoint too large a number of +these alcaldes-mayor; but one day your Lordship asked me to appoint +some of them. Since I have come to this land, I have established +a new administration of justice in the island of Masbate; and good +results which have followed, can be stated by the father custodian, +who arrived yesterday from that island, and is well acquainted with +the excellent result there. Hitherto, tribute has been collected there +in the absence of every form of religious teaching, or administration +of justice; but now, only from their intercourse and relations with +the Spaniards and from having justice established at once among them, +they have already made such progress that they demand a minister, +and even the blacks have come down from the interior to settle near us. + +[The governor reminds the bishop that the progress of religion among +the heathen must depend upon the foundation established for that good +work by secular government; and that if this be not maintained the land +will relapse into barbarism, and the Spaniards will be compelled to +abandon what they have begun to build in the islands.] Your Lordship +should make some estimate of the damage which would result therefrom +to the king our lord and his royal treasury; for according to that his +Majesty would have to find one hundred and fifty thousand pesos and +more with which to make restitution, to say nothing of thirty thousand +of income which he would lose; for all the encomiendas are his. These +islands would be left without one soldier, and your Lordship and the +religious would alone remain; but within eight days there would be +none of you left. Your Lordship may be sure of one thing: until I +receive express orders from my king to do so, I can make no change +whatever in regard to the encomiendas, by reducing or cutting off +their income. It is twenty-six years since they were first instituted, +and during twelve years your Lordship has known that they were in +this condition; and yet you have until now maintained silence. [The +governor again declares that he will not change his attitude; and that +he has no right to interfere between the king and the encomenderos. It +is his business to establish justice, and the encomenderos are bound +to provide instruction; but they must have the means to do so.] Your +Lordship does not provide religious to minister to the Indians, +because you have none; but you have never been willing to give these +good Christian laymen whom I have mentioned permission to go among +them meanwhile to do this good work, although the encomenderos have +many times asked for them, both since and before I came here. But your +Lordship replies that you are not willing that any layman should teach +them to make the sign of the cross; accordingly nothing is done for +them. [The governor justifies some minor provisions of his decree, +on a basis practically the same as has already been set forth; and, +in his turn, cites various learned theologians. He requests the bishop +to prevent the clergy from discussing this subject in their pulpits, +as they have often done, which is not fitting to the uses of a house +dedicated to God.] + + + +Letter from Salazar to Dasmarinas + + +[The bishop replies (March 8) to the foregoing letter, which he +accuses of being inspired by others than the governor--presumably +by the Jesuits, since the name of Joseph de Acosta rouses Salazar +to anger; he declares that "the doctrine contained in that book [1] +is exceedingly pernicious, and erroneous in regard to the Indias," +and warns the governor that under their guidance he will infallibly +plunge into many errors. The land will go to ruin, and the governor and +his advisers will be responsible therefor. He defends himself against +what he considers unjust aspersions on his character, and remonstrates +against the governor's neglect of his counsels. He promises to put +a stop to the preaching by his clergy on public matters. The salary +due him is greatly in arrears, which has caused him much privation; +but he does not wish to receive it if it shall proceed from unjust +collection of the tributes.] + + + + +Letter from Dasmarinas to Salazar + + +I have received your Lordship's letter dated today. When your Lordship +says that, with the great number of opinions I am trying to weaken +yours, I can only reply that my intention certainly has not been such, +but to tell your Lordship with all plainness and truth the state of +the case--which is that I have learned whether this is the general +sentiment of the theologians of this bishopric, as your Lordship said +it was in your conclusions. Even if it were so, I could not do more +than leave it in the same state in which it was, and report it to his +Majesty. But, my lord, if I find some other expression of opinion in +clinging to the majority, I do not think that I am mistaken in it; +and to this end alone I wrote to your Lordship--certainly not that you +should be troubled by what did not come into my thought. Still less +would I have you think that I made use of anyone in writing the letter +which I sent to your Lordship last night, for I certify, upon the life +of my son Luis, that (although that letter seems to your Grace to be +a large harvest from my little stock) there is not in it one word by +another person, save what suggested itself to me from my own papers +and discourses; for all that I wrote there I have told you already +at various times, except those quotations from authors and from the +Council of Lima. Those I asked to be given to me, from memory, by the +person who mentioned them to me as authority for what he stated and +thought; and I quoted them there that your Lordship might see that +I had not made up my mind without foundation. All this I had need of +in order to justify myself in your eyes, for it seems to you that I +could not reply without the help of assistants; but thus far neither +my king nor his advisers have noticed in me such a deficiency as +that. On another occasion your Lordship told me, in Saint Agustin, +[2] that I had read Father Acosta, although I have never in my life +seen his book; and when your Lordship says that his doctrine is very +pernicious, I have nothing to reply but that no book is written by +any father of the Society which is not very carefully looked over +and examined and approved by all the members. But before God, and +in the name of the holy season [Lent] in which we are, I protest +to your Lordship that all these fathers have not erred toward your +Lordship in anything except that, at my request, they said what they +felt. They are very devoted to you; and if there is in my letter +anything worthy of blame, the fault is mine. I say this that your +Lordship may not lay it upon anyone to whom it does not belong. Nor +am I so fond of the far-fetched reasonings of others that in order +to write a letter I need to use anything but the argument which the +subject itself and its accompanying circumstances carry with them. And +one occurs to me now, which is that matter of having laymen, for lack +of religious ministers, look after and bring together the Indians and +instruct them in our holy faith. This, I say, is in conformity with +the royal right of appointment, where the king expressly orders it; +and although your Lordship says that it is not to be believed that +the king with so much risk should have put into my hands alone so +important a business, I am satisfied with myself and I think that his +Majesty is. For any business which is not of my profession I shall not +direct by my own judgment; in this matter, accordingly, I consulted +with those whose business it was, and I pray your Lordship to tell me +if I did wrong in this. Your Grace says that I am new in the islands, +and unlettered; and on the other hand you say that those with whom +I have consulted are misleading me and are mistaken. I do not know +then what recourse your Lordship leaves for me to find it out, if, +as you say, I am a new arrival, and not a theologian, and you take +away from me the recourse to the experienced and the theologians. Now +since enough has been written and answered about this, I beg of your +Lordship not to weary yourself with answering this letter, which +is written only not to leave yours without reply. At least do not +answer until the treatise is finished which you say you are composing, +in which may it please the divine goodness to give your Lordship so +much light that his Majesty, seeing it, may confirm it and approve +it as a thing from your hand--with the result that all may be of +one opinion in this island, and that all the service of God may be +set in order and freed from difficulties, and that these divisions +and encounters may cease; for I assure your Lordship that in many +ways the state is very much scandalized, and that that matter is ill +carried out which you said would be improved concerning the pulpits, +for this affair was discussed with no little liberty in that place +today. May our Lord keep your Lordship. From the office, March 8, 1591. + + + + +Letter from the Governor to the Bishop + + +As your Lordship was absent from this city, and many things presented +themselves to me which were important to the service of God and of his +Majesty, and needed remedy, it seemed to me that in order to provide +for them it would be best for me to represent them to your Lordship +in this letter; and I beg of you to see to them in order that they +may be provided for and adjusted as may be most fitting and may best +serve our Lord. + +The preaching of the gospel is the matter in which we serve God +most in these regions to which it came so late; and this is the +first intention of his Holiness and of his Majesty, and it is the +principal care which your Lordship and all of us who have come here +must have. Yet, although this is so, there is nothing which needs +more to be provided for and set right than this, on account of the +lack which there is of ministers, whether clergy or religious, to +do this work. For although his Majesty in his holy zeal has sent +so many and continues to send them, there is need of a great many +more, considering the many regions which we must reach. So we must +not only make all possible efforts to have a sufficient number of +ministers come, but must try to find means to distribute in so wide +a field the force that we have here, endeavoring with all equality +to arrange and stretch the line as much as possible, that there may +not be an over-abundance in some parts and a distinct lack in others; +but rather we should act as one who has much to cover and but little +cloth, who plies the shears with no little prudence, being watchful +in marking his outline to see how it can reach here and there. This +may cause some inconvenience to the religious themselves, for it +comes to this [_illegible in MS_.] since we have not the fulness +and abundance that there is in Espana. I have already asked this +from your Lordship at other times, as being one who was under such +obligations to set about it, as well for the good of the souls as for +the temporal good of the king and of his encomenderos, by selecting +and distributing ministers in order that thus religious instruction +may be communicated and spread. For this the following [_illegible +in MS_.] plans occur to me, if they seem suitable to your Lordship. + +The new settlement of La Hermita and Malate may be all one +administration. Paranaque and Cavite at least can be another; and, +by establishing a house for religious at Cavite, Paranaque and the +tingues ["hills"] may be administered by visit, and also the lowlands +of Tuley and Limbo. In this way there will remain three clergymen who +can minister elsewhere, because [_illegible in MS_.] which is a great +burden. The Augustinian fathers are able to give enough instruction +to [meet (?) _ - illegible in MS_.] their obligation; and they will +accept it and take charge of it without any more alms being given +them. I would save up what is given there, in order to bestow it +somewhere else; for there are so many places where there is need of +it. Moreover, two religious could be taken from Vatan, because there +are four there, and two are sufficient, and there are not enough alms +given for more. Furthermore, Father Leon is a very good speaker; and +the dean, as he wishes to advance him, can employ him in the ministry. + +The king's villages in Ylocos are for the most part without religious +instruction; and the Augustinian fathers say that it should be given to +some of them because, as they are new Christians, they do not confess +yet. Thus, if the convents were near, a few might remain alone until +there should be plenty of ministers; since now all that they can do +is to baptize them and prepare them for subsequent confession. It +would not be unsuitable that, for the present, while there is no +greater supply of ministers, one friar should be alone in a house, +since one clergyman is also alone, and is entrusted with the care +of a greater number of souls. Moreover, Father Carvajal is a good +interpreter and could be of use. I beg of your Lordship to insist +that the clergymen who are ministers of religious instruction should +not come and go so many times to Manila--not only on account of the +offenses which they commit, of which there always are some (as your +Lordship might ascertain if you wished to), but also that they may +not impose such burdens on the Indians. This is as much as concerns +the provision of ministers. + +I propose the Augustinian fathers to your Lordship because they have +a greater number of religious than the other orders have, and not +because I have any partiality in regard to the orders, as your Lordship +suspects. I do not know on what you found your suspicion unless it be +on the advantages and benefits which have resulted to these fathers +from my protection and favor, as your Lordship is accustomed to say, +because you will not give any. I will tell you of several things in +which, by my interfering and inclining to your side, they have lost +what was due them; for in Cagayan I took away from them a resident's +house which was worth one hundred and fifty pesos of rent to them; +in Tondo, the lands to which the Indians laid claim; and the property +in Laguio and Nuestra Senora de Guia, which was theirs. When they +were saying mass in their house to the Indians, with considerable +notoriety and scandal to them, and no little affliction to the fathers, +they were ejected from the [_illegible in MS._] at my instance; +for I asked it, and chose to give them this punishment, in order to +palliate their offense. Thereupon your Lordship [_illegible in MS._] +occasioned some disturbance to result. This is what I have done for +this order, and the way in which I have favored them, which in truth +I might have done in many things most deservedly, and very rightly +and justly. But I protest before God that I neither have now nor have +had any other consideration or regard in this or in anything else, +except a desire that in some way or other so evident an obligation +should be fulfilled, and that religious affairs should be settled +as they ought, according to the adjustment and amendment which they +themselves sought [_illegible in MS._] In accomplishing this, let not +your Lordship understand that the royal exchequer is to suffer, because +[_illegible in MS._] his royal intention is that there shall be no +lack in this. Accordingly, we shall have recourse in other districts +to the clergy whom I mentioned above as being at leisure, who will be +occupied with their own support. The plans for this, as I say--taking +away here, and replacing there, and distributing and selecting them in +order that each one may receive a little--this is all matter for your +Lordship and for the obligations of your office. It is much more your +Lordship's duty that you should attend to this business than it is to +prevent the king and his encomenderos from enjoying what in justice +they ought to, because they do not give you ministers or because they +have not them. Your Lordship can remedy and provide for this only in +one of three ways--either as a protector of the Indians, or as bishop, +or as one who has a special commission for it from his Majesty. As +protector, what your Lordship can do is to bring suits in the courts +(and, even then, not in all cases), and be satisfied with the decision; +or else perform your own duties in the matter. As bishop, your Lordship +is concerned with the collections of tribute, in that in confession +you should deny absolution to anyone who confesses that he has not +fulfilled well the charge of an estate. I do not know whether you, +as bishop, can command the confessors that they all should refuse +absolution in this or that case, provided the said confessors and +your Lordship be of the same opinion and doctrine. As for special +commission, I do not know if your Lordship have one, unless it be in +the unruly and unpacified encomiendas. With this supposition there +remains to your Lordship no other foundation on which to act. Neither +does his Majesty commit it to you, nor do I find how your Lordship +can be occupied in dealing with [_illegible in MS._] more than to give +your opinion on it; and here ends the prerogative which your Lordship +can claim in this matter. You make strenuous efforts in what does +not properly concern you, and fail to remedy what is most necessary +and close to your office, which is what I mentioned above about +religious instruction. I beg of your Lordship that, putting aside human +considerations, you order that this be attended to, which the good of +these souls demands with [_illegible in MS._] necessity. Since in this +way there are needs now, there will be at least many more. Meanwhile, +until ministers are provided more liberally from Spain, let them all +get along as best they can, and accommodate themselves, establishing +houses wherever they wish to, and where no better opportunity is to +be expected. God knows that this does not [_illegible in MS._] your +Lordship, because you interfere with my office. As far as this is +concerned, if I could [_illegible in MS_.] with it and my commission, +or even give it all to your Lordship, and perform my duty, [I would ask +(?) _--illegible in MS._] your Lordship to do it, if it were not for +the obstacle which that would put in the way of the careful guidance +and [_illegible in MS._] who manage affairs. + +Neither does your Lordship resolve to order that, on account of the +great lack of religious ministers which exists, provision may be made +in the encomiendas that laymen of good life and example may instruct +the Indians, bringing them thus to a knowledge of the true God, as well +as into friendship and intercourse with us. From this would result at +least the favorable disposition which you wish them to have for the +time when there may be religious instruction for them, as his Majesty +orders in his charge regarding presentations. I have proposed this +to your Lordship on several occasions, but you do not set about it +or reply to it. Since your Lordship [knows(?) _--illegible in MS._] +what persons will be fitted for this ministry, I beg you to tell +me of some who are suitable; for, as I am new here, am not as well +able to [select them(?)--_illegible in MS._] properly; and those +whom I brought and know are occupied in other duties and neither +[know(?)] the language nor are acquainted with the country. + +The dependence which the Indians have upon your Lordship as one to +shelter them and to defend them as bishop and father; and, beyond this, +as protector, to try and relieve them and to negotiate with the person +whom the king shall maintain here concerning all that shall be to +their good, and to ward off all that would be grievous to them--all +this is very just and proper in your Lordship, and very necessary to +the Indians as poor, wretched beings. Although I have always told them +to go to you or to the alcaldes-mayor, who would report their suits +or troubles to your Lordship or to me, I did not, my Lord, intend to +give them occasion that on pretext of this, or of protection, they +should come with every childish trifle to Manila from their villages, +perhaps very far away. And it is not two or four Indians who come, +but often a whole village, with their women and children. But whether +they come in small or in great numbers, they stay here, spending +in petitions more than the thing which they are suing for is worth, +while they are needed at home by their sowed fields, their plants, +their young cattle, their wives, their children, their houses, and +for their services to the community and the church and others. One +might come on a business of importance, as I have ordered. Now your +Lordship sees how annoying this is, and how you should wean them +from repeating these comings and goings, in which they work their +own harm and ruin themselves; and so, except in very important cases, +their trouble and our time might be spared by preventing their coming +and wasting time with their troublesome affairs. + +The dignities, prebends, and canonries of your Lordship's cathedral +you will fill the first time, according to the apostolic privilege +which your Lordship holds, and then the king begins to present. I am +very plain in this, for all I wish is to know what and how many have +been filled by you and how many remain to be filled, in order that we +may agree on this, as well as on provision for the beneficed curacies +and the administration of religious instruction, which are assigned +to the clergy. In these his Majesty always presents one of two whom +you propose, according to his edicts. It will be well to know if the +number is full or if there are some places to be filled, and if those +which are filled are so with establishment in a parish and canonical +installation by your Lordship, preceding presentation by his Majesty, +or if they are, as I have heard of some, only in encomienda, accepted +with your Lordship's consent; because in this way, by taking away +one and placing another [_illegible in MS._], and not in right of +possession, the royal right of presentation is defrauded. I do not +understand how it is that, when your Lordship had ordained Father +Salinas under pretext of [giving him] the benefice of Catanduanes, it +remained as it was, and he is serving in Valayan. I say all this only +through desire that your Lordship may lose nothing of your rights, +and that I may not give a bad account of what I am responsible for +to his Majesty; and that affairs may be settled with the clearness +and certainty which is desirable. I had other things to tell your +Lordship, but they will wait for a better opportunity in order not to +weary you; and if any doubt or difficulty arises between your Lordship +and me concerning what has been said, there are learned men here who +can easily solve it by examining it and discussing it, and by their +decision and determination I will abide very willingly. Our Lord, +etc. From this house of your Lordship, March 19, 1591. + + + + +Letter from Salazar to Dasmarinas + +_Jesus_ + +Yesterday afternoon I received a letter from your Lordship, +and intended to begin a reply immediately; but there are so many +occupations crowding upon me that they do not leave me time to take +breath; and although I came out here to finish the little treatise +which I had promised your Lordship, I see that neither here nor there +have I opportunity to do anything. + +I was much pleased with the earnest zeal which your Lordship showed +in your letter, but you must know that as I am old and have seen so +many things, I do not care very much for what I hear, but wait for +what may be done; because laying down general rules and instructions +for what is to be done is a very easy thing, but very hard to put +into practice. Who doubts that the preaching of the gospel is the +most important thing for which we have come here? but yet I see that +this is the least object of solicitude; and, if you do not think so, +look at the progress of the natives. I know very well that there is +plenty of care about temporal things; and, as long as these present +themselves, religious instruction is to cease--or the Indians must +support it, even if they never understand it So we all say that the +Gospel is the principal thing, but our works show what it is that +we care most about. Ordinances, decrees, and provisions which speak +in favor of it, we have in plenty; the fulfilment of them will come +when there is nothing temporal to be looked after, which will be very +late. If your Lordship does not think so, ask what is going on in the +island of Panay. Of what do they take most account, of the galleys +and ships which are being built there, or of the religious instruction +which was to be preached there? Because I have seen with what dislike +your Lordship hears of what is going on there, I have ceased to inform +you of it--which I did, hoping that if you understood the situation, +you would find means to improve it. Letters and messengers from there +have told me things which are enough to break one's heart; but now I +am hardening it, because I see that it is of no use for me to grieve +over them. This I say in reply to the statement in the preface to +your Lordship's letter, in which you say: "If they would allow me +to be bishop, I would maintain better order in my bishopric than +there is, and the natives would be much better instructed and not so +harassed." But where there are so many to order and so few to obey, +he who leads this dance can ill guide it to the place where it ought +to go. For this reason many things are going so far astray, and they +will go astray as long as he who has care of everything does not have +the authority which he ought to have. For how can I arrange for the +religious instruction, or take away here or place there, if after I +have ordered it someone says that he chooses not to abide by it, but +to do what he thinks best? Allowing, in general, that in moral matters +there is a little improvement, let us come to the particular point +which your Lordship treats of in your letter. But, before considering +it, I wish to warn your Lordship that concern for these things, and +the arrangement of them, and deciding who is to be here and who is to +be there, is my business--not only because it belongs to my office, +but because his Majesty particularly committed and entrusted it to +me, recommending me to do it in communication with your Lordship; +but the execution of it he leaves to me, as by right is proper. I say +this because I have heard that by virtue of some decree or other they +are persuading your Lordship that religious can establish themselves +without my consent in villages where they have never been. In this +they are misleading your Lordship, and they themselves are mistaken; +for that decree on the other side--which notifies the viceroy of +Nueva Espana, which has never been used in this land, and which no +governor has ever dared to use--is previous to the Council of Trent, +after which it has no force, because in it the contrary [i.e., to the +Council's decision] is decreed. So I beg of your Lordship, as I am +in quiet and peaceful possession, that no house whatsoever be taken +in my bishopric for religious without first seeking and obtaining my +permission. It was some days ago that I found this out; but because +your Lordship told me that you did not believe what they said to you, +I did not pay any attention to it until I learned, yesterday, that +the provincial of San Augustin says that, by decrees which they have +from the king, they can occupy houses without my permission. This I +believe your Lordship will not do; and I can not understand how they +can do it with any conscience With this understanding, let us come +to what you say. + + + +The new settlement of La Ermita and that of Malate can very well +be under one religious administration, and it shall be that of the +priest whom I have placed there. The same seems to me to be true of +Cavite and Paranaque, of which the priest whom I have there shall have +charge. In this way the fathers of San Augustin can take away three +or four religious who are now in those two places, and put them in +other localities where they have great need of these men to fulfil +their responsibility. I say this on the one hand, on account of the +great satisfaction which I have in these two ministers; and on the +other hand, because they are already incumbents of those two districts, +and as such are, in equity, under obligations. Accordingly, I will not +and cannot give them to one who may tell me that he will not receive +them except as a favor, and then remain there, even though I should be +dissatisfied with him. Add to this that I have need of some clergymen +near me for the many necessities which arise, which religious cannot +supply, and in order to help in the cathedral at times; for there is +much need of this, as your Lordship has probably seen sometimes, when +you have been there. As for what they say, that the fathers of San +Augustin will take charge of those districts without having more alms +given them, I am very sorry on account of this offer of these fathers, +because I know that whatever burden is taken from the king's treasury +will fall on the Indians; and I do not wish this, neither should your +Lordship wish it. Since those fathers have, as I have said, so many +districts to provide for, let them take there what they get therefrom. + +Concerning the religious of Batan and the others of this bishopric, +it seems to me that neither your Lordship nor I should interfere +with them, for they know what is suitable for the government and +preservation of their orders; and they would be great fools not to +consider themselves first rather than others, for St. Paul knew very +well what he was saying when he bade his disciple Timothy to take heed +to himself first and afterward to teaching. For the apostle knew very +well how proper it was for a minister to take heed to himself first +rather than others--and this not only for the good of the minister +himself, but also for that of those to whom he ministers. Now since +the apostle said this to a bishop, who is under so great obligations to +look after his sheep, how much better might it be said to the friars, +who have this duty only through charity. This is the law of charity, +_primum mihi secundum tibi_; and this should be observed more among +religious than among other ministers who are not included among +them--in the first place, because these religious did not choose to +take up this ministry as under just obligations to do so, but merely +through charity, which looks first to itself and then to its neighbor; +in the second place, because a simple-minded minister who is withdrawn +from the world, and given to prayer, and a careful observer of his +religion, and who will make the Indians feel that he lives as a saint, +is worth more than twenty who are inattentive to their duties, and +who cannot remain an hour in their cells. These virtues and other +similar ones, without which a religious can not maintain himself, +can ill be acquired by the religious when they go alone and are so +separated as you wish. Would to God that I might see in every house +for Indians, not four such as are in Batan, but six or eight, and not +one, as your Lordship says, because I should expect more fruit from +these six or eight quiet ones than from eighty heedless ones. For as +St. Paul said, speaking to the Corinthians, _Regnum dei non est in +sermone sed in virtute_; for chattering is chattering, and teaching +through works is the true teaching. There are no people in the world +who have so great need of good ministers as have the Indians, or +who notice as much as they do the life which these ministers lead, +and the example which they set them. For one religious to be alone, +although he be a St. Paul, is unsafe; and so it is proper that in this +region we should permit the superiors of each community to govern +their religious and arrange for them as it seems best to them; for, +since they came to convert these souls, it is to be believed that +they will not fail to do so if they can. But they will not, and very +rightly, consent to ruin themselves through maintaining the religious +instruction; but this is not unfavorable to religious instruction, +but rather very favorable to it--since, in the way which I describe, +it is to give them ministers who will profit them; and the way which +your Lordship proposes means to put fire to them which will consume +them. Of this I have more experience than your Lordship or anyone +else who is in these islands, because I was a friar forty-six years, +and minister more than thirty, and have been bishop twelve; and I +know it all and have seen it all, and this is good reason why more +reliance should be placed on me than on any other. This same matter +was discussed in Mexico among all the orders. When they saw that it was +ruinous to them to be alone, they determined to establish houses where +there should be at least four; and, in order that they might support +themselves without being burdensome to the Indians, they decreed that +the orders of St. Dominic and St. Augustine might have some estates +in the Indian villages, by which to support themselves. As it had +been ordered by his Majesty that they should not hold property in the +villages of the Indians, I went to Espana to see about the matter, +and obtained from his Majesty the revocation of this decree. As some of +the auditors of the Council said what your Lordship says now, I freed +them from that error, and proved to them that it was not expedient that +the friars should live otherwise than in a community. I discussed the +same thing with his Majesty, and it seemed well to him and so it was +provided. In confirmation of this, the fathers of St. Dominic who came +to these islands brought a brief from his Holiness, confirmed by the +royal Council, which orders that in each house there should be at least +four religious; and they tell me that in the [_illegible abbreviation +in MS._] they praised it greatly and were much edified. In this way, +wherever your Lordship thinks of making a short cut, you take a longer +route. To give to the Indians ministers [as you propose?] will be to +give them those who would destroy them, or at least who would be of +very little profit to them. Do not think that I am so careless that I +would have waited till now if I had thought that what your Lordship +says would be expedient; but as I know how important it is for the +good of my sheep that those who teach them should live uprightly, I +am more pleased to see the religious living together than to see them +separated. I am sorry in my heart when I know that some religious is +alone in a house, and if I could remedy it I would do so; but I do +what I can in not consenting that, through taking too many houses, +the friars may be left alone in others. Your Lordship will do me +the great favor and kindness not to treat of any other matter which +shall be contrary to this, because I know that it is to destroy the +religious and ruin religious instruction. The provincial who shall +do this will give me a very bad example; and I shall understand that +he cares more about establishing houses than about looking after his +friars or religious instruction. On this account the religious and +I have had some quarrels, but I know that they have not been right; +for my zeal and desire has not been to prevent their having houses, +but to prevent their taking so many that they could not support those +establishments without harm to themselves and to the Indians. When your +Lordship says that two are sufficient in Batan, you show clearly that +you are not well informed of what is needed in order that there be +religious instruction; for in Batan there is need of two more friars +in order that it may be well instructed. As to what your Lordship +says about provision for the encomiendas of Ylocos, you have as much +care for them as if you forgot those which the king has in Panay +and in other regions of the Pintados, who are all, or most of them, +Christians. The Augustinian fathers, in whose charge these were wont +to be, abandoned them; but since they have returned to take charge of +the religious instruction of that people, and the obligation which +holds them is greater than that of Ylocos, let them cease to claim +houses there until they have more ministers. As for those who were to +be sent to Ylocos, where there was no obligation at all, let them be +sent to the Pintados, where there is so much obligation. With those +who are to be taken from Malate, Laguio, and Paranaque, two or three +houses might be occupied among the Pintados in the king's villages, +which have been without religious instruction now for some time. If +your Lordship carries this out, you will take a great burden from the +conscience of the king and from your own, and those fathers will do +a thing which they are under great obligations to do; for to claim +the charge of Ylocos is only a whim of those fathers, and a desire to +undertake what they cannot carry on vigorously. If your Lordship had +consulted with me, I know that I should have given you much safer +advice than that which others give you; because there is no one in +this country who knows as much as I do about what is fitting, nor is +there anyone who would give it to your Lordship with so little regard +for other considerations as I. + +What I have said about the religious, that it is not fitting for them +to go about alone, does not extend to the priests; because these, +by their profession and habit, are not obliged to be together, but +each one goes by himself. This has been the usage of the church, +and, so far, we have not seen that any bad results have followed; +but many indeed have followed from the religious dwelling alone. + +There is another great evil in what your Lordship wishes, and it +is that, to station so many religious who are scattered about, +each one by himself, is not to establish religious instruction but +to permit it to go to ruin; for I have always been of the opinion, +and shall be all my life, that a few well instructed are better than +many ill instructed. When they are ill instructed they are like an +ill-cured wound, which, when we think that it is well, breaks forth +again. Thus it is with the ill-instructed Indians; for when we think +that they have profited, we find that they are worse than before +they were baptized. This comes from never having sufficient religious +instruction, which in this part of the world is most necessary, among +these unfortunate people who in but few places have seen one happy +day. Your Lordship also suggests where the priests may be placed. To +this I reply that, as we leave it to the superiors to govern their +religious, it would be right for your Lordship to leave it to me to +govern my priests, as I leave it to you to look after your captains +and soldiers; for I know what each one of my priests is for, as your +Lordship knows of your men. Your Lordship must understand that I am +not so careless of the life that the priests lead that I am not on the +watch, and they know this well; and if sometimes they come to Manila +it is with my permission, or on business which cannot be avoided. In +this I know that there is more to be remedied elsewhere than in my +priests. If the scattering of these ministers in so many regions is, +as your Lordship suggests, that the king and the encomiendero may +collect their taxes, it seems to me that this is not a good means for +it; because where there is not sufficient religious instruction, as +there is not where there is one minister in an encomienda, neither the +king nor the encomenderos can receive as much as your Lordship wishes +to give them. And I know well from the Christian spirit of our king +that, if he were informed of the truth which I know and have told you, +he would never consent that any money which was so ill gathered should +enter his treasury. Some day this truth will be known and we shall +see who will weep for not having believed it. His Majesty understood +this very well when, in an article of the letter which he wrote to me, +he bade me to try to provide sufficient religious instruction; for his +Majesty sees clearly that what is actually done is rather to neglect +than really to provide the Indians with what they need. Would to God, +as I know that what I say is true, that I might satisfy my conscience +by not saying what I am going to pass over in silence, and that I +might be in peace; for I desire this more than to see myself in the +midst of disputes and hard feeling. But the obligation which I have, +to fulfil the duties of my office, does not allow me to keep silent, +but I have to speak and say what I feel. + +I do not understand what your Lordship says about the Augustinian +fathers and do not wish to reply to it until you have explained it +to me, because it never entered my thoughts to be sorry that you +should favor them, for they deserve it and your Lordship should do +so. But when your Lordship says that since you came here they have +lost some of their rights, I do not wish to agree to that, nor do +I think that they will say so; but let this wait for another time, +for I do not wish to treat of it here. + +At this point your Lordship makes a long digression, trying to give me +to understand what my office is and what I can do and what I can not +do, and for this your Lordship makes distinctions of protector and +bishop and commissioner. Your Lordship need not have taken so much +trouble; for, as Captain Becerra dares to write to me not to take +so much trouble to give him light, because he has enough from God, +so it would not be very much for me to dare to tell your Lordship not +to take so much trouble as you have taken in this letter to teach me +what my office is and what I may do in conformity with it--because, +speaking with the respect which is due to your Lordship, you did not +come to this bishopric to teach me but to be taught by me. In truth I +do not understand what could be your Lordship's thought in discussing a +matter so foreign to your profession; and it did not seem at all well +to me, unless your Lordship regards me as so contemptible a person +that I am not equal to this. Although humility is well in all, and +particularly in bishops, it is not humility for the sheep to teach +the shepherd; nor would it be considered well in me, and still less +so in your Lordship, if it were known that I allowed you, who should +take rules of right living from me, to give them to me. Read, or have +read to you, the chapter _si imperator 96 distin_., in which your +Lordship will see what is the duty of secular princes and what that +of bishops, where among other words it says these: "If the emperor +is Catholic he is a son, not a prelate, of the church; and whatever +concerns religion he is to learn, not teach." In what follows in this +chapter your Lordship will see what is your duty and what is mine; +and our Lord, through the prophet Malachi, says that the lips of the +priest held knowledge, and from his mouth the law is to be sought, +and not from the governors. Since your Lordship wished to be master +when you should have been pupil, you could not avoid falling into +the difficulties into which you have fallen in this letter, as you +say that you do not know whether the bishop can order that all the +confessors should not absolve in this or that case. It is almost a +matter of course that the bishop may reserve cases, when that may seem +best to him; and it is an amusing thing that your Lordship sets about +declaring to me when the confessors are to reserve the cases and when +they are not to do so. I am astonished, and marvel at your judgment +and prudence in coming to discuss such matters with your bishop, +especially when your Lordship knows that he has studied a great deal +to know this which you can not know, nor would it be proper for you +to know it. The cases which I shall reserve shall be reserved, and +those who dare to absolve, although they may have other privileges, +will commit mortal sin, when the bishop declares the reason why he +does it; and many doctors of the highest standing maintain that +the absolution is void in such cases. When anyone shall confront +me with a concession opposed to this, he must have studied deeply, +for many talk about concessions without understanding them. Since +your Lordship meddles so much in things in which you ought not to, +do not be astonished if I reply as is suitable, in order that your +Lordship may be instructed, and that I may satisfy the objections +which are brought against me. When your Lordship says that you do +not know and can not discover how I can be concerned in trying to +remedy anything which concerns the encomiendas which are peaceful, +except by giving my opinion about the matter, I say that I am not +astonished that your Lordship does not know, since you are not under +obligations to know; but I am astonished that because you yourself +do not know, your Lordship should think that I do not know, since +you cannot but confess that I know much more than your Lordship does +about the matter in question. That your Lordship may be completely +undeceived, please know that in order to discuss the collection +of tributes and the rest that has to be done in that connection, I +have no need of a commission from the king, because I have it from +God. This limitation is proper for your Lordship, because you have +no power but that which the king has given you. I hold mine from God, +who gives the bishops all that they need to govern their bishoprics; +and so I do not need to have the king tell me what I have to do, +but I have to determine what is proper for the unburdening of the +royal conscience, and my duty toward your Lordship and the others +who are under my care; for I know better than any who are here what +is proper for relieving the royal conscience in the Philipinas. Do +not consider this as presumption, for it is not, but merely telling +the truth; for if we consider the law, I studied it very well many +years ago, and as for the facts, I know them better than anyone else, +and there is no one who has so much experience as I. Your Lordship +need not tell me that it is not my place to act in this matter, for +it is, and it is more fitting for me than for any other to act in it +and determine what should be done about it. Neither do I need to pay +any attention to the fact that there are some who say the opposite, +because, beyond the fact that I know that those who say the opposite +are wrong and make your Lordship err, besides this, I say that when +the bishop determines a thing after having taken due care not to be +mistaken, it should not be suffered that others, however excellent +they may be, should dare to say the opposite, for this is to cause +dissensions between the prelate and his flock. Whoever shall be the +cause of this, it will not go well with him, because in this bishopric +there is no other doctor than I, and whatever I say must stand and +pass in my tribunal. If I am not what I should be, let them use the +remedy which our Lord Jesus Christ left in His church, as St. Luke +tells in chapter XII. This is to wait for God to remedy the matter, +and advise with anyone who, by his authority, can remedy it, and in +the meantime to commend it to God. This same remedy laymen have as +regards their governors. But in order that they should undertake to +remedy it by opposing it, the error of the bishop must be so great +that it could not be tolerated without great prejudice to the faith +or to customs. But since I have relied on the reasons which I have, +and have consulted with those who could give a good opinion about +it, and particularly as I am so certain that I am in the right, it +would be rash boldness for another to say the opposite, or to dare +to preach it. Your Lordship is very much mistaken when you think that +what I say is nothing but the opinion of any other person whatsoever; +for now that I have set about determining this and discussing it so +purposely, I know that no one who says the opposite can support it. I +say this with such liberty because I know what I am saying; and in +the defense of it I should think it but little to lose my life. When +your Lordship tells me that I interfere with what is your business, I +consider it as a great offense; for you yourself are a good witness of +how little trouble I have given you in this matter, and henceforward +I shall give much less. I am not so desirous of ordering that I +wish you to share your charge with me, for my own work, which is not +small, is enough for me. I do wish to have your Lordship know that my +discussion of the manner in which the collections are to be made, or +from what encomiendas they may be made and from what ones not, is not +interfering with your Lordship's office, but fulfilling the duty of my +own. Not that I am to imprison or sentence encomenderos who collect +contrary to what I say, for this is your Lordship's duty. Before +the tribunal of conscience I must condemn those to make restitution +who collect without having the authority to collect, even if it be +with the permission of your Lordship; and I must place your Lordship +under the same obligation because you gave them such permission. This +distinction of powers your Lordship ought to have known before telling +me that I was interfering in what was not my business. + +In the matter of employing laymen where there are no ministers of +religious instruction, your Lordship says that I do not make up my +mind, although you have already proposed it to me several times. Twice +your Lordship tells me in this letter that you have communicated +things to me, but I am astonished that my poor memory does not recall +any of them. One of the greatest satisfactions is that your Lordship +does things all by yourself, without my having anything to do with +them, and in truth I hold it as one of the greatest mercies that +could come to me; and although his Majesty orders the opposite, +as many things fail to be done which kings command, so this also +shall fail to be done, to my great satisfaction and to yours also, +as I think. I have not stationed Spaniards in the encomiendas because +I do not know whom to place there; and I remember very well having +said this to your Lordship, but we agreed together that I should +decide this matter, as I remember it. There is no reason why I should +give your Lordship a report on the persons who can be appointed, +because it is my business to appoint them, and to determine their +salaries--not only by commission from his Majesty, but it is also my +due on account of my office. But I have not dared, and do not dare, +to appoint anyone--not because I do not wish to and have tried to, +but because I know that there is no one in whom we can trust without +great harm to the Indians and very little benefit; because those who +could go and be of service to the Indians do not wish to, and those +who wish to are not suitable. Thus your Lordship will see how right +I was in saying that to appoint many alcaldes-mayor and lieutenants +is a greater harm to the Indians, and this is not a fancy of mine +but a common saying in all the land. + +It is very amusing to me that your Lordship places to my account the +coming of so many Indians to me that I may favor them, just as if +I called them, or were a party to driving them away. It is evident +that your Lordship knows but little of the Indians, since you say +this. In order that I may tell you some truths, as your Lordship +wished to tell me, please know that the Indians are much dissatisfied +and complain that you receive them very ungraciously and roughly, and +thus many do not dare to appear before you. This can but be a great +obstacle to what is needed to be done in this country. If my meeting +them with a friendly aspect and treating them kindly is the cause of +their coming to me, I do not think that I shall mend my ways in this, +because I know what they need. As far as being protector is concerned, +that obstacle has been removed, for it is some time since I abandoned +the office of protector; and by no means would I take it up again, for +I do not wish to know more sorrow than I have known, without any other +result than to grieve my heart at the sight of it. When his Majesty +shall learn the reasons which I had for giving it up, I am sure that +he will not regard me as undutiful to him in having abandoned it. + +In conferring the prebends and benefices I abide by the royal +rights of presentation in what I am obliged to; but to station a +clergyman in a Christian Indian village [_doctrina_] when there +is someone who opposes, is a thing that I have sometimes done, +and will do henceforward, because I know that it is proper to do so +for the service of God and the good of the sheep which I have in my +charge. Against this there is no right of patronage; nor would it occur +to the king to wish that this should not be done, nor would it occur +to me to defraud the royal right of patronage; for I know very well +the obligation under which I am to keep it, and I know when anyone +acts according or contrary thereto. Surely I am surprised that your +Lordship should meddle in such trifles as to ask from me an account of +the title under which Father Salinas was ordained. If your Lordship +does not know how he can act, I know; and for that reason I created +him a priest; and I know that this was well done, and that it is not +fitting to do anything else. I know that your zeal is great, but I +also know what St. Paul said of others who had zeal, and zeal for +God, but he said that that zeal was not according to knowledge. And +certainly, when your Lordship interferes in the things in which +you interfere in this letter, although I say it be with great zeal, +you have greatly exceeded your powers, and overstepped the bounds +to which they extend. For even if your Lordship had known and seen +that I transgressed due limits, your Lordship had neither license +nor authority to treat in so imperious a manner your bishop, whose +instruction and advice your Lordship is bound to follow, and your +Lordship should not undertake to constrain your master. The worst +thing would be that your Lordship should think that what you have +said pertains to your duty, because that would be a graver matter; +for, if your Lordship could stretch your arm so far as that, there +would be no need of any bishop in this country, except a titular +one, [3] for I do not see what remains to me if your Lordship can +do all the things which you imply in this letter. But please read +the chapter, _si ymperator_, already cited, and you will see how +far your powers extend, and what is for me to do. Your Lordship has +plenty to do in your office without extending your authority to mine, +and I have plenty to do in mine without treating of what belongs to +yours--although, since I have in my charge your Lordship's soul, not +only as a Christian but as governor, I cannot be so careless as not +often to be obliged to examine what you are doing and advise you of +what you ought to do. This your Lordship cannot do with me by virtue +of your office, although as friend and lord, as one who desires my +good, I shall be pleased to be advised by your Lordship of my faults, +which I know very well are not few. Except in what my office obliges +me to, be certain that I shall keep as far from interfering in the +matters of your government, or from giving you any trouble, as if I +were not living or were not in the country. + +This has turned out a very long letter, and certainly my occupations +did not give me time for so much; but the great amount of matter +in your letter which needed to be answered left me nothing else to +do. Believe me that I am very much opposed to discussing such matter +especially when a man has to say something which may seem praise or +esteem of himself, which is a thing very unfit for those who try to +serve God. But when this is not done arrogantly, or in vanity, but +to defend the necessary truth, it is done as St. Gregory the Pope +did against the emperor Maurice, and Gelasius the Pope against the +emperor Anastasius. Even Moses and St. Paul, although they were so +humble, when it was necessary to defend their authority said things +of themselves which, said in any other connection, would seem wrong; +but, spoken for the purpose for which they said them, were rightly +spoken. As I think that what I have said is enough to satisfy your +Lordship's letter (and, if anything remains to be set right, time +will not be lacking in which it can be discussed), for the present let +this be sufficient. May our Lord give your Lordship the light of His +grace, that you may follow His holy will in everything. From Quiapo, +March twenty-first, one thousand five hundred and ninety-one. + +_Fray Domingo_, Bishop of the Filipinas. + + + + +Liberty if the Indians in the Philippines + + +Gregory XIV, Pope: In perpetual remembrance of the affair. + +Since, as we have recently learned, in the first attempts to +christianize the Indians of the Philippine Islands, so many dangers +of life had to be undergone, on account of the savageness of these +Indians, that many were constrained to take up arms against those +Indians, and even to ravage their property; while subsequently, after +the conversion of these Indians--who, abandoning their worship of +false gods, now acknowledge the true God and profess the Catholic +faith--those who formerly had ravaged their property now wish to +make good what they destroyed, but are without the means of so doing: +with the desire to provide for the peacefulness of conscience of the +said persons, and thus to guard against all dangers and discomforts +therein, by these presents, with our authority, we charge and command +our venerable brother the bishop of Manila to have the above-named +persons and the parties to whom restitution is to be made come to an +agreement thereon among themselves, with satisfaction to be made to +the owners wherever these are known. But where they are not known, then +the same compensation is to be made through the bishop in benefit and +aid of Indians in distress, should they who are bound to restitution +be able conveniently so to do; otherwise, if poor themselves, let +them make satisfaction whenever they reach a comfortable state of life. + +Moreover, in order that the resolutions determined upon by the said +bishop, with religious and learned men assembled together, in benefit +of the Christians newly converted to the faith, be not infringed +by them through mere whim or anyone's individual deed or fancy, we +wish and by our apostolic authority decree that whatever orders and +commands be passed by the majority of the assembly in the interest of +the Christian faith or the health of souls, for the good government +of Indian converts, shall be steadily and invariably observed until +further orders or commands by the same assembly.... In fine, we +have learned that our very dear son in Christ, Philip, the Catholic +king of the Spains, has ordered that in view of the many deceits +usually practiced therein, no Spaniard in the aforesaid Philippine +Islands shall, even by the right of war, whether just or unjust, +or of purchase, or any other pretext whatsoever, take or hold or keep +slaves or serfs; and yet that in contravention of this edict or command +of King Philip, some still keep slaves in their service. In order, +then, as conformable to reason and equity, that the Indians may go +to and from their Christian doctrinas and their own homes and lands +freely and safely, without any fear of slavery, in virtue of holy +obedience and under pain of excommunication, we order and command +all and singular the persons dwelling in those islands--of no matter +what state, degree, condition, rank, and dignity--on the publication +of these presents to set wholly free, without any craft and deceit, +whatever Indian slaves and serfs they may have; nor for the future +shall they in any manner, contrary to the edict or command of the +said King Philip, take or keep captives or slaves. + +For the rest, as it would be difficult [to send] these present letters +to all and singular the aforesaid islands, etc. + +Given at Rome, at St. Peter's, under the seal of the Fisherman, +April 18, 1591, the first year of our pontificate. + + + + +Articles of Contract for the Conquest of Mindanao + + +Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, governor and captain-general of these +Philipinas Islands for the king, our sovereign, etc.: + +His Majesty orders and charges me, by his royal instructions and +decrees, as the most worthy and important thing in these islands, +to strive for the propagation of our holy faith among the natives +herein, their conversion to the knowledge of the true God, and +their reduction to the obedience of His holy church and of the king, +our sovereign; and to this end and object his Majesty has given me +commission to make the expeditions and pacifications that I think best +for the service of God and his own, and likewise to give license and +commission for making them. By reason thereof, he also commissions me +to make covenants and agreements with explorers and pacifiers who are +willing to bind and pledge themselves, at their own cost, to make such +expeditions and pacifications. Moreover, the island of Mindanao is +so fertile and well-inhabited, and teeming with Indian settlements, +wherein to plant the faith, and of so great circumference--namely, +three hundred leagues--and distant two hundred leagues from this +island of Luzon; and is rich in gold mines and placers, and in wax, +cinnamon, and other valuable drugs. And although the said island has +been seen, discussed, and explored (and even in great part given in +repartimiento), no effort has been made to enter and reduce it, nor +has it been pacified or furnished with instruction or justice--quite +to the contrary being, at the present time, hostile and refusing +obedience to his Majesty; and no tribute, or very little, is being +collected. And the assignment into encomiendas made there has been +null and void, as being made contrary to his Majesty's ordinances +contained in his instructions and articles on "New Discoveries," as +the land must be first entered and entirely pacified, and its rulers +and natives must be reduced to the obedience of his Majesty, and given +to understand the evangelical instruction. Besides the above facts, +by delaying the pacification of the said island greater wrongs, to the +offense and displeasure of God and of his Majesty, are resulting daily; +for I am informed that the king of that island has made all who were +paying tribute to his Majesty tributary to himself by force of arms, +and after putting many of them to death while doing it; so that now +each Indian pays him one tae of gold. I am also told that he destroyed +and broke into pieces, with many insults, a cross that he found, when +told that it was adored by the Christians; and that in Mindanao, the +capital and residence of the said king, are Bornean Indians, who teach +and preach publicly the false doctrine of Mahoma, and have mosques; +besides these, there are also people from Terrenate--gunners, armorers, +and powder-makers, all engaged in their trades--who at divers times +have killed many Spaniards when the latter were going to collect the +tribute (once killing thirteen, and at other times four or five), +without our being able to mete out punishment, because of lack of +troops. By reason of the facts above recited, and because all of +the said wrongs and troubles will cease with the said pacification; +and, when it is made, we are sure that the surrounding kingdoms of +Borney, Jolo, Java, and other provinces, will become obedient to his +Majesty: therefore, in order that the said island may be pacified, +subdued, and settled, and the gospel preached to the natives; and +that justice may be established among them, and they be taught to +live in a civilized manner, and to recognize God and His holy law, +I have tried to entrust the said pacification to a person of such +character that he may be entrusted with it. Now considering that the +good qualities requisite for this, and which are demanded by section +twenty-seven of "New Discoveries," are found in Esteban Rodriguez de +Figueroa--that he is rich, powerful, possessed of many friends, popular +with the soldiers of this country, and well-acquainted with the land, +as being one of the first discoverers--and that he has served his +Majesty loyally and faithfully, and offers of his own accord to make +the said pacification at his own expense; therefore, as I am confident +that he will fulfil whatever he covenants and contracts to do in his +Majesty's service, I have resolved to entrust and charge to him the +said pacification, in his Majesty's name. And if he, on his part, +shall fulfil his offers, which accompany this writ, then I, on my +part, will fulfil likewise what I promise, as a reward for the said +pacification. Therefore, by this present, I empower and authorize said +Captain Estevan Rodriguez de Figueroa, to make the said pacification +and settlement of the island of Mindanao, and at his own expense, +under the following conditions and declarations: + +As the first condition, the said Captain Estevan Rodriguez binds +himself and promises to fulfil and observe as inviolate, first and +foremost, the decrees and ordinances of his Majesty in the sections of +"New Discoveries," and in each one of them, separately--of which he +will be given an authorized copy, so that he may exercise the equity +and good method of proceeding, gently and without violence, which his +Majesty has commanded to be observed and kept in the said pacification. + +_Item_: That said Captain Estevan Rodriguez binds himself and promises +to pacify and colonize the said island of Mindanao at his own expense +within three years--making one settlement on the river of Mindanao, +and more if necessary, according to the condition of the land; and +to maintain the island, thus pacified and colonized, for one year. + +_Item_: From that time the life-title of governor of said island +shall be given to said Estevan Rodriguez de Figueroa, and to one son +or heir. And I shall have letters sent to his Majesty, entreating +him to show him favor by granting him the title of adelantado or of +mariscal of the island, as may be his pleasure, in accordance with +the orders of his Majesty in my instructions. + +_Item_: It is granted in his Majesty's name that, when the said +pacification and colonization is completed, he may allot the land +and island of Mindanao into encomiendas as follows: First, the ports +and capitals shall be allotted to his Majesty's royal crown. Having +subtracted these, he may, from the remainder, allot one-third part +to himself, for the time mentioned in the said sections of "New +Discoveries," and in whatever part he wishes. The other two-thirds +remaining he may allot and apportion among the soldiers enrolled +under his banners, and those who take part in the said pacification. + +The said Captain Estevan Rodriguez de Figueroa said that he accepted +the above covenant and agreement made as above stated, and promised to +abide by its provisions. To this he pledged himself and his property; +and both the said governor and captain-general, Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, +and the said Captain Estevan Rodriguez signed the agreement (written +secretly by the said governor), before me, the undersigned notary, +Manila, May twelve, one thousand five hundred and ninety-one. + +_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_ +_Estevan Rodriguez de Figueroa_ + +Before me: + +_Juan de Cuellar_ + +[_Endorsed_: "Agreement for the conquest of Mindanao." "Look for the +decree mentioned, in order to see that it is provided; and bring it."] + + + + +Ordinance Forbidding the Indians to Wear Chinese Stuffs + + +Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, governor and captain-general for his Majesty +in these islands, to you, Juan de Alcega, alcalde-mayor of the province +of Pan Panga, and of the places pertaining thereto; or to your deputy: + +Be it known unto you that some days ago the city of Manila issued an +ordinance, which was confirmed by me, forbidding the Indian natives +of these islands to wear silks or stuffs from China, for many reasons +mentioned in the said ordinance. And in order to ascertain whether +any benefit or advantage will result to the said Indians from the +said ordinance and whether certain offenses against God and other +abuses will be averted; and whether there are any for whose sake the +execution of the same should be suspended: I therefore now, by these +presents, ordain and command you that, by reason of the declarations +hereinbefore made, you secure information from Spanish and Indian +witnesses, examining the same in accordance with the interrogatory +sent herewith; in order that his Majesty may be informed of the +facts disclosed and asserted, and may issue commands at his good +pleasure. Given at Manila, on the ninth day of April, in the year 1591. + +_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_ + +By order of the governor: _Juan de Cuellar_ + +Compared with the original: + +_Felipe Ramirez_, notary. + + +Whereas, the city of Manila, on the thirtieth day of March of this +year, issued an ordinance forbidding the natives from wearing silks and +stuffs from China, for many reasons mentioned in the said ordinance, +which are of importance to the general welfare and the good government +of these islands; we, the cabildo and government of the city of Manila, +command that the said ordinance be submitted to the royal Council of +the Indias for confirmation, in order that the said causes, and any +others that may exist, may be certified to his Majesty. We entreat +your Lordship to send us information, in accordance with the questions +sent you herewith, and that an authorized copy of said information +be sent us for transmission to his Majesty, with the said ordinance; +for which purpose, etc. + +The witnesses are to be asked if they know whether, when first the +Spaniards discovered these islands, all the natives wore any other +garments than those made in the islands, planting cotton and weaving +cloth for their own use, and continuing to do so even for many years +after the Spaniards had settled in the islands; and whether the one +or two ships that came from China each year, brought any cloth or +silks to the islands. For these were not sold among the natives; +and all that was carried in these ships was earthenware, horns, +herbs, _desaumerios_, and other trifles of little importance. Also +whether, after the Spaniards settled here, and the Chinese began +to increase their trade with them and to bring many ships to these +islands laden with cloth, the natives began to wear garments of said +cloth from China, discarding their own, which they formerly used; +and whether this use has reached such a pass that there is no year +when the said natives do not buy and use for their clothing over two +hundred thousand robes of cotton and silk, which at the present time +are worth as many pesos--and in a few years will, unless this injury +[to our trade] is opposed and checked, be worth twice as much. For +as the natives are not a people who strive to acquire much property +for the purpose of leaving it to their heirs, but spend all they get +in food and drink and clothing, and as no one needs more than one or +two pieces of cloth a year, they care not whether these garments be +cheap or dear, but pay for them whatever is asked; and in this way the +price has risen so high, that a piece which at first could be bought +for two reals, now sells for ten, and very soon will cost twenty. + +Also whether, for the reasons given in the preceding question, there +results what would be a serious loss to these islands, and injury to +his Majesty--that is, whether it be true that, whereas the Chinese +formerly, in payment for the clothing they brought, carried away from +these islands thirty thousand pesos in money, they now, on account +of the recklessness and extravagance of the natives, take away two +hundred thousand pesos. This money leaves the realms of his Majesty, +and is carried to a foreign country, in violation of royal edicts; +this would be prevented if the said natives were not to clothe +themselves with the said stuffs. + +Also whether the said natives have, since the Spaniards have been +trading in these islands with the Chinese, abandoned the tillage +of their lands, as regards not only the cultivation of cotton, but +that of rice, wine, and other products of the country; and have given +themselves over to vice and idleness, refusing to work. For, as there +is money in the country, brought hither by the Spaniards, some of it +gets into the hands of the natives, in payment for services and in +many other ways. And thus the natives, finding the stuffs brought +by the Chinese ready at hand, and having money to pay for them, +have abandoned work and the cultivation of their lands, and become +vagabonds, both men and women--courting the favor of the Spaniards, +and committing and causing numberless offenses against God. For the +natives are addicted to theft and licentiousness, and the women are +ready to sell their persons; and for these reasons there is, here, +more than an intimacy of men and women. + +Also whether the evils and disorders above mentioned would disappear +with the observance of the said ordinance. For the natives would then +be at work, and there would be an abundance of fruits and provisions +in the country, and at very low prices, as there has been hitherto, +and thus the country would be supported; and there would not be +taken out of the kingdom the large sums of money which the Chinese +now carry away for the provisions which they bring to sell--such as +flour, sugar, lard, and other things. Moreover, the natives would +dress in their own stuffs, which are better woven and more economical +than those from China; and besides making cloth for their own use, +they would have some which the Spaniards could buy for their trade; +and another large quantity of money would remain in the country, +which now is taken from it because the said natives do not make the +said cloth. Another serious evil would cease; the natives would no +longer sell raw cotton to the Chinese, who take it to their own country +and make it into cloth, and then return to sell it to the natives, +and with these goods deprive them of their money. Most of all, there +would be an end to the evils and sins against God above mentioned. + +Also whether the observance of the said ordinance will induce the +natives and the Chinese to carry on trade as they formerly did, without +using money; for if the natives should wish to trade or barter in the +islands (which is not forbidden to them), they can and will obtain +goods, as they formerly did, in exchange for such articles as _siguey_ +(a small white snail), dye-wood, and carabao horns; to this mode of +trading the Chinese will adapt themselves, and the outflow of money +will cease. + +Also whether all these islands, or most of them, are well adapted +to the cultivation of cotton, so that, if the natives are set to +the task, enough will be produced to supply all the islands with, +provisions and clothing; and whether cloth will be made, as good as, +or better than, that which comes from China, and a surplus be left +for shipment to Nueva Espana in exchange for necessaries, and a +larger surplus of cotton to be used in exchange for Chinese wares; +and whether as much money will be taken out of the country as is now +taken away. Let the witnesses tell what they know on these subjects; +and whether the facts above stated are notorious or well-known, +and matters of public discussion and report. + +In the village of Bacolor, province of Panpanga, of the Philipinas +Islands, on the thirteenth day of the month of May, in the year +one thousand five hundred and ninety-one, Captain Juan de Alcega, +alcalde-mayor of the said province for our lord the king, declared +that, inasmuch as the cabildo, magistracy, and government of the city +of Manila, among other ordinances which they enacted for the welfare +and government of that city, and for the benefit of the state, issued +one forbidding the natives of these islands to dress in silks or +stuffs from China, for the reasons and difficulties mentioned in the +said ordinance; and because the enforcement and observance thereof is +very just and expedient for these islands, Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, +knight of the habit of Santiago, governor and captain-general of +the islands for our lord the king, in his royal name approved and +confirmed the same. But as Don Frai Domingo de Salazar, bishop of +these said islands, in the name of the natives as their protector, +has protested against the said ordinance on the ground of its being +injurious to the natives, the captain-general, in behalf of the said +natives, and in order to ascertain the truth, makes the statements +contained in this mandate. And in order to ascertain whether the +observance of the said ordinance would put an end to the troubles +therein mentioned, or whether a fulfilment of the same would result +in the injuries to the said natives which the said bishop, as their +protector, mentions, I hereby command that the following investigation +be made, and that the witnesses be examined in accordance with the +interrogatory submitted by the said cabildo. + +Signed: + +_Juan de Alcega_ + +Before me: + +_Felipe Roman_, notary. + + +_Evidence_ + +In the village of Cubao of the said province, on the fourteenth +day of May of the year aforesaid, the said alcalde-mayor, for the +purpose of the said investigation, caused to appear before him Don +Nicolas Ramos, a chief of the village of Cubao and governor of the +same--who, being duly sworn according to legal form, with the aid of +the interpreter Domingo Birral, and having promised on the sign of +the cross to speak the truth, was questioned in accordance with the +purpose of the interrogatory, and deposed as follows: + +In reply to the first question this witness stated that he knew +that before the Spaniards came to these islands for their discovery, +pacification, and settlement, and that of all the peoples who then +were, or have since been, discovered here, all the natives of the +islands, so far as this witness is informed--chiefs, timaguas, and +slaves, without distinction of rank--wove cotton fabrics, with which +they clothed themselves, all from cotton of their own planting. It is +true that, as far back as this witness can remember, he thinks that +he has never known cotton to have been planted or gathered in this +province, or along the river and coast of Manila, from the village +of Cabite to this province; but in all the other tribes except these +cotton was planted, large quantities being gathered and sold to the +inhabitants of this Pampanga, and to those of the river and coast +of Manila, who gave in exchange the rice which they cultivated, +and sometimes gold; and they procured the cotton for the purpose of +spinning it and weaving cloth for their own garments. This continued to +be the custom for many years after the coming of the Spaniards; for, +although one or two ships came from China each year at that time, +these brought no cloths or silks, but only iron, and earthenware, +and _camanguian_. The principal reason why the Tagalos of Manila +and the inhabitants of all this Panpanga have never cultivated +cotton, is because they do not know how; and because they have never +been accustomed to grow anything but rice, on which they chiefly +subsist. This was his answer. + +In reply to the second question this witness stated that since the +Spaniards have become established in these islands, he has noticed +how the Chinese have come hither, in larger numbers every year, +eight ships at least coming annually from China; and in some years +this witness has seen as many as twenty and thirty, all laden with +cloths and bolts of silk. And when the natives of these islands +and of this province saw all these cloths brought by the Chinese, +they made less exertion to weave their own; but to avoid even that +little work, all the natives began to clothe themselves with the +said stuffs from China, discarding entirely their own, which they +formerly wore. And so far has this gone at the present day, that all +alike--without distinction of chief from timagua, or of timagua from +slave--dress in these stuffs, making it impossible to judge of their +rank from their dress. In this way a very large quantity of cloth is +used--far more, as it seems to this witness, than the number stated +in the question; and he is very certain that, if this tendency is not +checked and corrected, the price of every one of these stuffs will in +a few years be doubled; for now even the cheapest costs not less than +a peso. For the natives of these islands do not accumulate wealth, +but spend it all in food and clothing; and as none of the natives, +however high his rank may be, needs more than two or three pieces +of cloth in a year, in order to avoid the labor of weaving them, +and so that they can spend their time in idleness, they prefer to +buy them from the Sangleys, whether they are cheap or dear, paying +without hesitation or heed whatever price is asked. The result is that +everything is growing much dearer; for a piece of cloth which at first +usually cost, on the average, three or four reals, as already stated, +now costs ten reals, and, unless this rise is checked, will very soon +cost twenty--and this for the reasons mentioned in the question. These +matters should be considered, and some corrective be found, to avoid +further difficulties. Thus did he reply to this question. + +To the third question he replied that, for the reasons mentioned in +the preceding question, considerable damage has been and is suffered, +and, unless some check and remedy is applied, will continue to be +suffered in these islands, by the Spaniards and by the inhabitants +of the country, both Spaniards and natives, and especially to the +injury of his Majesty's service; this damage consisting in the +fact that while the Chinese formerly took away from these islands, +in exchange for their merchandise which they bring from their own +country, at the most from twenty thousand to thirty thousand pesos in +money, at the present day--as all the natives are extravagant enough +to buy their clothing, since they can dispense with making it--these +merchants take from the country all the money stated in the question, +and even more. This money they take out of his Majesty's dominions +to their own country, whence it never returns. And this might be +prevented if the natives were forbidden to buy the said clothing, +and would dress in the stuffs which they formerly were accustomed to +wear. This was his answer to this question. + +In reply to the fourth question he stated that, before the coming of +the Spaniards, all the natives lived in their villages, applying +themselves to the sowing of their crops and the care of their +vineyards, [4] and to the pressing of wine; others planting cotton, +or raising poultry and swine, so that all were at work; moreover, +the chiefs were obeyed and respected, and the entire country well +provided for. But all this has disappeared since the coming of +the Spaniards. For since their coming all the Indians have given +themselves over to vice and vagabondage, wandering from village to +village to avoid work, and to indulge their vices--and this because, +seeing that the Spaniards have plenty of money, they are eager to serve +them. Finding that they have money, and food and clothing being given +to them, or procured by a day's labor, there is nothing to induce them +to return to their villages to cultivate the soil, and raise animals, +and work, as they formerly did. This state of affairs is already so +general in these islands that, when the attempt is made to compel a +native to work, he immediately takes to flight, and wanders about, +halting only at a place where he is allowed to remain idle. From this +have resulted the offenses mentioned in the question, a condition +which requires a remedy. Such was his reply to this question. + +To the fifth question he said that all the evils and difficulties and +offenses against God, our Lord, mentioned in these questions will +disappear if the said ordinance is properly executed; for all the +natives would work, and the country be well supplied with crops and +provisions, and a surplus sufficient for the maintenance of all the +natives and Spaniards, as before the coming of the Sangleys, and the +money which the Chinese now carry from this country to their own would +remain here. Indeed, if these traders stopped coming altogether, the +islands would not lack supplies; as for clothing, the natives could +dress in their own stuffs, which are three times better than those +brought from China; and, besides what they make for their own garments, +they could make a large quantity for trade with the Spaniards; thus +would be kept in this country a very large sum of money, and thus +all this country would be wealthy and prosperous. This has not been +accomplished hitherto because the natives, for the reasons before +mentioned, will not weave their stuffs as they used to. And, besides +all this, there would be an end of the very great injury caused by the +Sangley's buying the raw cotton and taking it to his own country, to +be there worked into cloth, which again is brought to these islands +for sale. Best of all, there would be an end of all the evils and +offenses which the question mentions, and for which a remedy is most +important. Thus he replied to this question. + +To the sixth question he replied that everything said in the +questions in regard to the Chinese and the trading with them, before +the Spaniards had come, is true; that so matters were wont to be in +these islands. Where the natives had not the kinds of goods mentioned +in the question, they paid for them in rice and gold, which is very +advantageous to the Chinese. If they continue to come and seek to +trade with the natives, the arrangement described in the question +would be very advantageous to both parties; and the Chinese would no +longer draw from the country the large quantities of money which they +have taken away yearly. Thus he replied to this question. + +In reply to the seventh question he declared that he knew that all the +tribes who have been discovered in these islands could plant cotton, +and that the soil is adapted to that use; but that the natives of +these provinces, and of those in which rice is grown, have been and are +unwilling to plant cotton, fearing lest they may ruin the cultivation +of rice, which is their chief article of food. But this witness is +certain that, if they would consent to do so, they could plant cotton, +as it is a crop that requires less labor than rice; and if cotton +were cultivated at least by the Tagalos Indians, who are the laziest +of all, large quantities of cotton might be gathered. With this they +could make cloth of very good quality for their own garments, and even +some besides for the use of the Spaniards, who wore these garments when +they first came to the islands; much also would remain for shipment to +Nueva Espana; and there would still be a large surplus of cotton for +exchange against any articles they might desire. All these are facts +well and publicly known, and matters of public report. The witness +reiterates his statements and abides by them. He does not sign his +name, as he cannot write, and appears to be about forty years old. + +Signed by the interpreter, and by the alcalde-mayor + +_Juan de Alcega_ + +_Domingo Birral_ + +Before me: + +_Felipe Roman_, notary public. + + +And after the above the said alcalde-mayor caused to appear before +him Don Juan Lisin, an Indian chief of the said village of Cubao, who +received the oath through the said interpreter, was sworn according +to the law; and on this oath, being questioned in accordance with +the interrogatory, he deposed as follows: + +In reply to the first question this witness declared that he knew that, +at the time when the Spaniards discovered and pacified these islands, +all the natives thereof--and especially those of this province, +as this witness has seen--wore no other garments than those made +of the cloths which they then wove, which were very good; nor did +they care to use, instead of this, stuffs from other countries. And +although one or two ships came from China, these carried no cloth, +but only plates, horns, iron, and _camanguian_, which they took in +exchange for rice and gold, and for cotton in the boll, where this +was grown. And thus he replied to this question. + +To the second question he said that since the Spaniards had settled +in the city of Manyla, the Sangleys--who at various times had formed +settlements there--seeing there were Spaniards in the country, and +that the money they brought was different from that which had been +used there before, began to increase their ships, bringing each year +a greater number than before. In these they brought to the islands +very large quantities of provisions (although there was no need of +these in the country), together with many pieces of satin, damask, +and taffeta, and other pieces of fine silk, and a large quantity of +cotton cloths, white and colored. And so far has this gone that this +witness has known as many as twenty ships to come in a single year, +and he has known a time when at least eight entered the river of Manila +alone. For, besides these, many go to the provinces of Pintados, which +they call Pan, Cubu, Pangansinan, Ylocos, and Cagayan. And when the +natives of all this Panpanga and of the rest of these islands--the +Bisayan as well as the Tagalan--saw these large quantities of cloth +brought by the Sangleys, and that these were so cheap, they were +unwilling to weave cloth, as they were wont to do before the Spaniards +had come and before the Sangleys brought cloth to them. To avoid +this labor, little as it was, all the natives have taken to buying +their stuffs for clothing, and have entirely abandoned their own, +which they formerly wore. The result is that in all this province, +as this witness knows, no cloths are made; for whenever a garment is +needed by a chief, timagua or slave, he straightway goes to Manila, +where the Chinese have their market, and buys it from them. Another +result of this practice is this: As all the natives--chiefs, timaguas, +and slaves alike--dress in these Sangley garments, the slave as well as +the chief, no one can decide whether they are not all chiefs. A large +quantity of the cloth is consumed, and it seems to this witness that +the number is even larger than stated in the question, rather than +smaller. And if this evil is not resisted and remedied very soon, +this number will greatly increase. For as the natives are compelled +to buy them from the Chinese, every one of the said pieces of cloth, +however worthless it may be, costs a peso or a peso and a half. If +the matter is allowed to go farther, experience shows that each +year the price of clothing will go higher--all the more because the +natives of these islands, when they have any money, try to spend +that little for food and clothing; and, not valuing the cloth that +they already have, they buy what they need--in order not to weave it, +as this witness has said--paying whatever is asked for it. Even the +most prominent and the richest of the natives finds three pieces of +cloth enough for an entire year; and these he buys, whether cheap or +dear, never hesitating to give whatever is asked for them in barter, +rather than to weave them--although that would not be more work than +they could easily accomplish. If this be permitted, all goods will, +as before stated, grow dearer every day. A piece of cloth which this +witness has known to be sold, and himself has bought, in former years +for three or four reals, sells today for eight and twelve reals: and +it will very soon cost twenty, if no check or remedy be applied. Thus +he answered this question. + +To the third question he replied that the evil referred to in the +question is as therein specified. Last year it was stated to this +witness that the Sangleys carried away to their country more than +three thousand pesos, which he knows leave these dominions. This +evil should be corrected; and the remedy would lie in forbidding all +the natives of these islands to buy any cloth whatever for their own +use, and in requiring them to weave the same, as they formerly were +accustomed to do. Thus he replied to this question. + +In answer to the fourth question this witness declared that he knows +that, since the Spaniards have traded with the Chinese in these +islands, the natives have begun to desert their villages--some +of them leaving their rice-fields, and others the cultivation of +their vineyards or the planting of cotton, living in idleness and +vagabondage; some have taken service with the Spaniards and others with +the Chinese. All this has resulted in a corruption of their morals; +for, being paid in money for their services, and having a livelihood, +as stated in the question, they buy their clothes from the Sangley, +abandoning all labor, being encouraged and favored by the Spaniards; +and this has led to the offenses against God our Lord which are +mentioned in the question--which are very numerous, as the natives +are so many; and unless a remedy is quickly applied, these crimes +will increase more and more each day. Thus he replied to this question. + +In reply to the fifth question this witness declared that he knows +that, if the ordinance mentioned in the question is enforced with +rigor, the evils and offenses against God, before mentioned, will +cease entirely; and, the said ordinance being observed, all the people +will work, as they did before the coming of the Spaniards. Thus the +country will be maintained and well provided with all necessaries, +and the money which now goes from it will remain here, and the natives +will be rich; and besides all this the natives will weave much cloth, +and make their garments from it, as it is three times better than that +from China. There would also be a large quantity of cloth for sale +to the Spaniards, and even much which they could use for themselves, +as they did before the Sangleys began to bring goods hither. Thus +would another large sum of money remain in the country. Of all these +advantages there is great need in this country, which has suffered +because an ordinance so just and advantageous to the entire country was +not framed sooner. There would be an end of another great evil to which +the country has hitherto submitted--namely, that the Chinaman buys +cotton and takes it to his own country. And the other abuses mentioned +in the question would also cease. Thus did he reply to this question. + +To the sixth question he said that the proposals therein contained +are very just for the natives of these islands, and the Chinese, if +they continue to come to this country (which will not be necessary), +will be glad to barter their goods for the articles mentioned in +the question, and will be satisfied; for they traded thus before the +coming of the Spaniards, and went away well contented. And thus will +end the outflow of the money which has been hitherto carried from +this country, and will continue to be carried away if no remedy be +applied. This was his answer. + +To the seventh question he replied that all these islands, except +this province of Panpanga, and that of Calonpite and Candava, and the +river and coast of Manila--all the rest, according to statements made +to this witness by people who have visited them, are well adapted to +the growing of cotton; and if the natives are induced to plant it, +a large quantity would be produced, enough to maintain even those who +do not cultivate cotton. Then much cloth will be made for the use +of the natives, better than that which comes from China; and there +will be a surplus for shipment to Nueva Espana in exchange for other +things; and there will be a further surplus of cotton for trade with +the Spaniards and the Chinese--although, as already said, it would +be no injustice to the Chinese to forbid them taking cotton hence to +their own country. Thus he replied to this question. He reaffirms, +upon the oath which he has taken, that all his statements are known +to be notoriously true, and are matters of current report; and he +signs his name. He seems about thirty years old. + +_Juan de Alcega_ +_Don Juan Lisin_ +_Domingo Birral_ + +Before me: + +_Felipe Roman_, notary. + + +[Eight more witnesses are examined; but as they testify to the same +purport as the two preceding deponents (and almost in the identical +language of these), we omit their testimony. All of them are Indian +chiefs, from villages near Manila; and all are presumably converts, +as all bear Christian forenames. At the end appear the following +affidavits:] + +This document was prepared and copied from the original which remains +in my possession, and was prepared by me at the command of the said +alcalde-mayor; and which I declare to have been truly and certainly +done in the village of Bacolor on the twentieth day of the month of +May, in the year one thousand five hundred and ninety-one. + +Witness: Pedro Garcia de Molina. + +_Joan de Alcega_ + +I, Phelipe Roman, notary of the province of Panpanga, in place of +Rodrigo Quadros, notary-public of the same, prepared this document +by order of the alcalde-mayor, who here has signed his name. At the +end I have hereunto affixed my seal, in witness of the truth. + +_Phelipe Roman_, notary. + + + + +Account of the Encomiendas in the Philipinas Islands + + +_A detailed account of the encomiendas in the island of Lucon and the +other Philippinas Islands, both those belonging to his Majesty and to +private individuals, pacified and hostile, with instruction and without +it; with the names of the encomenderos, the number of tributarios in +each encomienda, the number of ministers of instruction in them, and +the number they lack and need; the capitals and the alcaldes mayor +established therein, who maintain peace therein, and govern them in +peace, justice, and civilization, in their present condition. May +the last, one thousand five hundred and ninety-one_. [5] + + +Manila + +The city of Manila is located in the island of Luzon. It is the +capital of all the islands, and the usual residence of the governor +and captain-general, his counselor, and his Majesty's army. This +city has about three hundred citizens. It contains the cathedral +and bishop's house, and the prebendaries--to-wit, dean, archdeacon, +schoolmaster, treasurer, two canons, seven or eight clerical priests, +and some, although few, who are to receive orders. The city has a +monastery of Augustinian friars, usually with sixteen religious, +counting those who are going and coming--eight of the number being +priests, and the rest brethren and candidates for orders. There is +one Dominican convent, with four or five friars; and another convent +of the same order, with a Sangley hospital, in the Parian in the +same city, with two religious. There is one Franciscan convent, +which generally contains four priests and seven or eight brethren, +counting the teacher and the novitiates. The Society of Jesus has also +a professed house, with its father superior, three priests, and three +brethren. There is a royal hospital for the Spaniards, and another +for the Indians, under charge of two Franciscan lay-brethren. The +number of paid soldiers is generally about two hundred, besides their +officers. There are two chief constables, one city and the other +government; two constables; a prison warden; the three judges; the +officials of the royal estate--factor, accountant, and treasurer; +an executioner; a notary; a probate judge; the municipal body of +the city, with two alcaldes-in-ordinary, twelve regidors, and two +secretaries--one of finance and war, the other of administration; +six notaries-public, and two attorneys; and one constable to attend +to vagabonds. There are many calling themselves captain, but only +four have companies. This city contains the silk-market of the Parian, +which is composed of Sangley merchants, who have two hundred shops. The +Parian contains about two thousand Sangleys, more or less, with their +judge and governor. In addition to these there are somewhat more +than one thousand in the city, in Tondo, and throughout the islands, +engaged in various occupations and trades. Inasmuch as this relation +treats only of the ministers of instruction here and those necessary, +I shall not discuss further details of Manila and the islands, in +order to come to my purpose. Manila and its environs have sufficient +instruction, and even more than enough; for the usual alms is given to +the religious of the convents, and they are charged to administer the +sacraments and to give instruction to the natives there, each convent +in its own district. Therefore the ecclesiastics occupied in Manila +and its immediate environs, where there are plenty of ministers, +might be sent to other districts where ministers are lacking. + +_His Majesty_--In the city of Manila are many Indians who are liable +to duty, both in service and in other employments, who are continually +shifting-- so that, out of the three thousand tributarios that there +should be, not more than five hundred tributes are collected for his +Majesty. To administer the sacraments and give Christian instruction +there is one parish priest for the Indians, and they attend mass at +the hospital for Spaniards. They are under the jurisdiction of Manila, +in affairs of justice. ... D. + +_Bagunbaya_: _His Majesty_--His Majesty collects about three hundred +whole tributes in the new village of Bagunbaya. This means one +thousand two hundred souls. The convent of Sanct Agustin of Manila +provides instruction for one-third of them, those nearest the city. The +other two-thirds attend mass there. They are under the charge of the +parish priest of the Manila Indians--that is, as far as the hermitage +of Nuestra Senora de Guia ["Our Lady of Guidance"]. There mass is +celebrated for them; while he who says it to the Indians of Manila +says it in the hospital. There are many other churches where they may +attend mass, for the parish priest assists at that of the hermitage, +as it is a good settlement and outside of the city. These Indians +are under the jurisdiction of Manila. ... CCC. + +_Laguio y Malate_: _His Majesty_--His Majesty collects three hundred +tributes, which represent one thousand two hundred souls, in the +village of Laguio y Malate. They are instructed by one Augustinian +religious, who has a church and house there. They are under the +jurisdiction of Manila. ... CCC. + +_Longalo y Paranaque_: _His Majesty_--In the village of Longalo y +Paranaque--two places merged into one--are eight hundred tributes, +which are collected by his Majesty; counting in those of other +small hamlets, they represent, in all, three thousand two hundred +souls. They are in charge of one Augustinian convent established +there, with two religious. These religious visit the other small +hamlets. Tondo exercises justice therein. ... DCCC. + +_Cabite and Others_: _His Majesty_--In the village of Cabite +and other neighboring hamlets, his Majesty has three hundred and +seventy tributes, representing one thousand four hundred and eighty +souls. One ecclesiastic residing there has them in charge. He visits +in addition some small villages very near by, and the port of Cavite, +where Spanish sailors are wont to be found. ... CCCLXX. + +_Maragondon_: _His Majesty_--His Majesty collects two hundred +tributes, which represent eight hundred souls, in the village of +Maragondon. Formerly the ecclesiastic of Cavite visited them, being +assigned a special salary therefor. But he does not visit them now; +and for three years they have been without instruction, through the +bishop's negligence. ... CC. + +_Dilao_: _His Majesty_--In the village of Dilao his Majesty collects +two hundred whole tributes, representing eight hundred souls, +whose instruction is in charge of the convent of Sanct Francisco of +Manila. They attend mass at this convent, as it is quite near. ... CC. + +_Tondo_: _His Majesty_--The town of Tondo, on the other side of the +river, opposite Manila, is an encomienda of his Majesty, and is capital +of a district, with its own jurisdiction and an alcalde-mayor. In +Tondo, Nabotas, and Tambobo are collected one thousand five hundred +whole tributes, which represent six thousand souls. It has one +Augustinian convent with two ministers, who can give sufficient +instruction. ... MD. + +Besides that, there is another convent of Dominicans, with two +religious, who furnish instruction to forty Christian Sangleys, whose +tribute is paid to his Majesty. They are under the civil jurisdiction +of that town. ... XL. + +_Zapa_: _His Majesty; Pedrode Chaves; a minor son of Velazquez_--In +the village of Capa, an encomienda of his Majesty, are collected +two hundred tributes. In Pandaca, an encomienda of Pedro de Chaves, +are collected one hundred more. In other neighboring small hamlets, +on the river above, belonging to the minor son of Velazquez, are +collected two hundred more. Together these amount to four hundred +[_sic._]. They are under the charge of one Franciscan religious who +resides in Zapa and visits the other places. ... CCCC. + +_Passi_: _Thome de la Ysla_--The encomienda of Passi belongs to Thome +de la Ysla. It has two thousand tributes, under the instruction of +one Augustinian monastery with two ministers. On the uplands are +two thousand more, among the Tingues above, who, although friendly, +pay no tribute and have no instruction. They could be provided with +two more ministers in due time. ... MMMM. + +_Tagui_: _Captain Vergara_--The encomienda of Tagui belongs to Captain +Vergara. He collects there eight hundred tributes. It is provided +with adequate instruction by Augustinians. ... DCCC. + +Thus the encomiendas of Manila, its coast, and the opposite shore +of Toado have nine thousand four hundred and ten whole tributes, +which represent thirty thousand six hundred and forty souls, or +thereabout. They have thirteen ministers of instruction, without +counting that given by the monasteries, as above stated. Thus they are +amply supplied with instruction, and even more than sufficiently. They +are under the judicial and civil jurisdictions of Manila and Tondo, +according to their districts. + + + +La Pampanga + + +_Batan_: _Esguerra_--The encomienda of Batan, belonging to Juan +Esguerra, has about one thousand tributarios, who represent four +thousand souls. There is one Dominican convent there, and justice is +administered by a deputy. ... M. + +_Bitis y Lubao_: _King_--The encomienda of Bitis y Lubao, which belongs +to his Majesty, has about five thousand tributes, or twenty thousand +souls. It has four Augustinian convents. Justice is exercised by one +alcalde-mayor and his deputy. ... MMMMM. + +_Macabebe_: _Pedro de Chaves_--The encomienda of Macabebe, belonging +to Pedro de Chaves, has about two thousand three hundred tributes, +or about nine thousand two hundred souls. It has one Augustinian +convent. A portion of these Indians are instructed, however, by +a friar--that portion of them settled in certain new arable lands +in Araya. Justice is administered by the alcalde-mayor of Bitis y +Lubao. ... MMCCC. + +_Candava_: _Don Juan Ronquillo; Don Goncalo Vallesteros_--The +encomienda of Candava, belonging to Don Juan Ronquillo and Don +Goncalo de Ballesteros, has about two thousand tributes, or eight +thousand persons. It has one Augustinian convent, but a portion of +these tributarios are in charge of the religious in the above village +of Araya. It is in the civil jurisdiction of the alcalde-mayor of +Candava. ... MM. + +_Apali_: _Minor daughter of Santos; Juan Lopez; Canedo; King_--The +encomienda of Apali, belonging to a minor daughter of Santos, has one +hundred and seventy tributes, or six hundred and eighty persons. The +encomienda of Cabanbangan, belonging to Juan Lopez de Leon, has about +three hundred tributes, or one thousand two hundred persons. The +encomienda of the village called Castilla, belonging to his Majesty, +has seventy tributes, or two hundred and eighty persons. Another +village, called Capalangan, with seventy more tributes, or two hundred +and eighty persons, belongs to Antonio de Canedo. All these villages +are instructed by one Augustinian friar, who lives in the above +village of Apali. All the above-named villages are near a river. It +is in the jurisdiction of Candava and Calompit. In all, these amount +to six hundred and eighty tributes or two thousand seven hundred and +twenty souls. ... DCLXXX. + +_Calompit_: _Juan de Moron_ [_sic_]--The encomienda of Calompit y +Agunoy, belonging to Juan de Morones, has about three thousand two +hundred tributes, or twelve thousand eight hundred souls. It has two +Augustinian convents, and one alcalde-mayor. ... MMMCC. + +_Malolos_: _Tirado_--The encomienda of Malolos, belonging to Tirado, +has about nine hundred tributes, or three thousand six hundred +souls. It has one Augustinian convent. Justice is administered by +the alcalde-mayor of Bulacan. ... DCCCC. + +_Binto_: _Canedo_--The encomienda of Binto, belonging to Antonio +Canedo, has five hundred tributes, or two thousand persons. It is in +charge of one Augustinian religious from the Malolos convent, which is +close at hand. It is in the jurisdiction of the alcalde-mayor above, +who visits it. ... D. + +_Guinguinto_: _Ligero_--The encomienda of Guinguinto, belonging +to Ligero, has about five hundred tributes, or two thousand +persons. Instruction and justice are administered from Bulacan. ... D. + +_Caluya_: _King_--The encomienda of Caluya, belonging to his Majesty, +has about seven hundred tributes, or two thousand eight hundred +persons. It is under the charge of the convent of Bulacan, and is in +the jurisdiction of that town. ... DCC. + +_Bulacan_: _Mariscal_--The encomienda of Bulacan, belonging to +the Mariscal [i.e., Gabriel de Ribera], has about one thousand two +hundred tributes, or four thousand eight hundred persons. It has +one Augustinian convent, and one alcalde-mayor. It is a capital +town. ... MCC. + +_Mecabayan_: _Minor son of La Rea_--The encomienda of Mecabayan, +which belongs to the minor son of La Rea, has about seven hundred +tributes, or two thousand eight hundred persons. It has one Franciscan +convent. It is in the jurisdiction of Bulacan. ... DCC. + +Thus the encomiendas of Pampanga have eighteen thousand six hundred +and eighty whole tributes, or seventy-four thousand seven hundred +and twenty souls, more or less. They have twenty-eight ministers +of instruction, by whom, for the present, they are well instructed, +and well governed in judicial and civil matters. + + + +Pangasinan + + +_Lingayen_: _King_--The encomienda of Lingayen, belonging to his +Majesty, has one thousand tributes, or four thousand persons. It +has one Augustinian convent. The inhabitants are peaceable, and have +justice. ... M. + +_Sunguian_: _Vexarano_--The encomienda of Sunguian, belonging +to Vexarano, has six hundred tributes, or one thousand [_sic_] +four hundred persons. It has justice and is pacified. There is no +instruction. It needs one religious. ... DC. + +_Magaldan_: _Axqueta_--The encomienda of Magaldan belongs to Captain +Christoval de Axqueta. It has eight hundred tributes or three thousand +two hundred persons. It has both instruction and justice. ... DCCC. + +_Labaya_: _King; Ximenez; minor son of Sandoval_--encomienda of Labaya, +belonging to his Majesty, Juan Ximenez del Pino, and the minor son of +Alonso Hernandez de Sandoval, has one thousand five hundred tributes, +or six thousand persons. It has instruction and justice. ... MD. + +_Tugui y Bolinao_: _Aguilar_--The encomienda of Tugui y Bolinao, +belonging to Alonso de Aguilar, has two thousand tributes, or eight +thousand persons. Not more than one-half are pacified. They have no +instruction. The magistrate visits them. They need at least three or +four religious. ... MM. + +Thus the encomiendas of Pangasinan have about six thousand whole +tributes, or about twenty-four thousand souls, who have eight +ministers of instruction. They will need five more, which will make +in all thirteen. The natives of this province will be sufficiently +instructed with that number. + + + +Ilocos + + +_Bigan_--The town of Bigan is called Villa Fernandina. Five or six +Spanish citizens are settled there. It has one parish priest, one +alcalde-mayor, and one deputy. + +_Baratao_: _Don Bernardino_--The encomienda of Baratao, belonging to +Captain Don Bernardino de Sandi, collects tribute from one thousand +five hundred men, or six thousand persons. It has one Augustinian +convent with two religious. It has justice. Two more religious are +needed. ... MD. + +_Purao_: _Guiral_--The encomienda of Purao, belonging to Christoval +Guiral, has two thousand tributes, or eight thousand persons. There +is one Augustinian convent with two religious, and it has justice. It +needs two more religious. ... MM. + +_Dumaquaque_: _King; Don Alonso_--The encomienda of Dumaquaque, +belonging to his Majesty and to Don Alonso Maldonado, has nine hundred +tributes, or three thousand six hundred persons. It has one monastery +with two religious, and justice. ... DCCCC. + +_Candon_: _Aregue; Ribas_--The encomienda of Candon, belonging to Juan +el de Aregue and Ribas de Mendoza, collects nine hundred tributes, +which means three thousand six hundred persons. They have justice, +but no instruction. Two ministers are necessary. ... DCCCC. + +_Nabucan_: _The Mariscal_--The encomienda of Nabucan, belonging to +the mariscal Gabriel de Ribera, collects one thousand four hundred +and ninety tributes, which means five thousand nine hundred and sixty +persons. It has instruction, one ecclesiastic, and justice. It needs +two more ministers. ... MCCCC. [_sic_] + +_Napandan_: _Hospital_--The encomienda of Narandan, belonging to the +hospital for Spaniards, collects three hundred and ninety tributes, +which means one thousand five hundred and sixty persons. It has +instruction and justice. There is one minister in it. ... CCCXC. + +_Bigan_: _King_--The encomienda of Bigan; his Majesty collects +there eight hundred tributes, which means three thousand two +hundred persons. It has one religious who takes care of it, and has +justice. ... DCCC. + +_Batay y Batanguey_: _King_--The encomienda of Batay y Batanguey; +his Majesty collects there one thousand tributes, which means four +thousand persons. It has no instruction. It is at present visited +from Bigan. It has justice. Two ministers are needed. ... M. + +_Panay_: _Don Pedro de Aguirre_--The encomienda of Panay belongs to +Don Pedro de Aguirre, a minor. He collects seven hundred tributes, +which means two thousand eight hundred persons. It has justice, +but no instruction. One minister is necessary. ... DCC. + +_Sinay y Cabugao_: _King_--The encomienda of Sinay y Cabugao, +belonging to his Majesty, pays one thousand tributes, which means +four thousand persons. It has justice, but no instruction. It needs +two ministers. ... M. + +_Barao_: _Don Juan de la Pena_--The encomienda of Barao belongs +to Don Juan de la Pena. He collects there seven hundred tributes, +which means two thousand eight hundred persons. It has justice, +but no instruction. One minister is needed. ... DCC. + +_Cacabayan_: _King; Gaspar Perez_--The encomienda of Cacabayan, +belonging to his Majesty and Gaspar Perez; two thousand one hundred +tributes are collected there, which means eight thousand four +hundred persons. It has one monastery with three religious, and +justice. ... MMC. + +_Boncan_: _Hernan Gutierrez_--The encomienda of Boncan belongs to +Captain Hernan Gutierrez. He collects there three hundred and fifty +tributes, which means one thousand four hundred souls. It is visited +by the fathers from Ylagua. It has justice. ... CCCL. + +_Ylagua_: _King_--The encomienda of Ylagua belongs to his Majesty. He +collects from it one thousand five hundred tributes, which means six +thousand persons. It has three ministers, and justice. ... MD. + +_Ballecillo_: _Picarro_--The encomienda of Ballecillo belongs to +Andres Picarro, who collects there one hundred and fifty tributes, +which means six hundred persons. It has no instruction, but has +justice. It needs one minister. ... CL. + +_El Abra de Bigan_: _Dona Maria Ron_--The encomienda of El Abra +de Bigan; Dona Maria Ron collects from it one hundred and fifty +tributes, which means six hundred persons. It has no instruction, +but has justice. It needs one minister. ... CL. + +_Bacarra_: _Captain Castillo; Hermossa_--The encomienda of Bacarra; +one thousand tributes are collected in it by Captain Castillo and +Andres de Hermossa. This means four thousand persons. There are two +Augustinian priests, and the people have justice. ... M. + +_Dinglas_: _King; Maria Bermudez_--The encomienda of Dinglas belongs +to his Majesty and Maria Bermudez. They collect there six hundred +tributes, which means two thousand four hundred persons. It has no +instruction, but has justice. One religious is necessary for this +encomienda. ... DC. + +Thus in the province of Ilocos and its jurisdiction, there are +seventeen thousand one hundred and thirty whole tributes, or +sixty-eight thousand five hundred and twenty persons. It is in charge +of twenty ministers of instruction, and needs about eleven other +ministers for the districts where they are wanting, in all more than +thirty ministers. With this number it would seem that there would be +sufficient instruction in the gospel, as there is in peace and justice. + + + +Cagaian + + +_The City of Segovia_--The city of Nueva Segovia is the capital +of Cagayan, and its principal port. It has a number of Spanish +citizens, with an alcalde-mayor, his deputy, and regidors. There is +one Augustinian convent in charge of the Spaniards, with one priest, +and his associate, a brother. + +_Cabicunga_: _Don Sebastian_--The encomienda of Cabicunga is assigned +to Don Sebastian Ruyz de Baeca. It has five hundred tributes, +which represent two thousand souls. It has no instruction, but has +justice. One minister will be needed there. ... D. + +_Pata_: _Vacant_--The encomienda of Pata lies vacant. It has two +hundred tributes, or eight hundred persons. It has instruction and +justice, and is peaceful. The minister of Cabicunga could visit it, +and it would have sufficient instruction. ... CC. + +_Massi_: _Serpa; Vacant_--The encomienda of Massi, belonging to +Christoval de Serpa, has five hundred tributes, which represent two +thousand persons. ... D. + +On this river of Massi is another encomienda, called Bangal, with +three hundred tributarios, which means one thousand two hundred +persons. It lies vacant. They are both pacified and have justice, but +no instruction. One religious to reside in Massi, and visit Bangal, +will be sufficient. ... CCC. + +_Tulaque_: _Captain Castillo; Juan de la Feria_--The encomienda of +Tulaque, which belongs to Captain Castillo and Juan de la Feria, +has one thousand five hundred tributarios, which means six thousand +persons. The greater portion is pacified. They have no instruction. Two +ministers will be necessary for the whole. ... MD. + +_Camalayuga_: _King_--The encomienda of Camalayuga belongs to his +Majesty. He collects there five hundred tributes, which means two +thousand persons. They are pacified. They have no instruction, but +have justice. ... D. + +_Camanaguan_: _King_--The encomienda of Camanaguan belongs to his +Majesty. He collects there three hundred tributes, which means one +thousand two hundred persons. Likewise Tocol, which has one hundred +tributes, or four hundred persons. These tributes have been assigned to +the repairs of the fortress of the city of Segovia. They are pacified +and have justice. At present one minister, to reside in Camalayuga +and visit the other villages, will suffice. ... CCC. + +_Gotot_: _Don Pedro de Espinosa_--The encomienda of Gotot belongs +to Don Pedro de Espinosa. It has six hundred tributes. One or two of +its settlements are pacified. Justice is administered there. It has +no instruction. One religious will be necessary there. ... DC. + +_Maguin y Taviran_: _King_--The encomienda of Maguin y Tabiran +belongs to his Majesty. It has five hundred tributes, or two thousand +persons. There is one pacified settlement. Justice is administered +from Cagaian. There is no instruction. One minister for the instruction +of these settlements will be necessary. ... D. + +_Sinavanga_: _Juan Pablo_--The encomienda of Sinavanga, belonging to +Juan Pablo de Carrion, has one thousand tributes, or four thousand +persons. It is hostile, and has no instruction. Two ministers are +needed there. ... M. + +_Manacu_: _Don Sebastian_--The encomienda of Manacu, belonging to Don +Sebastian Ruyz de Baeza, has two hundred tributes, or eight hundred +friendly persons. It has justice. The two ministers of Manacu are +without instruction. The ministers of Sinavanga might care for those +of Manacu, and it would be instructed. ... CC. + +_Dumon_: _Sequera_--The encomienda of Dumon, belonging to Juan de +Sequera, has eight hundred tributes, which means three thousand two +hundred persons. It is hostile. One religious might be stationed +there when it is pacified. ... DCCC. + +_Talapa y Gatara_: _Juan Vasquez; Argonca; Alonso Martin_--The +encomienda of Talapa y Gatara belongs to Juan Vasquez and Juan de +Argonca. It has five hundred tributes, or two thousand persons. They +are hostile. One religious might be stationed there, when they are +pacified, and who can visit the estuary of Talapanga, which has fifty +tributes, or two hundred persons, and belongs to Alonso Martin. It +is hostile also.... DL. + +_Lobo_: _Don Rodrigo Ronquillo; Diego Ronquillo_--The encomienda of +Lobo, belonging to Don Rodrigo and Diego Ronquillo, has four thousand +tributes, or sixteen thousand persons. It is all hostile. For its +administration and instruction it requires six religious. ... MMMM. + +_Bato and Masipin_: _Don Sebastian; Alonso Martin_--The encomienda +of Bato belongs to Don Sebastian Ruyz Baeza. It has four hundred +tributes, and Masipin two hundred tributes, which means two thousand +four hundred persons. It is all in rebellion. It might have one +religious to minister to both parts. ... DC. + +_Caralanga, Yaguan, Ygui, Tagoran, Pagamon_: _Francisca de +Cardenas; Alonso Vazquez; Alonso Sanchez; Don Sebastian_--All the +above encomiendas belong to Francisca de Cardenas, Alonso Vazquez, +Alonso Sanchez, and Don Sebastian Ruyz de Baeza. They have about six +hundred tributes, or two thousand four hundred persons. All of them +are hostile. They might have one religious to administer instruction +in them all. ... DC. + +_Nabugan_: _King_--The encomienda of Nabugan belongs to his +Majesty. It has seven hundred tributarios, or two thousand eight +hundred persons. It is in rebellion. One minister to instruct them +is needed. ... DCC. + +_Gabalatan, Gat, Tapia, Dudulique_: _Don Sebastian; Alonso Sanchez; +Patino_--These encomiendas of Gabalatan, Gat, Tapia, and Dudulique, +belong to Alonso Sanchez, Don Sebastian, and Patino. They have six +hundred tributes, or two thousand four hundred persons. They are all +hostile. One minister is needed for them, who may live in Gabalatan +and visit the other villages. ... DC. + +_Tubigarao, Tabagar, Acuba_: _Henao; Alonso Vazquez_--These +encomiendas of Tubigarao, Tabagar, and Acuba, belong to Henao and +Alonso Vazquez. They have seven hundred tributes, or two thousand +eight hundred persons. They are in rebellion. When pacified, one +minister might instruct them. He could live in Tubigarao and visit +the other villages. ... DCC. + +_Batona, Sulu, Rot, Lapugan_: _Bartholome de Caravajal; Enrrique +Martin_--These encomiendas of Batano, Sulu, Rot, and Lapugan, belong +to Enrrique Martin and Bartholome de Caravajal. They have five hundred +and fifty tributes, or two thousand two hundred persons, who are in +rebellion. When the rebellion is suppressed, one minister can furnish +instruction in all these villages. ... DL. + +_Cimbus_: _Caravajal; Serna_--The encomienda of Cimbus belongs to +Bartholome Caravajal and Estevan de la Serna. They have one thousand +two hundred tributarios, or four thousand eight hundred persons. It is +all in a state of rebellion. When pacified, two ministers can attend +to the instruction there. ... MCC. + +_Nalaguan_: _Juan Vazquez_--The encomienda of Nalaguan belongs to Juan +Vazquez. It has five hundred tributes, or two thousand persons. It +is hostile. One minister is necessary. ... D. + +_Bololutan_: _Caravajal; Juan Vazquez_--The encomienda of Bolo y +Lulutan, belonging to Bartholome Caravajal and Alonso Vazquez, has +five hundred tributes, or two thousand persons. Bolo is at peace but +Lulutan is in rebellion. One religious can administer instruction in +both parts. ... D. + +_Bataguan, Sugarro_: _Alonso Sanchez; Alonso Galindo_--The encomienda +of Bataguan and Sugarro, belonging to Alonso Sanchez and Alonso +Galindo, has six hundred tributes or two thousand four hundred +persons. It is all in rebellion. One religious can administer +instruction, and can reside at Bataguan and visit Sugarra. ... DC. + +_Balissi, Moyot, and Camiguil_: _Serna; Alonso Sanchez; Juan +Vazquez_--The encomiendas of Balissi, belonging to Estevan de la +Serna, Moyot, belonging to Alonso Sanchez, and Camiguil, belonging +to Alonso [_sic_] Vazquez, have five hundred and fifty tributes, +or two thousand two hundred persons. They are in rebellion. One +minister, who could live in Balissi and visit the others, could +furnish instruction. ... DL. + +_Purrao Culit_: _Miguel Nunez_--The encomienda of Purrao Culit +belongs to Miguel Nunez, and has about five hundred tributarios, +or two thousand persons. It is in rebellion throughout. One minister +could furnish instruction to all the inhabitants. ... D. + +_Taotao_: _Alonso Martin_--The encomienda of Taotao, called otherwise +Tingues de la Paxada, belongs to Alonso Martin. It has five hundred +tributes, or two thousand persons. It is all in rebellion. One minister +might instruct these encomiendas. ... D. + +_Yoguan_: _Luis Patino_--The encomienda of Yoguan has another village, +called Togol, and both belong to Luys Patino. They have four hundred +tributarios, or one thousand six hundred persons. It is all in +rebellion. One minister can instruct these villages. ... CCCC. + +_Pugao_: _Juan Rodriguez de Mansilla and others_--The valley +of Pugao, which is in charge of Juan Rodriguez de Manssilla, at +the head-waters of the Rio Grande; we are informed that it has two +thousand tributarios. They are in rebellion. When they are pacified, +they will require three ministers. This encomienda belongs to others +together with Manssilla. ... MM. + +_Babuyanes_: _Alonso de la Serna; Francisco Castillo_--This +encomienda of the Babuyanes consists of two islands belonging to +Estevan [_sic_] de la Serna and Francisco Castillo. From one to the +other is a distance of two leagues. It has five hundred tributarios, +or two thousand persons. They are all in rebellion. It might have +one minister, living at Puga and visiting Aperri. ... D. + +_Calayan_: _Serna_--This island of Calayan belongs to Estevan de +la Serna. It has four hundred tributes, or one thousand six hundred +persons. It is in rebellion. It needs one minister. ... CCCC. + +_Camiguin_: _Alonso Martin_--The island of Camiguin belongs to Alonso +Martin. It has five hundred tributes, or two thousand persons. It is in +rebellion. One religious might attend to the instruction there. ... D. + +We have notice of other islands, although we have not seen them, +and they remain yet to be allotted. Thus in the province of Cagayan +and the islands of Babuyanes, there are twenty-four thousand whole +tributes, or about ninety-six thousand souls. Notwithstanding that +most of it is in rebellion, a great part of it is being reduced to +the royal crown. In all the province there is not a single minister +of instruction, and it will need thirty-eight religious, when it is +wholly pacified. As to the administration of justice, in the part now +pacified or being pacified, the encomienda and government of Nueva +Segovia has it in charge. When all is pacified, more alcaldes-mayor +will be needed, and will be provided. + + + +La Laguna + +_Mirabago_: _Juan Gutierrez_--The encomienda of Mirabago, belonging +to Juan Gutierrez, has six hundred, nay, seven hundred tributes, or +two thousand eight hundred persons. It has justice. The instruction of +this encomienda located on the shore of the lake is in charge of the +bridge [6] of Tabuco. One minister is needed for the tingues. ... DCC. + +_Tabuco_: _Don Luis Enrriquez_--The encomienda of Tabuco belongs to +Don Luis Enrriquez. It has one thousand tributes, or four thousand +persons. The tingues of this encomienda live very far away, although +the ecclesiastic in charge of this encomienda visits them. For this +reason they will need one ecclesiastic. ... M. + +_Taitay_: _Juan Pacheco_--The encomienda of Taitay, belonging to +Juan Pacheco, has six hundred tributes. One Franciscan friar takes +sufficient care of the instruction there. ... DC. + +_Bay_: _Juan Pacheco Maldonado_--The encomienda of Bay belongs +to Captain Juan Pacheco Maldonado. It has two thousand one +hundred tributes, or eight thousand four hundred persons. It +has two Augustinian convents, and justice. It has sufficient +instruction. ... MMC. + +_Pila_: _Captain Mercado; Penalossa_--The encomienda of Pila belongs to +Captain Mercado and Ensign Penalosa. It has one thousand seven hundred +tributes, or six thousand eight hundred persons. It has justice; +and two Franciscan convents furnish sufficient instruction. ... MDCC. + +_Mahaihai_: _Captain Ossorio_--The encomienda of Mahaihai belongs +to Captain Ossorio. It has five hundred tributes, or two thousand +persons. It has justice, and one Franciscan friar. ... D. + +_Lumban_: _King_--The encomienda of Lumban belongs' to his Majesty. He +collects there one thousand seven hundred tributes, which means six +thousand eight hundred persons. It has two convents of Franciscan +friars, and is well instructed. ... MDCC. + +_Tayaval_: _King_--The encomienda of Tayaval belongs to his Majesty. It +has seven hundred tributes, or two thousand eight hundred persons. It +is sufficiently instructed. ... DCC. + +_Panguil_: _Minor son of Velazquez_--The encomienda of Panguil, +belonging to the minor son of Velazquez, has eight hundred tributes, +or three thousand two hundred persons. It is instructed by +Franciscans. ... DCCC. + +_Sinaloa_: _Brito_--The encomienda of Sinaloa belongs to Pedro de +Brito. It has seven hundred tributes, or two thousand eight hundred +persons. It is sufficiently instructed, although the tingues live very +far away, and cannot come to the convent for mass. One more minister +is necessary. ... DCC. + +_Moron_: _Hernando deAbalos; Hospital_--The encomienda of Moron +belongs to Hernando Abalos and the royal hospital. They have one +thousand tributes, or four thousand persons. They have instruction, +but in order that all may have it, one more minister is needed. ... M. + +_Nayun_: _King_--The encomienda of Nayun, belonging to his Majesty, +has seven hundred tributes, or two thousand eight hundred persons. They +are sufficiently instructed. ... DCC. + +Thus the province of La Laguna, which is the alcalde-mayoralty styled +by itself Bay, has eleven thousand five hundred whole tributes, or +forty-eight thousand four hundred souls. These are well instructed, +for with its twenty-seven ministers, if the tingues were gathered in +the settlements, and another four ministers were added, it would have +sufficient instruction. Likewise it is all furnished with adequate +justice. + + + +Vicor and Camarines + + +_Caceres_: The town of Caceres is the capital. It has thirty Spanish +inhabitants and one Franciscan convent with two religious, not counting +those who come and go. There is one parish priest with his church, +stationed by himself, to whom his Majesty gives a stipend of fifty +thousand maravedis; and, with the balance given by the citizens, +the sum amounts to more than three hundred pesos. There is one +alcalde-mayor and his deputy. + +_Milarrit_: _Minor son of Torres_--The village of Mirralit [_sic_], +belonging to the minor son of Torres; in this encomienda there are +five hundred and twenty whole tributes, or two thousand and eighty +souls in all. This encomienda is one-quarter of a league from the town +up the river. Two Franciscan religious from the convent of Caceres +visit it, so that it is sufficiently instructed. The magistrate of +Caceres administers justice there. ... DXX. + +_Minalava_: _King_--His Majesty has control of the encomienda of +Minalava, in which are six hundred and sixty-eight tributes, or two +thousand six hundred and seventy-two souls. The villages of this +encomienda are quite close to one another, so that they can hear the +bell when it is rung, and assemble in this encomienda. There are two +religious of the order of St. Francis--one a priest and the other a +lay-brother--so that it is furnished with instruction. In addition, +these religious visit the following encomienda. ... DCLXVIII. + +_Ynguinan_: _Dona Maria de Ron_--These two religious visit the +encomienda called Ynguinan, which has two hundred and six entire +tributes, or eight hundred and twenty-four persons. By means of the +above mentioned visitation, instruction is furnished. ... CCVI. + +_Linaguan_: _Pedro de Salazar_--These two religious visit Linaguan +also. It belongs to Pedro de Salazar, who has in the said encomienda of +Niguinan sixty whole tributes. It is one-half league from Minalava, its +capital. There is another encomienda two or three leagues farther. At +present these towns of Niguinan and Linaguan are not sufficiently +instructed by this visitation. However, with the addition of one more +minister they will have sufficient. Justice is administered in these +encomiendas by the alcalde-mayor of Caceres, two or three leagues +away. ... LX. + +_Nabua_: _King_--His Majesty has another encomienda also, Nabua by +name, numbering one thousand and eighteen whole tributes, or four +thousand and seventy-two persons. The villages of this encomienda +are near together. They used to have four ministers, for they visit +the two following encomiendas. There are in Nabua two Franciscan +friars. ... MXVIII. + +_Bula_: _Dona Maria de Ron_--The village of Bula belongs to Dona +Maria de Ron. It is four leagues from Nabua. It has two hundred and +six whole tributes, or eight hundred and twenty-four persons. It is +visited from Nabua. ... CCVI. + +_Bao_: _Minor son of Sebastian Perez_--These fathers of Nabua visit +also the encomienda of the minor son of the late Sebastian Perez, +called Bao. It has one hundred and seventy-six tributes, or seven +hundred and four persons. Like Nabua, the capital, it used to have +four friars, but now has not more than two. These encomiendas are +not well administered, but five religious would be sufficient for +it. ... CLXXVI. + +_Buy_: _Sebastian Garcia_--Likewise these fathers of Nabua visited and +instructed the encomienda of Buy, which belongs to Sebastian Garcia; +but they say they can do so no longer. It is two leagues from Nabua, +and can receive instruction from no other place. It has three hundred +and twelve tributes, or one thousand two hundred and forty-eight +persons, who will receive instruction, when Nabua, its capital, +has the said five ministers. ... CCCXII. + +_Guas and Libon_: _Estevan Rodriguez_--Captain Estevan Rodriguez has +the encomienda of the villages of Guas and Libon, with one thousand +one hundred and seventy-four whole tributes, or four thousand seven +hundred and ninety-six souls. The settlements of these two capitals +are near one another, except some located in the mountains six or seven +leagues away, where there are many Christians. The said encomienda is +instructed and visited with difficulty. Four religious of the order +of St. Francis-three priests and one lay brother-live there. They +visit the following encomienda. ... MCLXXIIII. + +_Polangui_: _Pedro de Salazar_--Between Guas and Libon, Pedro de +Salazar owns a village named Polangui, with six hundred and forty-one +tributes, or two thousand five hundred and sixty-four souls. By +means of the above-mentioned visitation, they are tolerably well +instructed at present; but if more religious can be had, they might +have two more, so that there might be two in Guas, two in Polangui, +and two in Luyon, which would furnish sufficient instruction. Caceres +rules it in affairs of justice. ... DCXLI. + +_Canaman_: _Gregorio Sanchez_--Gregorio Sanchez has Canaman as an +encomienda, with three hundred and six whole tributes, or one thousand +two hundred and twenty-four persons, including adults and children. It +receives instruction from two Franciscan friars--one a priest, and +the other a lay-brother--so that it is well instructed. ... CCCVI. + +_Alimanan_: _Diego Diaz Marmolejo_--Alimanan, the encomienda of +Diego Diaz Marmolejo, lies on the way to Canaman. It has six hundred +whole tributes, or about two thousand four hundred souls. There are +two religious of the order of St. Francis in the said encomienda, +who furnish sufficient instruction. Caceres administers justice +therein. ... DC. + +_Magarao_: _Pedro de Arceo_--The Canaman fathers visit likewise the +encomienda of Magarao, which belongs to Captain Pedro de Arceo. This +encomienda has four hundred and fifty whole tributes, or one thousand +eight hundred men. The villages of both these encomiendas [Canaman +and Magarao] are quite near one another, being separated by little +more than one-half league. These villages are well instructed, with +the visitation of the two religious; although, if there were a good +supply of priests, they might, in order to be thoroughly instructed, +have one more for the administration of the sacraments. They are one +league from the city of Caceres, from which place they are governed +in civil and judicial matters. ... CCCCL. + +_Quipayo_: _Luys Brizeno_--Captain Luis Brizeno has the village of +Quipayo as an encomienda, with five hundred tributes, or two thousand +souls. The villages of this encomienda are quite close together, +being separated by only one-half League, or three-quarters at the +most. It has two religious, priests of the order of St. Francis. It +is well instructed and has the following visitation. ... D. + +_Caravanga_: _Sebastian Garcia_--These two fathers visit the encomienda +of Caravanga, belonging to Estevan [_sic_] Garcia. There are three +hundred tributes there, or one thousand two hundred persons. By means +of the two above-mentioned religious, it is well instructed. Caceres +governs it in judicial matters. ... CCC. + +_Labo y Aguette_: _King_--His Majesty owns also another encomienda +in this province, called Labo y Aguetet, having six hundred and +forty-eight whole tributes, or two thousand nine hundred and ninety-two +persons. The villages of this encomienda are close together, except +six villages having seventy tributes, which are up the river, four or +five leagues from the capital. One priest furnishes the instruction +in this encomienda, namely the canon Paz; but he makes the following +visits. ... DCXLVIII. + +_Batas_: _Minor son of Hernando de la Cruz_--The encomienda of Batas, +belonging to the minor son of Hernando de la Cruz, has three hundred +whole tributes, or one thousand two hundred persons. The priest of +Labo instructs it in visits. ... CCC. + +_Tarisey_: _Pablo Garcia_--Pablo Garcia owns another encomienda, +called Tarisey, lying between Labo and Batas. It has about eighty +whole tributes, or three hundred and twenty persons, and is visited +from Labo. Although the said minister of Labo is aided by another from +Paracali who says mass, this latter does not know the language. In +respect to the said visitations of Batas and Tarisey, it seems that, +to have sufficient instruction, the said encomienda of Labo should +have two friars. The alcalde-mayor of Caceres administers justice to +the natives of these encomiendas. ... LXXX. + +_Paracali_: _Andres Cauchela_--The accountant Cauchela has five +hundred and seventy tributes in Paracali. This means two thousand +two hundred and eighty souls, all sufficiently instructed. DLXX. + +_Mauban_: _King_--In this province at Mauban, and on the island +of Buyun, the island of Mandatto and Bisayas, his Majesty has one +thousand two hundred tributes along twenty leagues of coast. It is +not instructed and numbers four thousand eight hundred souls. Two +religious are necessary. ... MCC. + +_Lagunoy_: _Brizeno_--Captain Brizeno has an encomienda in the province +of Lagunoy, at Mapoto, with two hundred whole tributes, or eight +hundred souls. It has not instruction, and needs one minister. ... CC. + +_Lagunoy_: _Rodrigo Arias_--In the same province, Ensign Rodrigo Arias +owns an encomienda of seven hundred whole tributes, or two thousand +eight hundred persons. It has no instruction. When instruction is +furnished to the above encomienda, this one will have it. ... DCC. + +_Lagunoy_: _Dona Maria Ron_--In the same province, Dona Maria de Ron +has three hundred whole tributes, or one thousand two hundred souls, +without instruction. ... CCC. + +_Lagunoy_: _Juan Rodriguez Lausor_--In addition Juan Rodriguez de +Lausor has three hundred whole tributes in the same province. There +are one thousand two hundred souls living in fine settlements, near +one another. This province and all the said encomiendas are without +instruction. They might have four ministers, if there is a sufficient +supply, for they are twelve leagues from the city of Caceres, from +which justice is administered to them. ... CCC. + +_Malinao_: _Briceno_--In the province of Malinao and Cagarei, the said +Captain Brizeno has four hundred whole tributes, or one thousand six +hundred souls. They have no instruction, but below will be told how +they can have it. ... CCCC. + +_Albai_: _Brizeno_--The said Captain Brizeno has another hundred +and sixty whole tributes, which means six hundred and forty persons, +in the province of Albay, without instruction. ... CLX. + +_Albai_: _Gregorio Sanchez; Diego de Montoro_--Gregorio Sanchez and +Diego de Montoro have between them one thousand five hundred whole +tributes, or six thousand souls, in the same province of Albay. The +settlements in this province are excellent, and located near +together. Four or even three ministers might take care of these two +provinces of Manilao and Albay, and instruct the said four encomiendas, +which are under the civil jurisdiction of Caceres. ... MD. + +_Camarines_: _Pedro de Arceo_--Captain Pedro de Arceo has the province +of Camarines as an encomienda. This has eight hundred and eighty +tributes, or three thousand five hundred and twenty persons. They are +all settled in one village, a condition which was brought about by +two Franciscan friars who were there, but who left it about three and +one-half years ago. Therefore they have no instruction. Two religious +will be necessary at present. ... DCCCLXXX. + +_Yguey_: _Alonso Pimentel_--Alonso Pimentel has an encomienda in Yguei, +with six hundred and seventy tributes, or two thousand six hundred +and eighty souls. Two religious are needed there. The encomendero has +taught them a great deal, for many of them know their prayers. The +alcalde-mayor of Caceres administers justice there. ... DCLXX. + +_Bondo y Caporagua_: _Alonso Lopez_--He owns the encomienda of +the bay of Bondo y Caporagua, with five hundred whole tributes, or +two thousand souls. They live on nine rivers along eight leagues of +coast, the said rivers having one hundred, or one hundred and thirty +or fifty, inhabitants. They might be collected on two of the rivers +and be instructed by one priest. The magistrate of Camarines visits +them. ... D. + +_Bondo_: _Manila Hospital_--Manila Hospital owns five hundred and +forty more tributes, or two thousand one hundred and sixty souls, +in the said province of Bondo. It will need one more minister for +instruction, for they have none. This encomienda, with the one above, +belonging to Alonso Lopez, will need three. ... DXL. + +_Lumanao in Ybalon_: _Saavedra_--In the province of Ybalon, Diego +Lopez de Saavedra owns the encomiendas of Lumanao, with four hundred +whole tributes, or one thousand six hundred persons. It has no +instruction. It and the following will need three ministers, when +there is a sufficient supply of them. ... CCCC. + +_Ybalon_: _Christoval Sanchez_--On the said bay of Ybalon, Christoval +Sanchez has an encomienda of seven hundred and forty whole tributes, +or two thousand nine hundred and sixty souls. They are without +instruction, but can have it with the three ministers mentioned in +the above encomienda--two here, and one there. The alcalde-mayor of +Caceres visits these encomiendas. ... DCCXL. + +_Uban y Builan_: _King_--His Majesty has seventy tributes along the +river of Uban y Builan. They have no instruction, but can be visited +from Ybalon. There are two hundred and eighty souls. ... LXX. + +_Coast Opposite Ybalon_: _Pedro de Arnedo_--Pedro de Arnedo has seven +hundred and thirty-five whole tributes, or two thousand nine hundred +and forty souls, on the coast opposite the said bay of Ybalon, in Baco +y Busaigan. This encomienda, extending ten or twelve leagues along the +adjacent coast, and occupying five settlements along the seacoast, +might be reduced to two settlements, except one river on the strait +and mouth of Bugaigan. One priest might be established here in this +encomienda, and visit the following, as it is small. ... DCCXXXV. + +_Capul_: _Hernando Munoz_--Hernando Munoz de Poyatos has three +hundred and thirty whole tributes, or one thousand three hundred +and twenty souls, in Capul, which is situated one league from the +strait. It has no instruction, but will be visited from the above +encomienda. ... CCCXXX. + +_Catanduanes_: _Thomas Dato; Rodrigo Sarfate; Juan de Yepes; +Anton Sanchez_--The island of Catanduanes has three thousand +tributarios, and more than fully pays its listed tribute. It has +more than fifteen thousand souls, and belongs to four encomenderos: +Thomas Dato, Rodrigo Sarfate, Juan de Yepes, and Anton Sanchez. The +five scattered settlements might be reduced to two. With four more +ministers it could be instructed. Caceres administers its justice, +by visitation from Caceres. However, it will require a deputy, who +should generally live there. ... MMM. + +Thus the province of Vicor y Camarines, with the island of Catanduanes, +has twenty-one thousand six hundred and sixty whole tributes, or +eighty-six thousand six hundred and forty souls. For its entire +instruction it has at present fifteen ministers. According to the +allotment of the land, thirty-two more ministers are necessary, so +that it may have sufficient instruction. In all it needs fifty-three, +if there are sufficient. All the province has justice, which is +administered from Caceres. + +_Masbate_: _Moral_--The encomienda of Masbate is an island belonging +to Francisco de Moral. It has about four hundred tributes, or one +thousand six hundred souls. The people are peaceable. It has justice +administered from Caceres. It has no instruction, and needs one +minister. ... CCCC. + +_Burias_: _Captain Brizeno_--This encomienda of Burias is another +island, and belongs to Captain Brizeno. He collects there four +hundred tributes. It has justice, but no instruction, and will need +one minister. ... CCCC. + + + +[Zebu] + + +_Zebu_--In the island of Zebu is the capital city, Sanctissimo +Nombre de Jesus, with more than thirty Spanish citizens, with its +alcalde-mayor and magistracy. It has one ecclesiastic, who acts as +vicar of the Spaniards. + +_Leite_: _Oseguera_--The encomienda of Leyte belongs to Don Pedro de +Oseguera. He collects there six hundred and twenty-six tributes, which +means one thousand and five hundred and four persons. It has justice; +and that it may have instruction, needs one minister. ... DCXXVI. + +_Gonpot y Cagayan_: _King_--This encomienda of Gonpot y Cagayan +belongs to his Majesty. He collects there seventy tributes. It has +neither instruction nor justice, but needs them. ... LXX. + +_Butuan_: _Dona Lucia_--Dona Lucia de Loarca owns the encomienda of +the river of Butuan. She collects there one thousand two hundred +tributes. It has justice, but no instruction. Two religious are +necessary to take care of it, for it has four thousand and eight +hundred persons. ... MCC. + +_Zampojar_: _Caravajal_--Diego de Caravajal collects along this river +of Sampojar, fifty-eight tributes. They are not well pacified, and have +neither instruction nor justice, both of which they need. ... LVIII. + +_Caraga_: _Juan Gutierrezdel Real; Francisco de Sancta Cruz_--Juan +Gutierrez del Real and Francisco de Sancta Cruz collect eight hundred +and ninety-two tributes in Caraga. This represents three thousand +five hundred and sixty-eight persons. They have no instruction, and +are not pacified; but when that shall be effected, it will need two +ministers. ... DCCCXCII. + +_Dulaque_: _Francisco Rodriguez de Avila_--Francisco Rodriguez de +Avila collects tribute along the river of Dulaque from four hundred +and eighty-two tributarios, who represent one thousand nine hundred +and twenty-eight persons. It has justice, but no instruction. It +needs one minister. ... CCCCLXXXII. + +_Leyte_: _Sedeno_--Pedro Sedeno collects tribute in the island of Leyte +and along the river of Tambolo, from five hundred and sixty-three +tributarios, who represent two thousand two hundred and fifty-two +souls. It is peaceful, and has justice, but no instruction. It needs +one minister. ... DLXIII. + +_Carigara_: _Juan de Truxillo_--Juan de Truxillo collects tribute along +the river of Carigara from four hundred and thirty-four tributarios, +who represent one thousand seven hundred and thirty-six persons. It +has justice, and is peaceful, but has no instruction. It needs one +minister. ... CCCCXXXIIII. + +_Barugo_: _Henao_--Alonso de Henao collects four hundred and fourteen +tributes on the river of Barugo. These represent one thousand six +hundred and fifty-six persons. It is peaceful, and has justice, +but no instruction. It needs one minister. ... CCCCXIIII. + +_Abuyo_: _Reyes_--Gaspar de los Reyes collects three hundred +and four tributes on the river of Abuyo and the town of Guisan, +in Ybabao. These represent one thousand two hundred and sixteen +persons. It is peaceful and has justice, but no instruction. It needs +one minister. ... CCCIIII. + +_Palo_: _Pedro Hernandez_--Pedro Hernandez collects four hundred +and ninety tributes from the encomienda of Palo. These represent +two thousand persons. It is peaceful, with justice, but without +instruction, and needs one minister. ... CCCCXC. + +_Dulaque_: _Sauzedo_--Domingo de Sauzedo collects from the encomienda +of Dulaque six hundred and thirteen tributes, which represent two +thousand four hundred and fifty-two persons. It is peaceful, and has +justice, but no instruction. It needs one minister. ... DCXIII. + +_Abuyo Ebito_: _Ysla_--Gaspar de Ysla collects four hundred and +thirty-five tributes, which represent one thousand seven hundred and +forty persons, in Abuyo Ebito, and Zebu. It is peaceful, with justice, +but without instruction, and needs one religious. ... CCCCXXXV. + +_Hinundanga_: _Abila_--Francisco de Abila collects five hundred +tributes, which means two thousand persons, from the encomienda of +Hinundanga. It is pacified and has justice, but no instruction. It +needs at least one religious to take care of it. ... D. + +_Tilan_: _Sepulbeda_--Francisco de Sepulbeda collects the tribute of +the encomienda of Tilan, which has one hundred and forty tributes. He +collects unjustly. Although it has justice, it has no instruction, +and needs it. ... CXL. + +_Baybay and Zebu_: _Navarro_--Pedro Navarro collects six hundred and +fifteen tributes in Baybay and Zebu. This means two thousand four +hundred and sixty persons. It has no instruction, but has justice. One +minister is necessary. ... DCXV. + +_Samay and Ybabao_: _Juan Mendez_--The minor son of Juan Mendez +collects one thousand tributes, which means four thousand persons, +in Samay and Ybabao. It has peace and justice, but no instruction. It +needs two ministers. ... M. + +_Tinagon and Buri_: _Soria; Nunez_--Pedro de Soria collects two +hundred and six tributes in Tinagon. These represent eight hundred +and twenty-four persons. It has justice, but no instruction. This is +needed between him and Francisco Nunez, who collects one hundred and +ninety tributes in Buri. ... CCCVI. + +_Samar, Ybabao_: _Molina_--Francisco de Molina collects in Samar, +Ybabao, Siquion and Maripit, four hundred and seventy-seven tributes, +which represent one thousand nine hundred and eight persons. It has +no instruction, but has justice. It needs one minister. ... CCCCLXXVII. + +_Candaya_: _Francisco Martin_--Francisco Martin collects from Gandaya +two hundred and fifty-five tributes, which represent one thousand +and twenty persons. It has justice, but no instruction, and needs +it. ... CCLV. + +_Ybabao_: _Goncalo Ximenez; Juan Gutierrez_--Goncalo Ximenez and Juan +Gutierrez del Real collect, in the island of Ybabao, eight hundred +and sixteen tributes, which represent three thousand two hundred and +sixty-four persons. It has peace and justice, but no instruction. It +needs, at the least, one minister. ... DCCCXVI. + +_Ybabao and Zebu_: _Carrena_--Francisco Carreno collects, in Ybabao and +Zebu, three hundred and thirty tributes, which represent one thousand +three hundred and twenty persons. It has justice and is pacified, +but has no instruction, which it needs. ... CCCXXX. + +_Leyte, Masbate, and Ybabao_: _Moral_--Francisco Moral collects, +from Leyte, Masbate, and Ybabao, one thousand one hundred and +sixteen tributes, which represent four thousand four hundred and +sixty-eight persons. It has justice, and is entirely pacified. It +has no instruction, and needs two ministers. ... MCXVI. + +_Bantayan_: _Minor son of Gamboa_--The minor son of Gamboa collects, +in Bantayan, one thousand six hundred and eighty-three tributes, +which represent six thousand seven hundred and thirty-two persons. It +has both justice and instruction. ... MDCLXXXIII. + +_Tanay_: _Ossorio_--Ossorio collects, from the river of Tanay, +one hundred and eighty tributes, which represent seven hundred and +twenty persons. It has justice and peace, but no instruction, which +it needs. ... CLXXX. + +_Tanay_: _Juan Martin_--Juan Martin collects, from the river of Tanay +and the island of Negros, five hundred and fifty-seven tributes, which +represent two thousand two hundred persons. It has no instruction, +but is pacified and has justice. It needs one minister. ... DLVII. + +_Abuyo_: _Francisco Albarez_--Francisco Albarez de Toledo collects, +along the river of Abuyo, Vincay, and Maya, four hundred and eighty +tributes, which represent one thousand nine hundred and twenty +persons. It is pacified, and has justice, but no instruction, which +is needed. ... CCCCLXXX. + +_Camote and Matan_: _The city_--The city of Sanctissimo Nombre de Jesus +has of its own, in Camote and Matan, two hundred and eighty-seven +tributes, which represent one thousand one hundred and forty-eight +persons. They are pacified, and have justice, but no instruction, +which is needed. For this and the two following one minister is +necessary. ... CCLXXX. + +_Mindanao_: _Roman_--Alonso Roman collects in Mindanao one hundred +tributes, which represent four hundred persons. It is pacified, +but has no instruction. It has justice. ... C. + +_Masagua y Payta_: _Espinosa_--Christoval Espinosa collects, +from the encomienda of Masagua y Payta, in Ybabao, one hundred and +thirty-seven tributes, which represent five hundred and forty-eight +persons. It is pacified, and has justice, but no instruction, which +is needed. ... CXXXVII. + +Thus the tributes of the island of Cebu and its jurisdiction amount to +fifteen thousand eight hundred and thirty-three whole tributes. This +means thirty-five thousand [_sic_] persons, and for these there are +but two ministers. Twenty-one ministers are necessary to furnish +sufficient instruction. As to justice, the entire province is +sufficiently governed by one alcalde-mayor and his deputy. + + + +Panay + + +The town of Arevalo is the capital of this island of Panay, and +contains more than twenty Spanish citizens. There is one alcalde-mayor +and one corregidor for the river of Panay, besides its body of +magistrates, and a parish which is in charge of an ecclesiastic. + +_Oton and Ymaral_: _Dona Lucia_--Dona Lucia de Loarca collects, +from the village of Oton and its tingues, the island of Ymaras, +and the river of Hilo, one thousand six hundred tributes, which +represent six thousand four hundred persons. Oton has instruction, +and one of its two friars visits Ymaras and the tingues. There is no +instruction in Hilo. It needs one more minister. Justice is had from +Arevalo. ... MDCL. + +_Xaro_: _Captain Arceo_--Captain Augustin de Arceo collects, in +the encomienda of Xaro and its tingues, one thousand three hundred +tributes, which represent five thousand two hundred persons. It is +cared for by one ecclesiastic, but needs another minister. Justice +is had from Arevalo. ... MCCC. + +_Araut_: _King_--His Majesty collects, on the river of Araut, two +thousand tributes, which represent eight thousand persons. It has +justice, but no instruction. It needs four ministers. ... MM. + +_Araut_: _Captain Juan Pablo_--Captain Juan Pablo de Carrion collects, +on the said river of Araut, two thousand tributes. It has justice, +and two Augustinian friars who instruct it. It needs one other +minister. ... MM. + +_Araut_: _Diego Lopez; Lope Rodriguez_--Diego Lopez de Valdepenas and +the minor son of Lope Rodriguez collect, on the said river of Araut, +one thousand six hundred tributes, which represent six thousand four +hundred persons. They have justice, but no instruction. They need +two ministers. ... MDC. + +_Axui_: _King; Rivera_--His Majesty and Francisco de Rivera collect, +from the encomienda of Axui, one thousand two hundred tributes, +which represent four thousand eight hundred persons. It is pacified, +and has justice, but no instruction. It needs two ministers. ... MCC. + +_Aranguen_: _Captain Sarmiento_--Captain Pedro Sarmiento collects, +along the river of Aranguen, three hundred tributes, which represent +one thousand two hundred persons. It is pacified, and has justice, +but no instruction. It needs one minister. ... CCC. + +_Panay_: _King_--His Majesty has along the river of Panay and its +branch, the Mayo, eight hundred and fifty tributes, which represent +two thousand four hundred [_sic_] persons. They have instruction and +justice. ... DCCCL. + +_Panay_: _Guarnico; Lievana_--Captain Guarnizo and Ensign Pedro Guillen +de Lievana collect, along the said river, two thousand three hundred +tributes, which represent nine thousand two hundred persons. It has +justice, and one ecclesiastic who furnishes instruction. It needs at +least two more ministers. ... MMCCC. + +_Mambusao_: _Rivera; Morales_--Francisco de Rivera and Gaspar Ruyz +de Morales collect, along the branch river Manbusao, one thousand +tributes, which represent four thousand persons. It is pacified, +and has justice, but no instruction. It needs one minister. ... M. + +_Yguican_: _Captain Sarmiento_--Captain Sarmiento collects, along the +river of Yguisan, ninety tributes, which represent three hundred and +forty persons. It has justice. ... XC. + +_Maharlu_: _Angulo_--Albaro de Angulo collects, in Maharlu, +Damayan, the island of Tablas, and Cabuyan, six hundred tributes, +which represent two thousand four hundred persons. It has justice, +and is pacified. It has no instruction, and needs one minister. ... DC. + +_Batan_; _Miguel Rodriguez_--The encomienda of Batan belongs to +Miguel Rodriguez. He collects there, at Moguin, Dunblon, Baton, +and along the river of Hilo, one thousand two hundred tributes, +which represent four thousand eight hundred persons. It has justice, +and is pacified. It needs at least two ministers. ... MCC. + +_Aclan_: _Minor son of Antonio Flores_--The minor son of Antonio +Flores collects, along the river of Aclan, one thousand three hundred +tributes, which represent three thousand two hundred persons. It has +instruction and justice. ... MCCC. + +_Ybahay_: _Captain Pedro Sarmiento_--Captain Pedro Sarmiento collects, +in Ybahai, Potolanbit, Buracay, and other islets, and along the large +bay and river of La Lupa, two thousand tributes, which represent +eight thousand persons. All of this territory has justice, but no +instruction. It needs four ministers. ... MM. + +_Bugason_: _Pedro Guillen_--Ensign Guillen collects, in Bugason, two +hundred and fifty tributes, which represent one thousand persons. It +has instruction and justice. ... CCL. + +_Antique_: _Serna_--Alonso de la Serna collects, from the encomienda +of Antique, five hundred and fifty tributes, which represent two +thousand two hundred persons. It has justice and instruction. ... DL. + +_Amiagao_: _Minor son of Flores_--The minor son of Antonio Flores +collects, in Amiago [_sic_], three hundred tributes, which represent +one thousand two hundred persons. It has instruction and justice, +and is pacified. ... CCC. + +_Bongol_: _Augustin Ossorio_--Augustin Ossorio collects, from +the encomienda of Bongol, three hundred and fifty tributes, which +represent, two thousand four hundred persons. It is visited by a +religious, and has justice. ... CCCL. + +_Tibagua_: _Captain Estevan Rodriguez_--Captain Estevan Rodriguez +de Figueroa collects, from the encomienda of Tibagua, one thousand +two hundred tributes, which represent four thousand eight hundred +persons. It has justice and instruction, and is pacified. ... MCC. + +_Caraco_: _Pareja_--Christoval de Parexa collects, from the encomienda +of Caraco, six hundred tributes, which represent two thousand four +hundred persons. It has no instruction, but is pacified. It needs +one minister. ... DC. + +_Bago_: _Albaro Perez_--Albaro Perez collects, along the river of Bago, +three hundred and fifty tributes, which represent one thousand four +hundred persons. It has no instruction. It is pacified and has justice. +It needs one minister. ... CCCL. + +_Ynavaga_: _Herrera_--Francisco de Herrera collects, along the river +cf Ynavaga, five hundred tributes, which represent two thousand +persons. It has no instruction, but has justice and is pacified. It +needs one minister. ... D. + +_Hilo_: _Trigo_--Hieronimo Trigo collects, along the river of Hilo, +one hundred and fifty tributes, which represent six hundred persons. It +has no instruction, but has justice, and is pacified. ... CL. + +_Hilo_: _Ysla_--Gaspar de Ysla collects, along the said river, two +hundred tributes, which represent eight hundred persons. It has no +instruction, but has justice. One minister might care for this and +the above encomienda. ... CC. + +_Hilo_: _Mendia_--Martin de Mendia collects, along the said river, +five hundred tributes, which represent two thousand persons. It has +no instruction, but has justice, and is pacified. One minister is +needed. ... D. + +_Cuyo_: _Captain Juan Pablo_--Captain Juan Pablo collects, in the +island of Cuyo, one thousand tributes, which represent four thousand +persons. It has neither instruction nor justice, and needs two +ministers. ... M. + +Thus, in the island of Panay and its jurisdiction, are twenty-five +thousand eight hundred and ninety tributes, or sixty thousand _[sic]_ +souls. It has at present eighteen ministers, and needs twenty-five +more, which will make in all thirty-eight _[sic]_ with whom it will +be well instructed. In regard to justice, it is quite sufficient +throughout the island. + +_Lumban_: _Sauzedo_--The island of Lumban belongs to Phelippe de +Sauzedo, and has five hundred tributes, or two thousand persons. It +is in the jurisdiction of Balayan. It has no instruction. It needs +one minister to instruct it. ... D. + +_Mindoro_: _Sauzedo_-The encomienda of Vaco y Mindoro belongs to +Phelippe de Sauzedo. It has seven hundred tributes, or two thousand +eight hundred persons, it is in charge of one religious, and is under +the civil jurisdiction of Balayan. The opposite coast of this island +has neither instruction nor justice. ... DCC. + +_Batangas_: _Francisco Rodriguez_--The encomienda of Batangas belongs +to Francisco Rodriguez. He collects there one thousand four hundred +tributes, which represent five thousand six hundred persons. It has +sufficient justice and instruction. ... MCCCC. + +_Bonbon_: _The mariscal Gabriel de Ribera_--The encomienda of Bonbon +belongs to the mariscal Gavriel de Rybera. He collects there four +thousand tributes, which represent sixteen thousand souls. It all +has sufficient instruction, and its justice is administered from +Balayan. ... MMMM. + +_Balayan_: _Cauchela_--The encomienda of Balayan belongs to the +accountant Cauchela, and his Majesty has there six hundred tributes, +which represent two thousand four hundred persons. It has one +alcalde-mayor, who is the judicial chief of the district. It has +instruction, which is administered by one ecclesiastic. ... DC. + +[_Tuley_]: _King_--The lowlands of Tuley belong to his Majesty. Six +hundred whole tributes are collected there, which represent two +thousand four hundred souls. It has no instruction, and needs one +minister. ... DC. + +_Calamianes_: _Sarmiento_--The islands of Calamianes belong to Captain +Sarmiento. Tribute is levied, although not in all parts--about two +thousand five hundred, counting the negrillos. Four ministers are +needed for the whole encomienda. It has no justice. ... MMD. + +_Calilaya_: _King; Torres_--Calilaya and Marinduque is a corregidor's +district by itself. Half of the encomienda of Calilaya belongs to +the king, and the other half to Torres. There are one thousand two +hundred tributarios, or four thousand eight hundred persons. It +has had instruction, and there are many Christians. It has +justice. One ecclesiastic attends to the instruction. It needs two +ministers. ... MCC. + +_Galvan_: _Medrano_--The encomienda of Galvan belongs to Medrano. It +has eight hundred tributes, or three thousand and some souls. It has +had instruction, but has none now. It is visited from Batangas. It +has justice, and needs one minister. ... DCCC. + +_Mahuban_: _King_--Mahuban belongs to his Majesty. On this coast of +Manila he has eight hundred tributes, which represent more than three +thousand persons. It has never had instruction, but has justice from +Calilaya. One minister is needed. ... DCCC. + +_Casiguiran_: _Francisco Garcia_--The encomienda of Casiguiran lies +on the same coast opposite Manila. It belongs to Francisco Garcia, +who collects there five hundred tributes, which represent two thousand +persons. Half of it is hostile, and more than half has neither justice +nor instruction: One minister is needed. ... D. + +_Balete_: _Juan Martin_--The encomienda of Balete belongs to Juan +Martin Picon. He collects the half of five hundred tributes, for +the other half is hostile and without justice or instruction. The +magistrate of Calilaya administers justice to one-half of it alone. It +needs one minister. ... D. + +Thus Calilaya has five thousand five hundred tributes, or twenty-two +thousand persons, who have but little instruction. Nine ministers are +necessary now, so that it may have some instruction. With the nine +ministers it will have sufficient instruction; but it has adequate +justice. + +_Marinduque_: _Poyatos_--The island of Marinduque, belonging to Captain +Poyatos, has seven hundred tributarios, or two thousand eight hundred +persons. It has justice, and needs one minister so that the people +may be instructed. ... DCC. + +_Batan_: _Captain Esguerra_--The encomienda of Batan belongs to +Captain Esguerra, who is his own deputy. This said encomienda has one +thousand tributes, or four thousand persons. It has one monastery, +containing four Dominican friars. ... M. + +Thus in the city of Manila, along its coast and the coast opposite, +and in the provinces of Pampanga, Pangasinan, Ylocos, Cagayan, +La Laguna, Camarines, Masbate, Zebu, Panay, Balayan, and Calilaya, +which is all of Luzon and the other Philippinas Islands settled, +there are one hundred and sixty-six thousand nine hundred and +three whole tributes. Each tribute includes husband, wife, and +excepting the sons, the children. Therefore there are six hundred +and sixty-seven thousand six hundred and twelve souls in the said +provinces, besides the religious of the convents of Manila. One hundred +and forty ministers--twenty of whom are ecclesiastics, seventy-nine +Augustinians, nine Dominicans, and forty-two Franciscans--are divided +among the provinces to instruct the natives and administer the holy +sacraments. It appears from this relation that there is a lack of +ministers through the departures above noted. It shows that one +hundred and sixty-one more ministers are needed to furnish adequate +instruction. These should be sent very soon, and even a greater number, +for when they arrive here, one-fourth of these will have died. His +Majesty has thirty-one encomiendas in the said provinces. Private +individuals have two hundred and thirty-six. Of these, however, from +many of those in Cagayan and some in other districts no tribute can +be collected, because they are not pacified, while others are quite +worthless or of slight importance. + +The said provinces have twelve alcaldes-mayor, each with his deputy; +and, in addition, are three who are their own deputies. In some +of these districts it is impossible to go to administer justice, +because of their distance from the capitals where the alcaldes-mayor +live. This must be carefully looked into and these needs supplied. + + +------ +TABLE + + Whole tributes 166,903 + Souls 667,612 + Number of religious 140 + Religious still needed 161 + King's encomiendas 31 + Those of individuals 236 + Alcaldes-mayor 12 + Deputies 12 + Other deputies 3 +------ + + + + + +Letter from Governor Dasmarinas to Felipe II + + +Sire: + +Last year, a short time after my arrival in these islands, I gave +an account to your Majesty, by the first vessels leaving here, of +my arrival and of the condition in which I found matters. I could +not enter into full details, because of the short time between my +arrival and the departure of the ships. I venture to declare that +never were four and twenty days so occupied, busy as I was in the +despatch of the vessels, the new government, and other things that +occurred here at that time. Now I am somewhat better informed, and I +shall give advices of everything with due punctuality, so that your +Majesty may ordain and decree in accordance with the royal pleasure. I +hereby respond more systematically and clearly to some clauses of your +Majesty's instructions some of which I am sure have not been followed; +and, accordingly, some of the affairs in this new land are in the same +condition as when it was discovered. Your Majesty's orders should have +been received and observed, which has not been done. [_Marginal note_: +"He has done well."] + +2. As these regions are so remote and far away from the possibility +of appeal to your Majesty, and from your Majesty's favor and +protection, the religion and zeal of your Majesty are so much the +more remarkable. It is sufficient to support the gospel and Christian +religion in so remote lands and seas, and among such a diversity of +idolatrous infidels, at so great cost to the royal estate, and at such +risks and losses to your Majesty's subjects and vassals. Nevertheless, +your Majesty is interested only in the glorious renown of serving God, +from whom I await the beginning of the fulfilment of the great hopes +that the arrangement and close position of these islands promise +your Majesty for the extension of the holy Catholic faith through +your royal medium. + +3. To the first clause of your Majesty's instructions I do not have +to respond, as it seems to be but a preamble of the orders thereby +given me. I can only express to your Majesty my desire to serve you +faithfully, and to render a good account of my obligation as your +Majesty's born vassal, and as your servant and creature, to pay that +debt with all diligence and zeal. + +4. Under the second clause your Majesty orders me to bring about +the maintenance of the pacified district in these islands, and to +increase its extent as far as possible. In answer I will say that +I am promptly attending to that, as your Majesty will see by every +clause and subject separately. [_Marginal note:_ "It is well."] + +5. I am ordered by the third clause to expend, in the construction and +erection of the cathedral church of Manila, twelve thousand ducats, +to be apportioned in three parts--namely, between your Majesty, the +encomenderos, and the Indians; two thousand ducats of your Majesty's +share to be advanced from the royal treasury of Mexico. I could not +collect these two thousand ducats from Mexico, as the decrees to that +effect sent to me at Sevilla did not come as they should have done; +and therefore the officers of the royal exchequer there would not give +me the money. When I came here I found that the work on the church had +been going on for three years, and there had been spent on it eight +thousand pesos, received from assessments on the three parties--namely, +your Majesty, the encomenderos, and the Indians. There had been poor +management of the expenditure of this money, as very large salaries +were paid to those engaged on the work. Had not some reform been +inaugurated, most of the money would have gone for salaries. The +building is being carried on as rapidly as possible, although there +are other large undertakings hereabout--namely, the fortifications +and other public works of the city. The greatest lack felt is that +of people; but nevertheless I expect, God willing, that in a month +from this date, mass can be said in the cathedral. The two aisles +are already covered over, and the chapel will be finished for Corpus +Christi, and the rest by Christmas. [_Marginal note:_ "Thank him +for the care he has used, and tell him to continue the same."] + +6. In this fourth clause of the instruction, your Majesty orders me to +provide most carefully for the hospital for the Spaniards in this city, +and that all due hospitality be observed there. The same is to be done +in the hospital for the Indians. The hospital for the Spaniards is to +be endowed with one thousand pesos of income, and that for the Indians +with five hundred ducats, from the first repartimientos that may be +vacant. Your Majesty gives as alms to the one four hundred ducats, +and to the other two hundred, from the royal treasury of Mexico, +which also was not paid, owing to the same difficulty of my not +receiving the proper decree. This hospital is one of the good and +necessary pious works of the islands. As there are here no doctors +or medicines, conveniences or cleanliness for the cure of Spaniards, +it is a usual practice and universal remedy for all to go to the +hospital whenever ill. Thus with all possible care and cleanliness +the poor soldiers and other Spaniards are attended. The rich go also, +as there are no conveniences elsewhere. The rich pay the hospital for +treatment and medicines, and some persons even give alms. In fulfilment +of your Majesty's commands I have already endowed the hospital for the +Spaniards with the thousand pesos of income, and that for the Indians +with the five hundred ducats. I have not given the alms because, as +I have said, I did not collect it in Mexico for lack of orders; for, +although in the instruction it stated that a decree would be given +me, that was not done. There are usually many sick persons in this +hospital, and although there is now an income of two thousand seven +hundred pesos, more or less, much more is needed. Money is necessary to +build a couple of rooms where contagious diseases can be treated. Those +are the most frequent diseases in this land, on account of the heat +and humidity; and for their treatment a comfortable and well-situated +apartment is needed. Moreover, we need a kitchen and other work-rooms; +and salary for a chaplain, to confess and say mass for the sick and +administer the sacraments. He would have not a little to do. There +should also be salary for a doctor and apothecary, and money sufficient +to import medicines in bulk from Mexico. If they are bought here +there is not sufficient to pay the expenses. Hence the present income +cannot supply these necessities, unless your Majesty grant more, +as the income should be four thousand pesos. The blankets which your +Majesty orders brought from Mexico are not needed, as those of this +country are sufficient, on account of the heat here, and because our +blankets are cheaper. Consequently the money which is to be spent for +them could be better employed for other necessities. At the hospital +for the Indians, I have tried to make investigations of some Franciscan +brethren who are there. It were well that they be called to account; +because many things come into their possession, and much money is +handled, in the course of administration. Nevertheless, they would +give no account, saying that that hospital is not under the control +of your Majesty. The bishop upholds and sustains them in this course, +saying that until your Majesty endows that house and gives what is +needed therefor, your Majesty has nothing to do with that or other +pious works of this bishopric. They persistently shield themselves +with the habit of St. Francis, although they are but lay brethren, +through the artifice of the bishop. Your Majesty will accordingly +send the despatches which may seem expedient to the royal service, +as otherwise this matter cannot be attended to. [_Marginal note_: +"Send this decree, after taking note thereof, so that the sum stated +therein shall be paid over in Mexico. Have this decree framed and +sent, even though it has been despatched already. It is well that +this be favored and aided as much as possible, because the work is +so necessary. Give him this decree." + +"Granted. Advise his Majesty, that another thousand pesos from vacant +tributes be applied to this hospital for ten years, for the reasons +given. Let this notification be given immediately. In regard to the +blankets, inasmuch as he says they are unnecessary, direct the viceroy +of Mexico to exchange these for whatever seems most needed." + +"Take possession of the hospitals for his Majesty, as patron of +hospitals. Have investigations made thereof, and of the accounts of +whatever person may have the administration of them. The bishop is to +place no obstacle in the way, although, if he wishes to be present, +he may attend the investigation. Write this decision to the bishop."] + +7. In clause 5 your Majesty directs that religious be provided for +the instruction of the Indians; and that they be not permitted to +leave the islands, at least not until after due consideration, and +with license from the governor and bishop. + +8. Although your Majesty with holy zeal is so careful to furnish +ministers for teaching, to evangelize and extend the faith to these +natives, as you have always provided and now provide at great cost to +the royal exchequer, nevertheless, many more workers are needed. For +there are many encomiendas, both those in your Majesty's name and those +belonging to private persons, some of which have never had a minister, +but magistrates only; while others, although they have had ministers, +have not had enough of them to give sufficient instruction. Thus it is +most pitiable that many thousands of souls who have been subdued to +your Majesty's service for many years, pay their tributes, declare +their desire to become Christians, and ask for ministry, but for +lack thereof are not converted. The encomenderos will be glad to +pay their share of the expense for the support of the instruction, +which they do not have in their encomiendas on account of the lack of +ministers. Therefore I send herewith to your Majesty an exact account +of the districts in this country where ministers are needed. And I +beseech your Majesty kindly to provide ministers, to give instruction, +as this is the principal royal purpose. In case of entrances and of +taking possession of lands for your Majesty, the lack of instruction +is one of the greatest troubles; for it is important to the service +of God and of your Majesty that there be religious present when said +entrances are made and possession is taken by your Majesty. They should +be there to attend to the instruction, as the principal object, so that +everything may be carried on according to the intention and obligation +of your Majesty--that is, that the conversion of these souls may be +brought to pass. It should be taken into consideration that, of those +friars who are sent here, some die before reaching their destination +and others after their arrival; while others grow infirm, and none +are born. [_Marginal note_: "Friars are sent herewith; and care shall +be taken that provisions be made according to the advices received."] + +9. Besides the cessation of the preaching of the gospel for lack of +ministers, as has been stated above, which is the principal danger +affecting the spiritual good, there is another question of no little +consideration touching temporal welfare. In the present condition +of things here, where there is no instruction (even should there +be justice) the entire tribute cannot be raised, according to the +statement of the theologians of this bishopric. The Indians must be +left at least the fourth part of the tribute, which is about the sum +owed and applied for the expense and support of the instruction. Taking +into account the large number of tributarios and encomenderos of +your Majesty, this would amount to a very great sum, which would +not be collected for this reason, and your Majesty would lose much +more in these fourths. There is another inconvenience in the lack +of instruction, and that is, that where there is no instruction and +the payment of the fourth is excused and less tribute collected, the +consequence is very damaging for the other Indians; for they say that +the Christians pay more tribute than do those who are not Christians, +and consequently no one is willing to be converted. This effect would +cease under adequate instruction, as all would become Christians +and would pay the same tribute, there being no opportunity for the +aforesaid practice. Moreover, restitution of the amounts collected +would be obligatory in the places where there is no teaching. Over +this subject of payment of tributes I have had various arguments with +the bishop, as your Majesty will see by the papers which are sent +herewith. By them your Majesty may understand more accurately all +that has passed, and what the bishop and I have written and replied +to each other. Therefore, as briefly as possible, I shall report it. + +10. The bishop founds his opinion on clause 32 of my instructions. This +treats of the encomiendas which are disaffected or have never +been pacified; and orders that I try to correct the excesses in +the collection of the tributes of such encomiendas as are without +instruction. From this the bishop formed his opinion, or merely on +account of his office of bishop--which, he thinks, makes him master of +everything. He commenced his argument by saying that, as the Indians +had no instruction, nothing could be collected from them, nor from +the obstinate infidels living among those who have instruction, +and who refuse the faith, even if instructed. He contends that, +if anything had been collected, it should be restored. Also, that +in the encomiendas where there is justice or other temporal benefit +which tends to the spiritual, the third part of the tributes in the +large encomiendas could be collected, and in small ones, the half +thereof. This sum would be for the support of the encomendero, and is +even placed under certain conditions imposed by the bishop. He says +that from the encomiendas which do not have sufficient instruction +no tribute, or at least very little, can be collected; and, even +then, it must be under the same obligation to restitution of the +sum collected or to be collected by his Majesty and encomenderos, +as well as certain royal officials, collectors, and others who +order, permit, or consent to the same. This in substance is the +content of the twenty-five conclusions of the bishop, or the greater +part of them. As I said, the bishop at the beginning spoke with me +personally in regard to these matters, and then gave his opinion to +me in writing in the letters, treatise, and conclusions which I am +sending now to your Majesty. He preaches thus to the encomenderos +from the pulpits. Inasmuch as it seems difficult for me--whose duty +it is to give orders for the collection of the tributes, and correct +the excesses in this regard, in the name of your Majesty--to put +his theories into practice, I represented to the bishop verbally, +at various times, the reasons that I had for making no innovations +until after informing your Majesty and awaiting your Majesty's order +and resolution. Setting forth many reasons, I tried to persuade +him in the letter which accompanies this; I wrote to him explaining +that, even in the never-pacified and rebellious encomiendas, your +Majesty commanded that something be paid, as a token of recognition +of authority. If there are justices and other benefits useful to +the Indians, such as instruction in the faith, teaching them to live +decently, and attracting them by kind treatment to receive instruction, +when it should be furnished, then all the tribute could be collected +except the portion due for instruction. If neglected, the Indians +would become intractable and all would be lost. If tribute is never +exacted from the infidels, they will never become Christians. This +tribute should be collected with all possible gentleness, avoiding +violence and wrongs to the Indians. The furnishing of instruction is +not delayed by the encomenderos, for they urgently ask for it; but it +is not given them because of the lack thereof. It seemed to me that, +for the said reasons and others, it is better to make no innovations +now; but that an account of everything be given to your Majesty +so that you may order the necessary provisions. In the meanwhile, +collection will be allowed of at least three-quarters of the tributes +belonging to the encomenderos. If their support is taken away, these +men would leave the land, and everything would be lost. In that case, +even if there were instruction there would be no one to receive it; +and the Indians would have to be conquered anew. In particular some +arrangement should be made so that the Indians shall receive benefit +and profit from us, by introducing justice where none has existed, +and continuing commerce, so that they will conceive love and affection +for us and will be disposed to receive the faith whenever there may be +anyone to teach it. Thus, I told the bishop, the least troublesome +way was for affairs to remain in the same condition until after +your Majesty had been consulted. Otherwise the land would be lost +if the encomenderos should abandon it, which would without doubt +come to pass if they could not be supported therefrom. Moreover, +in accordance with these conclusions of the bishop your Majesty +would be obliged to make restitution of more than one hundred and +fifty thousand pesos, and there would be lost every year more than +thirty thousand pesos of income. As for the encomenderos, there was +not enough property in the world for restitutions, nor would there be +greater cause for pity than that an encomendero who has spent so many +years in conquering this land should be deprived of the bread for his +sustenance therein. Furthermore, in that letter I said to the bishop +that, although it is true that your Majesty commits to him only the +arrangements for the disturbed encomiendas and those unpacified (and +these are the only ones in doubt), nevertheless, it was necessary +in that case for us to meet, in order to discuss them all and give +our opinions regarding them. Moreover I told him that, even though +his opinion and advice were right and proper, yet, in carrying them +out there were inconveniences and difficulties which endangered this +land. For that reason I did not agree with him, and was of another +opinion. Being unable to agree, it was better to advise your Majesty +and await your consequent commands. As we had already waited so long, +we could wait a little longer for the resolutions of your Majesty. + +11. After several days the bishop replied to this letter by another of +great length. He still insisted on the observance of his conclusions, +saying that it was unnecessary to await new orders from your Majesty, +as your Majesty had already remitted them to him and to me. He +proceeded to interpret the aforesaid clause of the instruction after +his own manner. He declares that your Majesty commands the payment +of a small portion, as token of recognition of authority; and that +three-quarters of the tribute is not a small part. He does not take +into consideration that your Majesty does not treat therein of the +encomiendas pacified, and under administration of justice, order, +and other benefits, but of those never subdued or rebellious. The +difficulties which I encounter in the execution of his projects he +passes over with some generalities, as that God will preserve the +faith which He has planted here; and that the encomendero will have +enough for his support from the share assigned him--namely, the third +of the large encomiendas and the half of the smaller. He also claims +that the encomenderos will not abandon the encomiendas, as they are +not deprived of all, but of only a part of them--and that only for the +brief period until your Majesty declares what is to be done (and this +period will be very brief); and it is to be noted that this declaration +will be, beyond doubt, that the encomenderos and your Majesty shall +not collect the tributes. The time intervening until the declaration +comes from your Majesty seems to him short. As to leaving things as +at present and collecting the tribute without any innovation therein, +until after your Majesty has been consulted, the time appears to +him long; and he thinks that orders and corrections will never cease +coming from Espana, and that instruction will never be obtained in +this manner. He enjoins upon me, the city, and the encomenderos to +make every endeavor and use all diligence to supplicate your Majesty +for said instruction. He declares frankly that if the infidels do not +become baptized because they see that tribute is levied after such +baptism, it is of no account that such are not converted. He supports +himself by the reasons given in his letter, which are characteristic of +one who does not have at heart the perpetuity and preservation of this +state; and who does not see, in the distant future, the trouble which +its loss might cause. He declares, moreover, that even though I should +wish to do so I could not correct the excesses of the encomenderos and +the injury which they inflict on the Indians. For the latter there are +punishments, but none for the Spaniards. To establish more justice in +the land would be to ruin it, as the officials do not do their duty, +but rob the Indians. At this, the bishop returns to the subject of +the restitutions in which he becomes engrossed; and declares that +he is finishing a treatise or declaration in respect to them. With +this he closes the letter in which he gives his opinion of what I +should have done--concluding by advising that, before allowing the +encomenderos to collect the tributes, I should investigate or make +inquiries about their good or bad treatment of the Indians and how +they treat, caress, and regale them. As soon as I should ascertain +the truth, I should either give or deny the permission according to +the results of the investigation. Then he makes a clever deduction, +namely, that in the same manner he and the other confessors shall +not absolve the encomenderos without first having made a detailed +investigation and inquiry in respect to their treatment and good +disposition toward their tributarios, so that they could grant or +deny absolution accordingly. Thus he constitutes himself judge, +in the exterior court, of encomenderos and their property. + +12. While these letters were passing between us, and during several +days after--which were wasted in persuading the bishop to make no +innovations until after consultation with your Majesty; and, although +our opinions do not coincide, we should however agree in giving account +to your Majesty of what was happening--the encomenderos came to me +sorely troubled, saying that in the pulpits, sermons, and confessional, +they were being greatly harassed and many obstacles were being imposed +on the collections in their encomiendas; and that they were being +ruined, and were being prohibited now from collecting more than the +third or the half of their tributes. They were also constrained to make +restitutions of past payments. Thus they are so afflicted and ruined +that, if this continues, they will have to be allowed to leave their +encomiendas and to go to serve your Majesty nearer the royal person, +where they may gain a livelihood--since after having served so many +years with bloodshed and services which deserve merit and obtain it, +these scruples are imposed. They ask me in the accompanying petition +[7] if your Majesty would not issue some order declaring what must +be paid. + +13. Having investigated their grievance and affliction, and seeing +that the bishop was reading his conclusions in the pulpit and was +quite determined to have his way, and was even giving orders that +absolution should not be granted to the encomenderos acting contrary +to what he thought proper; inasmuch as the bishop declared in his +conclusions and treatise that that was the universal determination +and sentiment of all the theologians of this bishopric, I determined +to communicate and confer with the superiors and religious of the +orders themselves. Thus they might thoroughly and conscientiously +consider what could and ought to be done in regard to this matter, +and ascertain (if it were a fact that all held and thought alike) +whether some regulation could be made; and if not, to advise your +Majesty of everything. I acquainted them, in detailed information, +with the reasons for making no innovations until after reporting to +your Majesty, and for not restricting the poor encomenderos to such an +extent. I discovered that three-fourths of the number of theologians +and religious were of a different opinion, one quite contrary to +that of the bishop. Although it is true that the Dominicans (of which +order he is a member), but not all, hold that his doctrine is good, +the Franciscans think differently; for, singularly enough, they have +another opinion with regard to the payment of the quota and reject the +bishop's opinion respecting the infidels. The Augustinian fathers, +however, who are three times more numerous than the Dominicans, and +with the Augustinians the fathers of the Society [of Jesus]--these two +orders, I say, hold (in entire agreement, _nemine discrepante_) that +the encomenderos can, with good conscience, collect the entire tributes +from the encomiendas which have instruction, from both the believers +and the infidels. Where there is justice, but no instruction, they may +collect three-fourths of the payment, the remaining fourth being left +to the Indians, the believer and the infidel paying equal shares. From +the encomiendas which have neither instruction nor justice, nor other +spiritual or temporal benefits, nothing whatever should be collected; +nor from the encomiendas disaffected or unpacified, except in case +of those disaffected without cause and through their own fault, +which would accordingly pay the part justly collected by way of +acknowledgment. All the aforesaid facts your Majesty may consider +at greater length by means of the opinions which I send. It may be +seen how many there are which vary from that of the bishop and his +friars, who alone follow him. I saw fit to reply to a note in which he +inquired what resolution I thought of taking, and what order must be +given to the encomenderos for their collections. I declared therein +that if he did not wish to wait until the return of our ships in two +or three months, in which the remedy for all would doubtless be sent, +I had resolved to give orders to the encomenderos according to a paper +which I sent him, wherein my opinion was upheld in every respect and +agreed completely with that held by the said fathers. [_Marginal note_: +"Have this opinion brought, so that after consideration the contents +of this letter may be replied to from clause nine to this point; +also all the papers which are here acknowledged by the governor, +and those of which mention is made in the following clauses as far +as the twenty-first."] + +14. At this juncture, the bishop came to see me in these royal houses +of your Majesty; and among other discussions in regard to my assertion +that the clergy must not have preeminence over me in every respect, +as they have done heretofore, he replied that he had directed his +clergy that no one, not even your Majesty, had any rights here, and +other things to this same effect. To this I replied that I would not +interfere with his clergy, as far as punishing them is concerned, nor +with his jurisdiction; but that the boat-service which they took from +the Indians without payment, and a thousand other injuries committed by +them under the pretext that they are fathers of instruction, ought not +to take place; and that he had misunderstood me. It is true that I said +he was very peevish; and I begged him to speak plainly for if we could +not come to terms this time and disagreed again, I could discuss the +subject no longer. While replying to me on this point and others, he +rose from his chair at the beginning of the discussion, very wrathful +and choleric. Several days later, on the fourth of March, he wrote me +a letter as long as it was good-humored and free from anger--as may +be seen, if your Majesty wishes. Nevertheless (not to discuss what +concerns myself), it contains nothing new, except many arguments by +which he still defends his opinion. Among other statements, he declares +(and rightly) that the encomenderos are so loyal vassals of your +Majesty that they would not leave their encomiendas nor the country, +as if I had denied their fidelity and loyalty in thinking that if they +could not be supported by their encomiendas, they would leave them, +and, having abandoned them if they could not be supported therefrom, +try to seek their fortunes elsewhere. He says also that although a +Franciscan father is placed in every province, there is not sufficient +result to warrant the paying of the tribute; and that neither the king +of Castilla nor his officials have any greater power in the Indias than +that given by the church, although the church does not have so much +authority as this with the infidels. He still insists that your Majesty +entrusted to both him and me equally the settlement of this matter; +and that bringing justice into the land is like bringing firebrands: +[_Marginal note_: "Answer him with what has been decreed in this."] + +15. To this letter I replied by another which your Majesty will +please to have examined, in which I answered his assertion that +without giving instruction to the Indians we can collect tribute; +for he said that where there is justice, three-fourths of the tribute +can be collected, as this is a temporal good which tends to spiritual +benefit and which prospers, directs, and administers equally justice, +government, and good order. It is not my intention to leave things +thus as the bishop points out, until your Majesty has been consulted +in regard to furnishing or providing other means of instruction, +since you have therefor so great care and holy zeal. Moreover, the +tributes are so moderate here that each Indian pays eight reals, +whereas in Nueva Espana he pays twenty-four and thirty-two. For we +see that since the Spaniards went to the Pintados, although without +then providing instruction, their communication and example, and the +blessing of justice, alone have caused hostilities, and the razing +of towns among the natives to cease; as also the wars by land and +sea waged among them; this is no small gain. This assertion that +the ministry of instruction is more important and noble than that of +justice and other good works, I admit; but justice and its ministers, +and the other necessary means for the preservation and defense of the +Indians, are of greater cost and expense than that for instruction--to +which is allowed one-fourth, and which is reserved and kept for the +Indians; thus in respect to the cost of each ministry its stipend must +be given, as I prove in my letter by many arguments. As to his saying +that your Majesty ordered me to remedy, with his help, these excesses +in the collection of tributes, I responded that, only as regards the +disaffected and never-pacified encomiendas, your Majesty orders me to +communicate and confer with him, in these words: "I have heard that +there has been and is disorder and misappropriation in the collection +of the tributes from the disaffected or unpacified encomiendas," +etc. Therefore your Majesty bids us to discuss no others except these, +as in the others I shall correct the excesses. The only ones in +doubt are those disaffected. It says further that "Such encomiendas +must not be abandoned; but that at least the entire tribute should +not be collected, but only a small part in token of acknowledgment," +etc. Consequently it is not ordered that they be abandoned, but that +something be collected; and even then nothing shall be collected +except from those who are in rebellion without cause; your Majesty +declares further that "Since the Indians of the said encomiendas +receive no temporal or spiritual benefit from their encomenderos, +there is no reason why they should pay," etc. It clearly follows +from this that, if they receive any temporal benefits--as is that +of justice, and others which are proposed--the collections may be +made. In continuing, your Majesty declares: "This is a matter that +requires as effectual a remedy as you can provide; and I therefore +charge you to "decide in this what appears to you to accord with the +judgment of the bishop." This does not mean to commit the affair to +him alone; but, after hearing his opinion, and having examined his +discussion and treatment of the matter with me, I am to resolve upon +what measures are best for the remedy thereof, and then in the name of +your Majesty provide and carry out that remedy, and have it observed +most punctiliously. Further, I told him that two-thirds of the number +of religious are of this opinion and sentiment, contrary to that of +the bishop; moreover that the bishop himself and all the theologians +were lately of one mind in this matter, but that now the bishop alone +disagrees; and that I think I make no mistake in being guided by so +many learned opinions in a matter which I find to be of service to +God and my king. Furthermore, I replied to various inquiries that +he made of me, such as the remedy which had been brought to bear in +these things, and the resulting benefit. My answer is so long, that in +order not to be detailed here, I refer your Majesty to the aforesaid +reply, as well as to the result obtained, which I show there, and +to the orders now in force. I see no other remedy than to take the +matter as I find it. I see that for lack of justice nothing can be +collected, as the Indian receives no benefit. I wish to establish +justice for administration and government, and for dealings with +and good management of the Indians, that both your Majesty and the +encomenderos should receive profit; and that the royal estate should +not suffer, nor the encomendero starve, abandon everything, and go +away. For your Majesty's share alone there would necessarily be more +than a hundred and fifty thousand pesos of restitution, not to count +thirty thousand pesos of income which would be lost from the present +tributes (for all the encomiendas belong to your Majesty); and these +islands would be left alone without a single soldier, and with only +the bishop and the religious, so that within one week there would be +neither the one nor the other. I assured him, in fact, that without +express order from your Majesty I could not curtail or diminish the +royal income or alter the encomiendas from their first establishment, +which they have had for twenty-six years. I answered him fully in +respect to the establishment of justice where there is none, and the +great good that would result therefrom. I urged him to appoint laymen +of good life and example, who, while there are no religious there, +may instruct and bring them up in the holy faith, as your Majesty +commands in the royal charge regarding presentations--to which the +bishop never has given me an answer. I told him that finally, in +these two ways, it will be brought about that they will not be left +alone and intractable, and thus ready to rebel and rise in two days' +time. It were well that these laymen of good life, when religious are +lacking, not only be not appointed by the bishop, but that they do +not importune the Indians. The bishop does not wish others than the +religious to do that, and meanwhile it is not done by either. It would +doubtless be of some benefit, and the lack of instruction of which your +Majesty complains would be obviated, if the encomenderos could furnish +it. But, if there is no such thing in the land, the encomendero is not +to blame--as your Majesty declares plainly in my instructions, clause +forty-nine, in the following words, "they do not supply it or try to +supply it as they are bound to do, and as they should, although there +is a sufficient number of the said ministers." Therefore, when there +is not a good supply, but a lack of ministers, the encomendero is not +at fault, and has no reason for not collecting his tribute. Should +the encomenderos be deprived of this, your Majesty, as the party +most interested, could not support here a soldier, nor the bishop, +nor me, and everything would be lost. I replied to his question +as to what action I should order taken; and finally, as authority +(with added reasons) for the orders that were being carried out, I +cited several authors who were quoted in an opinion that I had from +the religious. He was greatly offended thereby as your Majesty will +see by his reply, and I have just entreated him to wait at least +until the ships arrive; and especially as, in a general meeting of +the orders which took place soon after my arrival, all agreed, and +he with them, in the opinion which I have now applied in my orders; +and 1 asked him, inasmuch as he had approved of it then, not to make +any innovation now. Finally, I begged him at least to refrain from +scandalizing the people from the pulpit, defending certain opinions +and refuting others very improperly and freely. Since the Augustinians +kept silence, they should not be obliged to answer for themselves. + +16. This letter appeared to the bishop so disrespectful and bold +that in his reply there are but sharp and heated words against the +religious. He says that they err from the beginning, and that they do +not know the fundamental principles. He had imagined that the letter +was not mine alone, as he believed that I could not by myself have +seen the authors cited therein for its authority and doctrine. He +says that neither I, nor your Majesty, nor the pope has authority to +take from the infidels a single real; that it is true that he was of +the general opinion before, but that he erred then, and now is in the +right (It appears to me, however, that he errs now, and was then in +the right.) So firm is he in his opinion that he does not wish to +call it opinion, but truth. He declares that if all the orders in +this bishopric, and the universities of Salamanca and Alcala [8] in +addition, should say the contrary, he would not forsake his opinion; +and he is very certain that your Majesty will oblige me to follow his +opinion. He offers a treatise on the subject which he is preparing for +the explanation and elucidation of everything, and finally closes by +asking me to have the money paid which is owed by the royal treasury. + +17. It is unnecessary to report here my reply to his letter; for, +besides being brief, inasmuch as I had said all that there was to say +in regard to the principal business, I did not care to attempt more +than to pacify him, and to reply by means of the fathers, who had +caused him to show such indignation, and to beg him not to give rise +to scandals and schisms. I advised him to finish his treatise and hoped +that God would grant that everything might be settled and composed. + +18. After this there was quiet for several days, in which we maintained +no correspondence. During this time I gave to the encomenderos (who had +begged me to do so in the name of your Majesty) the order which was +necessary for the collection of their tributes. As your Majesty will +see by the accompanying document, this order was the most justifiable +that could be given and did not depart one jot from my opinions, which +I also send in their original form to your Majesty. The encomenderos +are now somewhat consoled for their former afflictions, and all this +land likewise, as will appear by the petition presented to me which +I send in the original. This order will be kept in force until your +Majesty shall order differently. + +19. After the lapse of several days, and having ascertained that the +service of God and that of your Majesty were suffering, as the bishop +would not right them, I wrote him the accompanying letter. In it I +proposed some means of providing instruction in places where there is +none. Moreover, as the encomenderos were still uneasy because he denied +them absolution, I gave him to understand that, in the diminution of +the encomiendas and the reduction and collection of the tributes, +he was neither judge nor party, since he could discuss the subject +only in one of three ways which I expressed therein; and by no means +could he do more than give his opinion, which he had already done. I +again have recourse to the laymen of good life, in lack of religious; +and beg also that he will not keep engaged here the large number +of Indians that he is wont to, who come here under the pretext of +making complaints, which are a thousand childish and impertinent +trifles--thereby losing much more in their absence from their homes +and fields. I remind him that the appointments to prebends, canonries, +and benefices are reserved to your Majesty's royal patronage; and +that you should not be defrauded, as you have been, by making the +appointments terminable _ad nutum_, and not with complete title, and +with due presentation by your Majesty, and canonical institution of +the bishop. On these things I write a separate letter to your Majesty, +as also on other matters about which I give advice. I offered to +place the unsettled points in the hands of learned persons. + +20. This letter so important, weighty, and full of substance that +it required a remedy and settlement without any disagreements, +he interpreted in such a way that he ended by losing his head, +and expressed himself very freely, saying in reply such things +that--considering they were not said to me personally, but to +a minister of your Majesty--I would have been quite justified in +checking and correcting the offense once for all. But as I am in a new +country, and far away from your Majesty, it is better to avoid dispute, +publicity, and scandal. Indeed, it will be seen by his letter that +even the importance of the affairs about which I wrote him did not +check him, or settle the matter, and that he cares only for defending +his own dignity--thinking that every one must learn, of him, and that +he is the only doctor who can teach here; and that he will oblige the +encomenderos and me to restore the tributes wrongly exacted. He thinks +that, in writing to him, I have exceeded my duty and have treated my +bishop with much show of authority and domineering; that I have acted +as if I were his master; and that if I can do so much, there is no need +in this land for a bishop, but a titular bishop would be enough. He +cites me decrees showing the respect which emperors must have for +bishops, and refers to some examples and authorities, as if he were +preaching to some rebel against the church. It never even entered my +imagination to say a word to him which should be lacking in the respect +and propriety due to his office, but I wish only to fulfil my duty. + +21. I have written all this so fully in order to give an account to +your Majesty of everything that has passed between the bishop and +myself, in the controversy and discussion regarding the collection of +tributes. It appears at even greater length by his letters and mine +which accompany this, so that your Majesty may be sure of the arguments +on both sides. My present orders are that the encomenderos shall +not collect tribute where there is neither instruction nor justice +(although some persons thus will suffer large loss). Nevertheless, +the majority of them are quiet and consoled, and are observing the +order I gave them (which I send to your Majesty), until such time as +your Majesty, as above stated, may be pleased to order something else, +and to clear up all these doubts. + +22. In regard to the needed instruction and ministers, I am writing +a separate letter to your Majesty. I am sending a very long and +exact account of the encomiendas and encomenderos in these islands +of your Majesty, both with and without instruction and justice; +also of the ministers there are and those who are needed. I beseech +your Majesty to have them provided, since it is so great a service +to God and for the good of these souls, and a means by which so many +evils and troubles will cease. May our Lord preserve your Majesty for +many long years as is needed by the Christian world. Manila, June 20, +1591. The papers referred to in this letter are inside the first sheet. + +_Gomez Peres Dasmarinas_ + +[_Endorsed_: "Manila. To the king, our sovereign. From Governor Gomez +Perez Dasmarinas, June 20, 1591." + +"July 16, 1592. Make an abstract of the different points." "Relation +abstracted as ordered." "Provided within; let the petition be acted +on at once." "Everything has been examined and provisions made." + +"Let examination be made of the provisions made in clauses 9 to 21, +that came recently with the duplicate of this letter. The other +clauses are answered, and despatches sent."] + + + + +The Fortification of Manila + + +Sire: + +As there are no funds here belonging to your Majesty, and as this +city is very poor and has no established source of income to meet +the expense involved in carrying on the erection of the wall around +it--which is absolutely necessary for its protection and safety +because it is quite exposed without it--therefore an effort must +be made to find some source of revenue in order that so important +an undertaking may not be given over. I have accordingly in your +Majesty's name granted the merchants' peso [_peso merchante_] on +Chinese goods for two years. The amount of this is thus far unknown, +because it has not hitherto been laid. The most profitable source of +income is the monopoly of playing-cards which has been established +for the benefit of your Majesty's exchequer. I apply the proceeds +of this to the wall for the present until your Majesty commands +otherwise. This amounts in one year to two thousand five hundred, +or three thousand pesos. I considered that the whole amount was +very small, while it was absolutely necessary to fortify this place, +which is entirely open and exposed to every sort of danger. Hence, +seeing that there was a great quantity of Chinese stuffs here this +year, and that there were present a number of merchants from Peru and +Mexico who ought to do something for the good of the city--if for +no other reason than the damage they do it by raising the price of +merchandise with the large amount of money they bring--I decided for +this once to levy upon all, upon citizens and inhabitants of this city +and these islands as upon all others who were therein, an assessment +and contribution of two per cent, upon the cargo and appraisement of +everyone, as appears from the decree to this effect, a copy of which +I send your Majesty. All, citizens and others, were satisfied and +were ready to pay the contribution which fell to the share of each, +for they plainly saw how just it was to ask it. But, the very moment +the bishop and his friars knew of the matter, they called a formal +meeting of their theological council and in it considered whether I +had authority to levy the assessment, whether I had received orders +from your Majesty to that effect or not, and whether I had incurred the +censures of the bull concerning the Lord's supper [_De cena Domini_], +inasmuch as this was a new impost. They resolved, in fact, that I had +no authority to do this, and were even on the point of declaring me +excommunicated. The city was so upset and disturbed by them that open +scandal almost resulted. I do not now discuss the character of this +assessment, for your Majesty will see the justification for imposing +it. All I have to say is that certainly, in addition to my ordinary +difficulties with the bishop, this last trouble is due specially to +the president and the auditors, although they know well how necessary +and useful the wall is. It was because of the lack of it that the +English, when they plundered the ship "Sancta Ana," were able to +get away with their booty so safely. It would have been possible to +attack them and to force them to give it up in the island of Oton, +where they lay at anchor for some days, if it had not been that the +president and auditors were unwilling to run the risk of leaving the +city when it had no wall. If we had had any, no matter how few the +people in it, it would have been safe. But they have not said or done +anything to help me. On the contrary, they have joined the bishop in +denouncing and attacking this tax because it affects them. They have +loaded themselves with cloths and merchandise in such quantity that +their share of the tax is likely to amount to something; and this they +would be glad to avoid, like the good merchants they are. I at least do +not know any other rich people here than the president and auditors; +and that is the only reason why they object to the tax, to which they +incorrectly give the name of "impost." This it certainly is not, for it +is assessed once only and upon men such as the Peruvians and Mexicans, +who are going away, and will not be obliged to pay it again, even if it +is demanded. It is a great pity, Sire, that the theologians, when they +are not invited and ought not to be invited to do so, meddle thus with +this matter, as they do with everything else which is decreed; and that +they should wish to act in all respects as a superior tribunal. This +they do not only in the interior court of conscience, but with outward +proceedings in the exterior court by excommunications, declarations, +and the taking of measures to stop that which is being done. It is +this disturbance and interference for which in other letters I beg +your Majesty to command a remedy. The ecclesiastical tribunal has +certainly possessed itself and gained the mastery of everything here +to an extraordinary degree; and this is not consistent with exemplary +conduct and life in the clergy. From the bishop down to the humblest +of them, they are as good merchants as the most secular and the +most skilful tradesmen. It is because the two per cent affects and +includes them all, as I have said, that the theological council finds +fault with it, declaring that it is not just. It is fortunate that +they do not directly affirm it to be unjust; but assert that I err +in laying this assessment, which the laws themselves declare shall +be laid for expenditures upon defenses and walls. From this it is +plain that they desire to be jurists and theologians and governors, +and, under pretext of conscience, to embark in and embarrass +everything. Notwithstanding, I have gone on with this tax; and all who +pay it are very well pleased--except, as I say, these long petticoats, +who smart under it. I believe it will amount to something, and a +statement of its value will be enclosed in this report. The best of +all is that, some days before the two per cent was laid, there was a +meeting called at my request, and held in the bishop's house before him +and me and all the regidors of the city. At this meeting were present +all the superiors of all the orders; this matter was discussed, and +it was decided that the tax might lawfully be levied, inasmuch as it +did not exceed two per cent, and was for the public welfare; while +now they have taken to denouncing it. May our Lord keep the Catholic +person of your Majesty for many a long year, as Christianity requires. + +Manila, June 20, 1591. + +_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_ + +It appears that the duty [i.e. the ordinary duty of three per cent] +on the appraisals amounts in this present year to thirteen thousand +two hundred and fourteen pesos and six tomins. XIII U. CCXIIII pesos. + +Hence, in proportion to the three per cent duty, the duty now imposed +for the building of the wall comes to eight thousand eight hundred +and nine pesos and six tomins. VIII U. DCCC IX pesos. + +This is without having finished the clearing of the vessels, although +there is little left now to be shipped. + +[_Marginal note_: "Everything that has been done in regard to the +walls is approved; let this impost and the others be continued until +the fortification is completed."] + + + + +Investigations at Manila Concerning Trade with Macan + + ++ + +Most potent Lord: + +The city of Manila in the Filipinas Islands declares that the +investigation which it presents to the governor, Gomez Perez de las +Marinas, was made at his request and contains its opinion. Since +this document will show clearly the excellent reasons for, and the +great advantage and lack of all harm resulting from, trade between +Macan and the said islands and, besides the general advantage, +that it would be of great importance for the commerce, trade, and +conversion of Great China--the city beseeches your Highness to have +the investigation examined; and to favor the said city by ordering +that commerce be opened with the inhabitants of Macan, in order to +enable the inhabitants of the Filipinas Islands to trade and traffic +with them. Since this is a matter of so great utility and necessity, +as appears from the investigation, may the city receive favor. + +_Romo_ + ++ + +(The city: The investigation presented to the governor. Manila, +July 15, the day on which it was presented.) + +I, Melchor de Baeca, declare, in the name of the cabildo, magistrates, +and regimiento [9] of this city, that the rights of those whom I +represent require that a formal report of this inquiry be made, in +order to notify the king, our sovereign, concerning the lack of harm +and the great profit which would be derived from commerce between +Macan and these islands; and that, besides the benefit which the +Portugese receive, this commerce would be of great importance for +the conversion of Great China and for its trade and commerce with +these islands. Likewise the king ought to be informed that no ships +or merchants have gone or are going to Goa or other ports of Yndia to +trade or traffic, or to take away their [i.e., the Portuguese] shares, +bargains, and profits; and how they could pursue their business in +the said port of Macan, and at Canton, without there being felt any +scarcity, or enhancement of prices; but, on the contrary, a great +excess of goods would remain at Macao--all that arises from the trade +which they are about to begin with Goa, Chave, and other regions +that maintain trade with Macan. All this would result in the great +increase and prosperity of these islands, from which it appears that +the said commerce, which does no harm, should not be hindered. + +I beseech and beg your Lordship to give orders that the said report +be accepted, and that the witnesses whom I shall put forward testify +according to these questions. Your Lordship will please make a decision +concerning the matter. I offer my plea to that effect. + +I also beseech your Lordship to give orders that that section in the +instructions which your Lordship received from the king our lord be +added to this inquiry, so that I may be able to send word to the said +city of Macan. I present the claim, etc. + +[_Interrogatory_] + +_Item_: Let them testify whether they know that the Portuguese +inhabiting Macan, Malaca, and other places in India trade and hold +business intercourse with the Castilians who inhabit this city and +these islands; and whether the said Portuguese have derived or are +deriving from it much gain, profit, and advantage, without incurring +any loss or harm. The witnesses know about this, because they have +been in Macan, Malaca, and other regions of Yndia, and have seen it +with their own eyes; if it were otherwise, the witnesses would know, +and it would not be of less importance, because they have seen it +all themselves, as above stated, and are Portuguese; etc. + +2. _Item_: Let them testify whether they know that a greater number +of ships and much more money than in any previous year have gone to +the city of Macan from the city of Goa and other places in India, +to purchase Chinese goods. There was and is plenty of cloth and +merchandise for all, and no scarcity is produced by the exportation +which is made to India; etc. + +3. _Item_: Let them testify whether they know that not only the +Portuguese meet with no loss, as stated in the previous questions, +but that, on the contrary, if the Castilians pursued the said commerce +more frequently, making the journey to Macan a feature of their trade, +they could enter Great China, for the Chinese greatly desire their +trade. This would render an immense service to God and to his Majesty, +because the gospel could be imparted to the Chinese from here; etc. + +4. _Item_: Let them testify whether they know that no ships or +merchants have gone or are going to Yndia to buy and sell, or to +check their trade. The witnesses know this, because they have seen +and examined it with their own eyes; were it otherwise, they would +have known, seen, and heard of the matter. It must have been no less +than this, since they continue to come to this city and trade with +Yndia; etc. + +5. _Item_: Let them testify whether they know that not only the +Portuguese have gained much, without loss or injury, but that the +commerce between this city and that of Macan, according to the previous +questions, and the entrance into China through trade are of immense +advantage for the prosperity and enrichment of these islands, as well +as for that of their citizens and inhabitants. In a short time this +city and port will be one of the richest which his Majesty possesses +in the Yndias; etc. + +6. _Item_: Let them testify whether they know that in July of +last year, ninety, when Gomez Perez de las Marinas, governor and +captain-general of these islands, sent a ship to the port of Macan with +royal money to purchase ammunition for the fortress and fortifications +of this city and the islands, promising the captain in command at +Macan to favor and help him in all his needs, as a vassal of the same +king and master, some inhabitants of this city sent by the said ship +a quantity of money, in order to purchase goods with it, which was +seized by the Portuguese of Macan who were on board. The ship would +not have been sent if it had not been on account of the instructions +of his Majesty which the said governor possessed. We know for certain +in this city that the captain in command seized the said ship and +the money, thus bringing loss and ruin to the said citizens. As to +what they do not know, let them refer to the said instructions and +despatches, which the said governor sent. + +7. _Item_: Let them testify whether they know that the said loss and +ruin has been so severe that those citizens who own nothing else +are unable to support themselves, or to aid in the service of his +Majesty when occasions arise, as they have done until now. They are +embarrassed with debts and obligations. + +8. _Item_: Let them testify whether they know that the aforesaid is +generally known and manifest to all. + +_Melchor de Baeca_ + + +This interrogatory was presented to the governor, Gomez Perez +Dasmarinas, in the city of Manila, on the twenty-third day of May, +in the year one thousand five hundred and ninety-one, on behalf of +the cabildo, magistrates, and regimiento of the city. His Lordship +examined it and declared that he would order, and he did order, +the attorney of the said city to give a report of his declaration +before the notary, Gaspar de Azebo, whom he would entrust--and he +did entrust--with the examination of the witnesses. + +_Gaspar de Azevo_ + + +_Authority given by the Cabildo to Diego Hernandez Bitoria, whom +they elected attorney-general._ On November [_sic_] nineteen, one +thousand five hundred and ninety-one, there met and assembled before +me in Manila, Esteban de Marquina, public and cabildo notary of this +city, and the magistrates and regimiento of the same--namely, Captain +Diego de Castillo, Alcalde Don Francisco de Poya y Guevara, High +Constable Antonio de Cariedo, Captain Joan Pacheco, Diego Hernandez +Bitoria, and Antonio Garrido de Salzedo. All these regidors met, and +unanimously elected and appointed the regidor Diego Hernandez Bitoria +attorney-general for them and for this city. They gave him power, +as he holds it and justly needs, to draw and present all the claims, +petitions, injunctions, evidences, oaths, warrants, and investigations +which may be fitting and necessary, and which the said cabildo would, +if present, offer, in connection with all the trials and suits, +both civil and criminal, which the said city might have concerning +its privileges and exemptions; and in whatever process, whether in or +out of court, might come before any magistrate and judge of the king +our lord. They also gave him power to replace or recall attorneys, and +to appoint new ones. They gave him this power, and gave assurance for +maintaining it, by signing their names, and by pledging the property +and revenues of this city which have been or are to be received. It +was signed by Diego del Castillo, Joan Pacheco Maldonado, Antonio de +Cariedo, Don Francisco de Poya, and Diego Hernandez Bitoria. + +Before me: + +_Estevan de Marquina_ + +Therefore I have hereto set my seal in witness of the truth. + +_Esteban de Marquina_ + + +[_Testimony_] + +_Witness_: _Captain Poyatos_. On May twenty-seven, one thousand five +hundred and ninety-one, in the city of Manila, Melchor de Baeca, +attorney of this city, presented as witness in the name of the same, +Captain Hernando Munoz de Poyatos, a citizen of this city, from whom he +took oath, according to law, upon a sign of the cross, under obligation +of which he bound himself and promised to tell the truth. After having +been questioned according to the interrogatory presented by the said +Melchor de Baeca, he made the following declaration: + +1. To the first question, the witness testified that the Portuguese +of the city of Macan trade and hold business communication with the +Spanish inhabitants of this city and of these islands; that much gain +and profit has come and comes to them, and that they have not met, and +never will meet any injury for coming to trade in these islands. The +witness knows this because he has been in the city of Macan, and has +seen that matters are as the question declares them to be. And he +believes that they will surely continue thus if the inhabitants of +Malaca and other regions of India will continue to trade in these +islands. This is his answer. + +2. To the second question, the witness, who, as specified above, has +been in the city of Macan, testified that, although ships now go from +Goa, from these islands, and from many other parts in greater number +and with much more money to invest in Chinese goods than hitherto, +there are cloths and merchandise enough for all who go there, and +much is left over. This is what the witness answers, because he has +found it so in the said city of Macan. + +3. To the third question, the witness testified that he was convinced +that if the Spaniards in these islands went to the city of Macan to +trade and traffic with its inhabitants, a great step would be made +toward the possibility of preaching the gospel among the Chinese, +a thing which would be of great service to God our Lord, and to his +Majesty. He does not know anything about what is asked of him in the +rest of the question. This is his answer. + +4. To the fourth question, the witness testified that he has lived +in these islands more than sixteen years, and that in all this time +he has neither seen nor heard that any ship had been despatched from +these islands to Yndia for trading purposes; had it not been so, the +witness would have known of it; nor could it be otherwise, since he +has resided in these islands for so many years. This is his answer. + +5. To the fifth question, the witness testified that the answer was +the same as the one given to the previous question, and that, to his +knowledge, if commerce is established between these islands and Macan, +in a short time this city, its inhabitants, and the islands will be +greatly enriched. This is his answer. + +6. To the sixth question, the witness testified that Governor Gomez +Perez Dasmarinas despatched a large ship from these islands to the +city of Macan, and that it was well known by all that it was sent +for the purpose specified in the question. Concerning the rest of the +question he refers to the decrees and other documents issued by the +said governor in reference to the despatching of the said ship. He +has heard that the rest of the question is true. This is his answer. + +7. To the seventh question, he testified that certain inhabitants of +these islands sent money to Macan, and that they suffer need because +thus far they have not been given the proceeds. This is his answer. + +8. To the eighth question, he testified that his answer was the same +as the one given to the previous questions, and that it is the truth +according to the oath he took. He acknowledged it with his signature, +and declared that he was more than thirty-five years old, and competent +to be a witness. + +_Fernando Munoz de Poyatos_ + +Before me: + +_Gaspar de Azevo_ + + +[Here follow depositions, in answer to the same questions, from six +other witnesses, all agreeing in the main with the facts as presented +in the questions and in the deposition of Captain Poyatos, given +above. The other witnesses are: Bastian Jorge Moxar, a Portuguese, +Ensign Christobal Flores, Notary Alonso de Torres, Captain Juan de +Argumedo, Captain Pedro Sarmiento, and Joan Sordo.] + +[Bastian Jorge Moxar, besides what is contained in the foregoing, +testified that the Portuguese feared any Spanish trade in the Indian +country, and that the use of Spanish ships in the trade would bring +great distress to the Portuguese.] + +[Notary Alonso de Torres alleged that he had bought goods from the +Portuguese in Manila for from sixty to sixty-five per cent above +their cost price; and the Portuguese captains had told him that they +could make twice as much on their investments with a trip to Manila +as to any other port of the Indias, and with a shorter voyage. He was +told by his intimate friend Francisco Sobrino, of Goa, that the said +Sobrino came to Manila in eighty-eight with two thousand odd pesos +in Chinese goods, and left a year later with eleven thousand three +hundred pesos. On the ship sent by the governor, certain citizens +of Manila had placed funds amounting to more than one hundred and +twenty thousand pesos, the witness himself entrusting four thousand +pesos to the said Francisco Sobrino, all which money was seized by +the governor of Macan. He further states that he himself is one of +the heaviest losers by this act.] + +[Captain Juan de Argumedo reported the following conversation:] +To the third question the witness testified, as before, that he was +in Macan, and knows that the Portuguese are not injured but greatly +benefited. While the witness was speaking with the chief captain +of the said city, and the mandarin of the Chinese, the latter said: +"Let the Spaniards come here and trade; for the inhabitants of your +country do not come to trade with the Chinese, as the Portuguese +do." The witness answered: "We are hindered by the Portuguese, who +do not wish us to come." Thereupon the mandarin became much vexed, +and addressing the chief captain of the Portuguese, said loudly: +"How is this, does not the land which you hold belong to the king of +China? The Portuguese have nothing to do in the matter;" and then, +addressing the witness, through an interpreter who was there, he said: +"Look you, Castilian, from now on come here and carry on your trade, +and have nothing to do with the Portuguese; for we will give you all +you need, as well as a passport." This witness then answered and said: +"Sir, it would be better to assign the Spaniards a small piece of +land near Canton, upon which to settle." + +The mandarin, after a little hesitation replied: "If you will come to +Canton with me, I shall obtain a _chapa_--a passport used there--from +the viceroy, and shall see to it that the Spaniards make a settlement +in good time." As this witness had no order to that effect, and was +busy with his own affairs, he did not go to Canton, or pursue the +matter further. Considering what he has seen, he believes that the +Chinese desire the trade of the Spaniards; that, if the latter went +there, a place would be given them for a settlement; and, if the trade +were once established, he thought it certain that the holy gospel +could be communicated to the Chinese, whence would follow much good to +the service of God and of his Majesty. He knows this because it was +in the same manner that the gospel was introduced into the realms of +Xapon by the Theatin friars, who went there with the merchants. This +is his answer. + +[Captain Pedro Sarmiento testified that the Chinese desire +commerce with the Spaniards; for when the witness was there, by +order of Governor Guido de Lavezaris, the said Chinese assigned +the Spaniards a definite site on the mainland for settlement and +a trading-place. Joan Sordo testified that he believed the Chinese +would welcome the Spaniards, and quoted a Sangley as saying to him: +"Castilians, when will the day come for your entry into China? for +these mandarins oppress us so that we long for the day."] + + +_Petition of Diego Hernandez Vitoria_ + +In the city of Manila, on the twenty-first day of June, one thousand +five hundred and ninety-one, Diego Hernandez Vitoria, a regidor of +this city, appeared before me, the notary, and before the undersigned +witnesses, in his capacity of attorney-general, and declared that +he would give, as he in fact did give, the power which he holds from +the cabildo and regidors of this city, to Melchor de Vaeca, attorney +at law; and that he would approve and ratify all the pleas which the +said Melchor de Vaeca might make in this suit in the name of the said +city, and as attorney of the same. He signed his name in the presence +of the witnesses, Hernando Diaz, Miguel de Solarte, and Adrian Perez. + +_Diego Hernandez Vitoria_ + +Before me: + +_Gaspar de Azevo_ + + +I, Diego Hernandez Vitoria, citizen and regidor of this city and +attorney-general of the same, declare that, in order to show by +the above investigation the little harm which the Portuguese suffer +from our going to Macan, I need a copy from the government books, +of the decrees which Pedro Brito took to Macan. Therefore, I beg +and beseech your Lordship to order that the said copy be given me. I +offer this plea. + +_Diego Hernandez Vitoria_ + +On the seventeenth of July, one thousand five hundred and ninety-one, +in the city of Manila, the person mentioned in the petition presented +it to Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, governor and captain-general for the +king, our lord, in these islands; and his Lordship ordered that the +copy which he asks be given him, attested in the form prescribed. + +_Gaspar de Azevo_ + +In fulfilment of this, I, the said Gaspar de Azevo, notary-in-chief +of the government of the Philipinas Islands, caused to be made and +did make, out of the government books which are in my keeping, a +copy of the decrees which Pedro de Brito took to the city of Macan, +and whose contents are as follows: + +[_Decrees Taken to Macan_] + +Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, knight of the order of Sanctiago, member of +his Majesty's council, and his governor and captain-general of the +Filipinas Islands. At present I am actually practicing and exercising +the said office of governor and captain-general, according to the +commission of his Majesty, which reads as follows: + +_Commission of Gomez Perez Dasmarinas as governor; and other decrees +which were taken to Macan_. Don Felipe, by the grace of God, King +of Castilla, Leon, Aragon, the two Sicilies; Jerusalem, Portugal, +Navarra, Granada, Toledo, Valencia, Galizia, Mallorcas, Sevilla, +Cerdena, Cordoba, Corcega, Murcia, Jaen, the Algarbes, Algeciras, +Gibraltar, the islands of Canarias, the eastern and western Yndias, +and the islands and mainland of the Ocean Sea; Archduke of Austria; +Duke of Borgona, Bravante, and Milan; Count of Abspurg, Flandes, +Tirol, and Varcelona; Lord of Vizcaya and Molina: Inasmuch as, from +the time when the Filipinas Islands were discovered in the great +Chinese Archipelago, I have always given much care to the supplying of +religious to preach the gospel in those far-away and remote regions, +in order that our Christian religion might be spread in those islands +which our Lord through His mercy chose to call to a true knowledge of +Himself; and in order that a more godly success might be obtained among +the natives of the said islands and others of the same archipelago, +and of other neighboring lands and provinces surrounding the regions +already discovered and pacified; and in order that, through the +mild method of instruction, they might attain the end for which they +were created, I have continually supplied Spaniards to settle those +islands, so that with their presence and defense, religion might be +established and its ministers protected. Moreover, wishing better to +regulate affairs and to render them more stable, I gave orders for +the establishment of the Audiencia and royal chancilleria in the city +of Manila, of the said Filipinas Islands. But now--having heard that +the said Audiencia is a heavy burden to a new and thinly-populated +land; and that besides, having few matters to settle, it incurs heavy +expenses for the maintenance of ministers and officers--I have decided +to order the abolishment of the said Audiencia and the resumption +of the same form and order of government that existed before the +establishment of the Audiencia. Considering how much and how well you, +Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, knight of the order of Sanctiago, have served +me, and considering the many good qualities united in your person, +I hereby elect and appoint you my governor and captain-general of the +said Filipinas Islands, hoping that you will continue to serve me on +all occasions with the love and faithfulness which my great trust in +you imposes upon your person. In such capacity, it is my will that +you enjoy and exercise the said offices in the cases and matters +connected with and depending upon them, so long as I desire; and in +the manner which the persons who have exercised them hitherto have +been accustomed, permitted, or obliged to do; and as other persons +who have served and are serving me in similar offices in these +islands and provinces of the Yndias do, may, or must do. It is my +desire that you administer justice for me, both civil and criminal, +in all the cities, towns, and places, settled or to be settled; you +shall also confer offices of justice, war, and others which exist +in the islands. Through this decree, or a copy of it, signed by a +notary, I order that the civic bodies, courts, regidors, knights, +esquires, officers, and good men of all cities, towns, and places of +the said Filipinas Islands, and the officers of my exchequer, and the +captains, inspectors, and other persons residing there, whatever be +their station, shall--after you, the said Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, +have taken the oath with the solemnity required by the occasion, +and according to the custom of the cabildo of the city of Manila, +of the Filipinas Islands--receive you and look upon you as my governor +and captain-general of the said islands, and freely allow you to enjoy +and exercise the said offices, and to carry out and execute my justice +in the said islands, whether it be through your agency or through the +lieutenants of my governor and captain-general. I think it advisable +that the offices of corregidor, alguazil, and others which you assign +in the said islands shall be declared vacant and removed whenever +you consider that my service and the execution of my justice demand +it. You are empowered to substitute others in their places; and to +hear, dismiss, and decide all the civil and criminal trials and suits +which may arise in the said islands and towns; you and your lieutenants +are empowered to deprive the said offices of the fees connected with +and pertaining to them, and to make any investigation in former suits, +and other matters connected with and pertaining to the said offices +which you and your lieutenants may consider necessary for my service, +the execution of my justice, and the settlement and government of the +said islands and communities. In order that you may enjoy and exercise +the said offices, and carry out and execute my justice as above stated, +all men shall submit to you and give and cause to be given to you all +the support and aid which you ask and need from them. All shall respect +and obey you, and carry out your orders and those of your lieutenants; +and they shall in no wise place or allow to be placed any obstacle +or opposition before you, since I hereby accept and consider you as +accepted in the capacity of the said offices, and in the enjoyment and +exercise of them. I give you power and authority to enjoy and exercise +them and to carry out and execute my justice as above stated. In case +those persons, or any of them, shall not accept you as holding the +said offices, I command whomsoever holds the reins of my justice in +the said islands, as soon as you, the said Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, +ask for them, to give and yield them up to you, and to exercise their +offices no longer--under pain of incurring the punishment incurred by +those who exercise royal and public offices without any authority; for +I hereby suspend and hold them suspended from the said offices. You, +your lieutenants, and other magistrates shall enforce, and cause +to be enforced, all fines and punishments which you may inflict, +which moneys are to be given and delivered to the officials of my +exchequer. Whenever you consider it fitting for my service and for +the execution of my justice for any of those persons, who are now or +may be in future in the said islands, to leave the same and not return +thither, but come before me instead, you shall send them in my name, +and cause them to depart in accordance with the ordinance to this +effect. You shall state to the persons whom you thus send the reasons +for your doing so; but, if it seems best to give the information +secretly, you shall give it enclosed and sealed, and then you shall +send me a similar explanation by another messenger, in order that I +may have knowledge of it. You are warned not to send any one in this +way unless urged by serious reasons. Both parties are to do nothing +contrary to this, under pain of losing my favor. Given in San Lorenzo, +August the ninth, one thousand five hundred and eighty-nine. + +_I, The King_ + +I, Joan Ybarra, secretary of the king our lord, had it written by +his order. + +The licentiate + +_Hernando de Vega de Fonseca_ + +Registered: + +_Pedro de Ledesma_, Chancellor. + +_San Joan de Sardaneta_ + + +_Clause of the instruction_. The king, our lord, sent me, in such +capacity, an order through royal decree and instruction, signed by +his royal hand, the original of which does not accompany this on +account of its being inserted in other important decrees and secret +orders relating to his royal service. The order in question reads +as follows: "Whenever you think best to allow and give permission to +the inhabitants of the said islands to go to Xapon, Macan, and other +kingdoms or settlements of the Portuguese or the heathens, for the +sake of trade, you can do so after having first carefully investigated +whether there is any obstacle or danger in the journey." Since, for +the reason which will be stated below, his Majesty's desire corresponds +to two other royal decrees which will be shown, we have inserted here +a number of original documents which successively read as follows: + +The King: To Don Gonzalo Ronquillo de Penalosa, my governor and +captain-general of the Filipinas Islands, or, in your absence, to +the person or persons having charge of the government. According to +what I wrote you on the fourth of April of last year, eighty-one, +and what you have seen since in the despatches sent by the fleet +which left for Nueva Espana on the thirteenth of June of the said +year, you must have heard that, on account of the death of the most +serene, powerful, and lofty king, Don Enrrique, my uncle (may he +rest in peace), I succeeded to the kingdoms of Portugal; and that +their crown is united to that of the other kingdoms which I already +possessed. Since for this reason all become one and the same people, +and you and the Portuguese are all my vassals; and since it is right +that, for the better support of my service, there be agreement and +amicable relations among all, especially in these regions--where, +on account of their great distance from here, one must exert himself +to remedy the losses which may come from events that occur daily, +without awaiting orders from here, on account of difficulties which +would be caused by the delay--I command you that on all occasions, +whether together or separated from one another, you maintain friendly +relations and one mind among yourselves, as I have written, being +careful to help, support, and defend one another alike in all needs +and with great harmony and friendship, as it is right for you to do. I +warn you to act in all things according to that trust I place in you, +so that there may be no omission in the affairs committed to you, +for this should be your chief and main aim. Lisboa, March thirty-one, +one thousand five hundred and eighty-two. + +_I, The King_ + +By order of his Majesty: + +_Antonio de Herasso_ + +The King: To Don Gonzalo Rronquillo de Penalosa, my governor and +captain-general of the Philipinas Islands; or, in your absence, +the person or persons who may hold the reins of government. You +understand, from what I have written you before and what I write +now, the causes and reasons why there should be a close and friendly +relation between you and your people dwelling in those islands and +my viceroy of Eastern Yndia, and my governor and captain-general of +Malaca with his Portuguese; and how well served I shall be if, since +you are all on the same footing, and since you are all my vassals, +you deal, communicate, and make friends with one another, and help +one another whenever occasion and need shall arise. There was little +necessity to remind you of this; yet, seeing that it is so important +and so reasonable that things be so, I have decided to recommend the +matter to you, assuring you that I shall be much pleased thereby. If +at any time my viceroy of Yndia, or the governor and captain-general +of Malaca, should write to you asking to send men to his aid, you +will send him the men whom you can spare from those islands, in order +that he may be secure; and do so with the precaution that you shall +find needful. In either case, you will give orders as one who has +the matter at heart, and knows what can and must be done. Since I +trust in you and your prudence, and allow you to send some troops and +captains under similar circumstances, you shall ask the same to obey +and carry out whatever he whom they go to help may say and order, +either in writing or orally, serving him with the good discipline +and obedience to which that nation [the Portuguese] are accustomed, +in the expeditions and military exploits which may take place. Lisboa, +on the thirty-first day of March in the year one thousand five hundred +and eighty-two. + +_I, The King_ + +By order of his Majesty: + +_Antonio de Erasso_ + +Considering the fact that the king, our lord, is pleased to have +harmony, friendly relations, commerce, and trade between the +inhabitants of these islands and the Portuguese nobles inhabiting +Macan, Xapon, and other regions--which things are necessary for the +preservation of these his kingdoms, and the welfare and prosperity +of his vassals, and the exaltation of our holy Catholic religion; +and since in fulfilment of this royal desire and offer of friendly +intercourse, commerce, trade, and many other things pertaining to +his royal service, as I am in need of ammunition for this camp, I am +forced to send a person to the city of Macan--namely, Pedro de Brito, a +regidor of this city of Manila--whom I order to sail from these islands +to the said city of Macan on the ship "Nuestra Senora de Conception" +(or, as it is also called, the "San Pedro"), with Pedro de Solorzano +as captain, and Antonio Diaz Delaleres as ship-master. I have given +him permission to sail, and if necessary, to let this document serve +as a permission for the voyage and the return to this city, observing +strictly all my instructions and orders: therefore in the name of the +king, our lord, I request and ask in my own name the chief captain +of the said city of Macan, the officers of the exchequer, and the +magistrates and rulers of the city; and whatever governors, captains, +judges, and magistrates may reside in the said city in his Majesty's +name; also nobles, and other persons who live there, and in others of +his kingdoms and seigniories--of all these I request that, whenever +this is shown, they examine the said royal decrees and obey and +observe them. I request them to let the said regidor, Pedro de Brito, +come into port with the said ship and crew, allow them to land, and +communicate and trade with the inhabitants and natives in all things +that they desire and need, and to offer no obstacle or hindrance; +but, on the contrary, to protect and help them for their success, +and in the necessary preparations which they will make, as they owe +to the service of his Majesty. I shall do as much to them whenever +a similar request is made of me. In the city of Manila, on the third +day of July, in the year one thousand five hundred and ninety. + +_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_ + +By order of the governor: + +_Gaspar de Azevo_ + +This was corrected and compared with the said government book from +which it was copied. Manila, June twenty, one thousand five hundred +and ninety-one. The following witnesses were present when it was +corrected and compared: Miguel de Solarte and Adrian Perez. + +_Gaspar de Azevo_ + + + +_The Governor's Opinion_ + +Sire: Having examined this investigation which the cabildo, magistracy, +and regimiento of this city have made, so that your Majesty might +favor the inhabitants of Manila by granting them commerce with +the inhabitants of Macan, and considering the little harm which +the Portuguese would suffer from it, my opinion is that, with your +Majesty's pleasure, the favor could be granted, for very little trouble +will follow from it. Moreover, it will benefit this camp, in that we +shall be able to get ammunition, supplies, and other things from the +city of Macan: for, as far as ammunition is concerned, the trade with +China is closed, since no Chinese would dare to bring it over. + +_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_ + + +This copy was made, corrected, and compared with the evidence and +other decrees already mentioned, at the request of the attorney +of this city of Manila, and by order of the said governor, on June +twenty-second, one thousand five hundred and ninety-one, in Manila; +and in the presence of the following witnesses, who saw when it +was taken, corrected, and compared: Miguel de Solarte, and Adrian +Perez. Therefore, I set my seal to it in witness of truth. + +_Gaspar de Azevo_ + + +We, the undersigned notaries, certify and truly testify that Gaspar +de Azevo, whose signet and name are attached to this investigation, +is government notary of these islands; and, as such, the instruments +drawn before him, or which have heretofore been drawn before him, +are to be given full faith and credit in or out of court. Port of +Cavite, June twenty-third, one thousand five hundred and ninety-one. + +_Alonso Esteban de Marquina_, notary. + +_Tomas Perez_, notary. + +_Miguel de Quintanilla_, notary-public. + +The preceding was deliberated upon in Madrid on the twentieth day of +July, one thousand five hundred and ninety-two. + +The licentiate _Gonzalez_. + +[_Endorsed at beginning of document_: + +"The city of Manila in the Filipinas Islands; concerning the +possibility of their inhabitants trading with those of Macan. + +_Ledesma_, secretary." + +"Eighty-four maravedis were paid for the examination, on July 15, +1529 (_sic; sc._ 1592). + +The licentiate _Gonzalez_." + +"The possible trade between Macan and the inhabitants of Manila."] + +[_Endorsed on back of document_: "Investigation concerning the question +of Macan; for Domingo de Uribe."] + + + +Documents of 1592 + + + + Opinions of the religious communities on the war with the + Zambales. Juan de Valderrama, and others; January 19-20. + Letter of congratulation to the bishop, clergy, and people + of the Philippines. Clement VIII; March 25. + Letter to Felipe II. G.P. Dasmarinas; May 31. + Rules for the Manila hospital. G.P. Dasmarinas; [May 31]. + Expedition to Tuy. [Luis Perez Dasmarinas]; June 1. + Two letters to Felipe II. G.P. Dasmarinas; June 6, 11. + An embassy from Japan. Hideyoshi, and others; 1591-92. + Three letters to Felipe II. G.P. Dasmarinas; June 20, July 6. + Luzon menaced by Japanese. [G.P. Dasmarinas; 1592?]. + + + +_Sources_: All these documents are obtained from original MSS. in +the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla. + +_Translations_: In the first document, the opinion of the Augustinians +is translated by Joseph Fitzgerald; that of the Franciscans, by +Victoria G. Peacock; the remainder, by James A. Robertson. The second +document is translated by Rev. T.C. Middleton, O.S.A., Villanova +College; the third, by Jose M. and Clara M. Asensio. In the eighth +document, the first letter is translated by Helen E. Thomas; the +third, by Mary F. Foster. The remaining documents of this group are +translated by James A. Robertson. + + + +Opinions of the Religious Communities upon Waging War with the Zambales + + +Opinion of the Augustinians + + +Your Lordship orders us to give our judgment whether it be lawful +to make war on the Zambales, in view of the many injuries that they +have been and daily are inflicting upon our people; and, if so be +that the war is lawful and righteous, what measures may be taken to +attain the end proposed therein, security. + +In reply to this we say that, according to all the authorities, +divines as well as canonists and jurists, three conditions are required +in a war to make it a righteous one; and on these we will rest the +justification of the war at present under consideration. + +The first condition is that he who begins the war shall have authority; +the second, just cause for making war; and third, righteous intention. + +The first requires that he who begins the war and by whose order it is +waged be a public person, as St Augustine declares, _Contra Faustum +Manichaeum_; cited by Gratian (23 qu. I. c. _Quid culpatur_): _Ordo +naturalis mortalium paci accommodatus hoc poscit, ut susctpiendi +belli authoritas atque consilium penes principes sit_. Whence it +is clear, as St. Thomas says (2a 2ae, q. 40, art. I), [10] that a +private person cannot lawfully make war; for, if he is aggrieved, +he should resort to his superior for satisfaction; and it is as +little within the right of a private individual to collect such a +body of men as is requisite to carry on a war. The difficulty is to +understand what is meant by "public person" or "prince;" for it is +plain that it is not lawful for every prince or judge whatsoever to +wage war. The solution of this difficulty, according to St. Thomas +(_ubi supra_,) and Cajetanus (_ibi_ and in _Summa, ch. Bellum_), +and Castro (_De justa haereticorum punitione_ lib. 2, c. 4), is that +by "public person" in the present case is understood the one who in +his government depends not on another; such are the kings of Spain +and France, also some free commonwealths, as Venice, Florence, and +Ferrara: these have authority, without recourse to another, to wage +war. But those princes and states whose government is not sovereign +may not levy war without authority from their superior; and so the +lords of Castilla and the viceroys and governors appointed by our +king Philippus may not without a warrant make war. + +What is said applies not when war is waged for defense against enemies, +but in other circumstances; for if it is for defense, such war is +permitted to any governor or king, as the authors say, because _vim +vi repellere licet_; [11] and thus the viceroys and governors of the +Indias have authority to levy war against disturbers of the peace and +quiet of the states of which they are in charge, without necessity +of resorting to his Majesty for permission. + +The second condition of righteous war is that the cause for which it +is waged shall be a just one, as St. Thomas says: "Those upon whom +war is waged deserve it for the offenses that they have committed, +and the grievances that they have inflicted upon the one who makes +war on them." Thus says St. Augustine (lib. 83. _Quaestionum super +Josue_, 9. 10), and Gratian quotes him (23, q. 2, c. _Dominus noster_): +_Justa autem bella solent definiri quae ulciscuntur injurias, si gens +vel civitas plectenda est, quod vel vindicare neglexerit quod a suis +improbe factum est, vel reddere quod per injuriam ablatum est_. [12] +And as this injury and grievance may be of many kinds, so too, many +and various are the just causes of war; but we will consider here only +those which make for the matter in hand, confirmed by the authority +of Scripture. + +The first ground of a righteous war may exist when one is hindered +from doing what he may by right do. This is matter of natural and +divine law and on this ground Julius Caesar, as Lucan represents him +(lib. 1), made defense of his conduct in waging war against the Roman +state--viz., that the state had blocked to him, a Roman citizen, +the route to Rome; and so he said, arms in hand, _Omnia dat qui justa +negat_. [13] On this ground, as St. Augustine says (in _Quaest. Num._ +q. 43), [14] the children of Israel justly made war on the kings of +the Amorites (_Ut legitimum_, c. 21), for having withstood their +passage through their country when they were on their way to the +promised land, although the Israelites had given assurance that they +would do no damage to the lands, the crops, or the vineyards of the +Amorites. And so says St. Augustine (and he is quoted _ubi supra_, +last chapter), _Notandum est sane quemadmodum justa bella gerebantur +a filiis Israel contra Amoritas: innoxius enim transitus denegabatur +qui jure humanae societatis aequissimo patere debebat_. [15] Upon +which passage Joannes Andreas in his gloss well says: _Licet enim +transire per alienum agrum jus non sit, tamen quia necessarius et +innoxius erat iste transitus illi prohibere non debuerunt; item quia +via publica erat et nemo prohibetur via publica_. [16] + +The second ground, as I said, of a righteous war is the self-defense +of the prince or of his subjects. This ground also is matter of both +natural and divine right; for even as self-defense is a natural +right, on which right is founded the rule of _vim vi repellere_, +so too in the prince is the defense of his subjects--for the care +which the prince has of his subjects is as essential on his part as +is the care which each one of them has for himself; hence, if the +subjects are aggrieved by their enemies, the prince may justly in +their defense make war, and _vim vi repellere_. This is much better +than that the individual should himself avenge the wrong; for the +individual can lawfully defend himself and his property only _in +continente_, as Sylvester declares (_Bellum_, 2 Sec. 3), but he may not +avenge past wrongs, _nec sua repetere_ save by recourse to his judge +and superior. [17] Whatever goes beyond that is contrary to law and +good government and, as Cajetan says, is _extra moderamen tutelae_, +[18] it being an essential condition of the right _vim vi repellere_ +that it be done _cum moderamine_. But the prince and the state have the +same authority with respect to their enemies at whose hands they have +suffered injury, which they have with regard to their own subjects; +and hence not only may they defend themselves lest either they or their +subjects suffer injury, but they may avenge injuries by inflicting +punishment, exact satisfaction for damage done, and take the enemies' +lives, if so the quiet and safety of their subjects require. Under this +head come the many wars waged by King David against the Philistines, +mentioned in the Scriptures; as also the war of the Machabee captains +against the kings Antiochus and Demetrius. + +The third cause and ground is rebellion and disobedience of +subjects. This was the ground of David's war with Sheba, son of Bichri, +who raised a revolt, as you may read in II Sam. 20; [19] and this is +what St. Augustine says (_Contra Faustum Manichaeum_, I. 22, c. 74): +_Adversus violentiam resistentium sive deo sive aliquo legitimo imperio +jubente gerenda ipsa bella suscipiuntur a bonis ubi eos vel jubere +tale aliquid vel in talibus obedire juste ordo ipse constringit_ +(in c. _Quid culpatur, ubi supra_.) [20] + +The fourth cause and ground for a righteous war is when there is +default of keeping faith or carrying out agreements; for in such +case the party who has been wronged may lawfully make war on him +who, by not keeping faith, has done him injury. This made Joran +[Jehoram], king of Israel, wage war on Mesa [Mesha], king of Moab, +for his having failed to keep the agreements and to pay the tribute +which he had promised to pay to his suzerain, King Ahab; and that +this war was just is clear, for that he was assisted therein by the +holy and righteous Jehoshaphat, king of Judah, with the approval of +the prophet Elisha--who in the name of the Lord urged them on to war, +and promised them a sure victory--as is seen in II Sam. ch. 3. These +four causes and grounds, or any one of them by itself, justify war; +and there are other grounds also, but these are the most certain and +the most applicable to the matter in hand. + +The third condition which, as we have said, must be fulfilled to +make a war righteous is a right intention on the part of him who +wages it; because, failing this, even when the other two conditions +concur--to wit, authority and just cause--a faulty intention may +render and does render the war unjust. This condition is also laid +down by St. Augustine (_Contra Faustum_), and he is quoted by Gratian +(in c. _Quid culpatur_); and as his words are of great weight and +define wherein a bad intention consists, it is well to quote them: +_Quid culpatur in bello? an quid moriuntur quandoque morituri ut +dominentur in pace victuri? Hoc reprehendisse timidorum est non +religiosorum. Nocendi cupiditas, ulciscendi crudelitas, impacatus +atque implacabilis animus, feritas rebellandi, libido dominandi et +si quae sunt similia: haec sunt quae in bellis jure culpantur_. [21] +And what must be the right intention of the prince in levying war +the same Augustine declares in the book _De Verbo Domini_; and the +passage is found in c. _A pud, ubi supra: Apud veros dei cultores et +ipsa bella peccata non sunt quae non cupiditate aut crudelitate sed +pacis studio geruntur ut mali coerceantur et boni subleventur_. [22] +Peace is the end that is to be sought in war, and so saith Aristotle +(lib. 10 _Ethicorum_): _Bellum gerimus ut in pace degamus_. [23] +And Augustine says the same (_Epist. ad Bonifacium_): _Non quaeritur +pax ut bellum exerceatur, sed bellum geritur ut pax acquiratur._ [24] + +But here it is to be noted that this right intention which is here +required is a condition no more essential to a righteous war than +to other good works, for in all these it is required, and without it +no work is virtuous; and hence it is that if this right intention be +wanting in the prince who levies war and in those who urge it, he would +sin by wrong intention, but if the other two conditions be fulfilled, +he, as Soto says, will not be held to make amends for the injuries +that may be done in the war. So, too, if a judge orders a robber to +be hanged, granted that _ex odio suspendat_, [25] he will not be held +to restitution, if on the testimony adduced the man deserved hanging. + +_Reply_ + +Having ascertained the conditions required to make a war just, from +them we shall be able clearly to decide whether such is the war against +the Zambales at present under discussion. To this question we will +answer affirmatively: that it is lawful without any scruple whatever, +for in it the three conditions meet which are required for a just war, +as we have already said. + +And first, in this war is found the first condition, namely, authority +in the one who wages it, for he is _persona publica_, the governor +of these isles; and also he has a superior who is our king. But since +the cause is self-defense, as will later be proved, he has no need of +other permission to defend his state against enemies who molest it, +as we have proved. + +In this war, the third condition, too--we shall speak of the +second later--is fulfilled, namely, right intention; for its end +is the peace and security of the subjects, disturbed by these their +enemies. And this peace it has not been possible to secure by means +of our benevolent efforts, although such means have been tried--as +appears from our labors to that end last year in sending religious +of our order, and persons known to the Zambales, to persuade them to +desist from wrongdoing and be our friends, granting them a general +pardon for the wrongs they had committed against us; and although the +Zambales promised, and made oath in their fashion, they have defaulted +utterly, committing since then many atrocious wrongs against our +people, as appears from the reports on that matter which have been +drawn up. And, forasmuch as nothing has been gained through kindness, +comes now, as a last and drastic remedy, the resolution to win peace +and security for the king's subjects by waging war on his enemies; and +this is the right intention that is required according to Aristotle +and St. Augustine, as before quoted. But even suppose this intention +to be lacking, it is already said and proved above that this condition +is not in such sort essential as to oblige to indemnification. + +It remains that we look into the second condition of just warfare, +to wit, that just cause exist for waging it. This condition, in which +might be presented greatest difficulty, is the clearest and plainest +part of the matter before us; for not only are some of the four causes +and grounds pointed out by us, as being any one of them in itself +sufficient, but all the just causes are here concurrent. The first +condition is fulfilled in that these Zambales impede the general +traffic by sea and land of those who go to Pangasin and Ylocos and +Cagayan. And, albeit the traffic works damage neither to them nor to +their lands, but uses a common highway, yet they sally out upon the +highways and kill and rob passengers, as appears from the reports. + +Concurs also the second cause; for, although these Zambales are not +molested by our people, they assault and murder them, not only falling +upon them in the highways, as already said, but also seeking them out +in the settlements while they are laboring in the fields; so that +neither in their fields nor their homes are our people safe--which +also is shown in the reports. + +Furthermore, after promising obedience to our king and to the governor +on his behalf, they have rebelled and renounced obedience, as we +have said; and this is the third of the reasons which, as we said, +justify the war. + +Finally, the war is justified by their failure to keep their word +and their pledges of friendship; for, as is well known, they have +again and again, in the time of previous governors, been reconciled +and have promised friendship, and thus have obtained pardon for +their acts. And in the year just past this was done with greater +formality and more solemn assurances, as appears from the record; +but notwithstanding this, breaking the compact of peace, they have +since then inflicted other and graver injuries--sallying out as +robbers into the public routes by land and by sea, making descents on +our settlements and murdering everyone on whom they can lay hands, +be they Indians or Spaniards, seculars or ecclesiastics. Indeed, it +is well known that last year they murdered a religious of our order, +and they were tracking our provincial and two others, his companions; +but all these, thanks to their own watchfulness, escaped. + +From what has been said it stands amply proved that the war to be waged +against the Zambales is a just one, and, beyond all scruple, as well +on the part of him who sets it on foot as of those who take part in it. + +But it may be that some one will, in opposition to what has been +said, cite to us certain law texts to the effect that when a number +of persons or a town sins, even if all or most of them are guilty, +yet they should be pardoned. In the _Decretum_ (dist. 50, c. _ut +constitueretur_) St. Augustine says, writing to Bonifacius: _Ubi +per graves dissentionum scissuras non hujus aut illius hominis +periculum sed populorum plurimorum strages jacet, detrahendum est +aliquid severitati ut majoribus sanandis malis charitas syncera +subveniat_. [26] And (1 q. 7 c. _Quoties_) Pope Innocent, as cited by +Gratian, says: _Quoties a populis auta turba peccatur, quia in omnes +propter multitudinem vindicari non potest inultum solet transire_. [27] + +Much to the same effect is what is said by Alexander III (c. _Extra, +De clerico excommunicato_), and also by Honorius III (in the +last chapter, _De transact._). And the reason for this is that in a +multitude or in a town are many innocent persons, and it were a grave +injustice to require that they shall suffer the rigorous punishment +awarded to the guilty; while it is certain that in a war one suffers as +much as the other; and hence, lest the innocent be punished, the guilty +should be pardoned. To the objection which cites these testimonies +in proof that _parcendum est multitudini_ [28] Castro makes apt reply +(lib. 2 _De justa haereticorum punitione_ c. 14), that the proposition +is true and applies when the multitude or town purposes amendment, +and there is fair hope of the same; but if the case is otherwise, +and they persist in their evil ways after being admonished, reason +says they shall be punished rigorously. The opposite course would +only give them occasion to go on and become more hardened in their +sin and misdoing, and cause others, after the example of these, +to do the same--that appearing to them to be lawful, when they see +that it is not punished. And such is the teaching of c. _Qui vult, +de Paenitentia_, 3. 6., attributed to St. Augustine: _Cum enim tot sunt +qui labuntur ut pristinam dignitatem ex authoritate defendant et quasi +usum peccandi sibi faciant, rescindenda est spes ista_. [29] Then, as +these Zambales have many times been warned, and have promised and sworn +peace and amends, and have totally defaulted, as we have already said, +and have taken occasion, from the lenity shown them, to do greater +mischiefs with more boldness--mistaking for timidity the kindliness +that we have used toward them--it follows that, numerous though they +are, we ought no longer to dissemble with them, but must punish them +sternly; for the more numerous they are, the more mischief they do. + +What we have stated in enforcing our thesis affords us occasion for +explaining here the mode of procedure in this war, and--assuming it +to be a lawful war, as has been sufficiently proved--for inquiring +what considerations may be urged by those who carry on the war. And, +for the sake of brevity and clearness, we will resolve the matter into +a few points, without any arguments, for these points are corollaries +of a just war. + +First: If, to attain what is purposed--to wit, to bring the said +Zambales under control--it becomes necessary that we burn their crops, +their houses, and their other properties, and even kill those who +make resistance, even if the presumption be that among them are some +who are guiltless--it is lawful to do all this during war, until +the final victory is won which is purposed. We say "if necessary," +for unless the purpose of all that is done in the war is the final +victory, such deeds will be impious and tyrannical. And hence the +matter should not be left to the arbitrary will of the soldiers, +but should be directed by the order of him who governs them. + +Second: Also, if during the war there be lack of subsistence, or of +other supplies needed for its prosecution, these may be taken from +what the enemy have, even though the owners be guiltless, and this +without obligation to restitution--the reason being that _cum licet +bellum licet apponere media necessaria ad finem victoria_. [30] + +Third: _Ex jure gentium_, during the war, all movables taken from +any one of the enemy belong to him who has them, and there is no +obligation to restitution: Sylvester Presbyter (_Bellum_, 1 Sec. 10), +and Cajetan (in _Summa_). I say "during the war," because when it is +ended _non licet ultra praedari_. [31] + +Fourth: After they are reduced to subjection, those who are most +guilty may be condemned to death, as also such others as regard for +the security and tranquillity of the land may determine. But it will +not be lawful to kill those of them who are found to be guiltless, +even though it be feared that they may be mischievous in the future; +for no grievance has been suffered at their hands, and means can be +found of holding them securely, as we will show presently. Those of +the inhabitants of a state who are usually deemed guiltless are lads +not yet old enough to bear arms; old men incapacitated by age, save in +the case that heretofore they have been mischievous; and the women, +unless it appear that they too have engaged in war. But it will not +suffice to say with Soto that they supply provisions for their husbands +during the war, for that is a natural right and obligation. All the +rest are deemed guilty, failing proof to the contrary; here strict +investigation is to be made, lest wrong be done. + +Fifth: _Ex jure gentium_, those captured in a just war are held as +slaves. Paludanus (in 4. d. 15, q. 3) holds that this is not to be +understood as applying to Christian captives; and such is the truth, +and this provision is observed among Christian kings. But, as these +Zambales are not Christians, they may be dealt with according to the +_jus gentium_, and made slaves. Yet, inasmuch as they are a people +of small mental capacity, and hence do not realize the seriousness +of their crime, they ought not to be treated with the full vigor of +law; and therefore it seems to us that it will be enough to make them +slaves for a limited time, ten or fifteen years. + +Sixth: The war ended, his Lordship the governor may exact from the +Zambales all the costs of the war, and indemnification for all the +losses suffered; and he may, by way of chastisement, levy from them +some tribute: for all this is _jus belli_ in the case of a just war, +such as is this, as stands proved. + +Seventh: Since it is not enough to punish past crime unless a remedy +is applied for the future; and since a wide experience has shown that +little confidence is to be reposed in the word and the character of +this people; and since to leave them in their mountains would be to +give them occasion and good opportunity for doing mischief and damage +hereafter, as always in the past: it seems to us that inasmuch as +these Zambales are few and have not in their villages or in their +territory any cultivated fields or any fixed settlements, it will be +advisable, as security against their returning to their old ways, +to transplant them from the mountain region to peopled districts, +depriving them of arms, and giving them a village site and lands upon +which, with police control and under a government, they may live and +cultivate their farms. This we deem the ultimate remedy, and as being +necessary for the ends of peace and security at which we aim. + +Finally: It seems to us from the experience we have had in this +matter, and from what we have seen, that the expeditions sent against +these Zambales have been ineffective because this method was not +employed. The plan should be carried out chiefly by means of the +Indians of Pampanga and the Zambales of Pangasinan--people who know +the country and its hiding-places and coverts; and who, as being more +agile than Spaniards, bear more easily the toils of the march over the +routes that have to be traversed, owing to the wildness of the region, +which, as is well known, is very great. In payment of the costs to +these Indians, the slaves captured in the war might be apportioned to +them; and in virtue of this compact they will not commit the cruelties +and murders to be apprehended from them. Besides, this will benefit +the state; for, having more field-hands, they will plow and cultivate +more land. Further, as regards the Panpangos, they will in this way +obtain satisfaction for the many and serious wrongs that they have +suffered from the Zambales in the way of both murders and robberies. + +Such, with all respect for the better judgment of others, is our +opinion regarding the matter proposed to us by your Lordship, +with command to declare our views. This we do, recommending always +moderation and Christian charity, which should ever be practiced, +and especially in dealing with this people--who, as we have said, do +not realize the gravity of their offense; and on whom, therefore, +the penalties of the law ought not to be inflicted in all its +rigor. And, to signify that this is our judgment, we confirm it with +our names. Given at San Augustin de Manila, the nineteenth day of +January, 1592. + + +_Fray Joan de Valderrama_, provincial +_Fray Alonzo de Castro_, definitor +_Fray Lorenso de Leon_, definitor +_Fray Joan de Tamayo_, prior +_Fray Antonio Serrano_, prior +_Fray Diego Gutierrez_ +_Fray Diego Munoz_ +_Fray Diego Alvarez_ +_Fray Alonso de Montalvan_, superior +_Fray Matthias Manrique_ +_Fray Alonso de Paz_ [32] + + +[_Endorsed_: "Opinion of the Augustinian fathers regarding the +Cambales." "Opinion of the Augustinian fathers upon waging war against +the Zambales."] + + + +Opinion of the Dominicans + + +_Jesus_ + +Admitting the information received against the Negrillos and certain +Zambales, who commit assaults; and admitting (what is generally +known) the murders committed daily, both past and present, and which +have not been committed in their just defense or in just revenge +for injuries--as is evident because indeed the Batanes, Panpangos, +Pangasinanes, and Ylocos (and these last are the worst sufferers) were +at peace with them, and, since that peace, neither the Panpangos nor +the others have disturbed them in their villages or on the highways, +but, on the contrary, have tried to preserve friendly relations; and +admitting (likewise a well-known fact) the custom of this race from the +earliest period of killing, whenever possible, Spaniards and Indians, +without any distinction, and without having received any injuries, +for the sole purpose of proving their courage by their ability to +kill men, collecting heads and hanging them up in their houses, as +such proof; _item_, admitting one other certain fundamental, that no +incursion has been made into their lands for the sake of provoking +them in their common habitation, but that they, on the other hand, +invade, from their lands, the royal open highways and the settlements +of the peaceful natives, in order to kill those who are living in +peace with them, and with all: we render freely an exact opinion. + +1. The Negrillos and mountain Zambales have not, because of their +former wars, before the arrival of the Spaniards in this land, +at present any just title to war against the settled and peaceful +people of these islands. This is proved, for, although in those former +times force ruled, and injustice held full sway, and meant different +things to each individual, and no distinction was made--as, where +two persons quarrel with words, and injure each other equally, there +is no satisfaction other than to stop, and there is no distinction in +the injury--now, after the pacification of the Indians in settlements, +these wars ceased for many years; for which reason the old animosities +do not furnish any just pretext for war to either Negrillos or Zambales +against the Ilocos, Panpangos, etc. _Item_: Since those petty wars +ceased, the Panpangos, etc., and all the others have not incited the +Negrillos or Zambales to war; nor have they done them any injury, +either personally or in their lands. Therefore the present action +of the Negrillos and mountain Zanbales in committing assaults on the +highways and killing as many as they have killed, has no just pretext +of war from their neighbors. + +2. Second, we assert that the Batanes, Panpangos, Pangasinanes, Ylocos, +and other tribes living near the Negrillos and mountain Zambales, have +a just pretext for war against the Negrillos and mountain Zanbales--a +proof of which is admitted in the fact of the murders, robberies, +attacks, and assaults on the highways, made without any just pretext, +as we have said in the first conclusion. Therefore, on the contrary, +the injured ones have a just pretext against them. + +There appears to be no doubt regarding these two conclusions, for +they are most certain according to natural reason and to all law. The +whole difficulty is whether the injuries committed, the present harm, +and that which with some reason is feared (which will be greater each +day)--considering also the condition of the Negrillos, and the sort +of country in which they live--whether all these together constitute +sufficient pretext for an expedient so severe as war; and if fire +and sword are necessary. + +To answer this doubt, we must admit that, with the diversities and +natural features of countries, and with the characteristics of the +peoples therein, is entwined most intimately the _jus gentium_, as +we call it. Accordingly, in some lands some things are regarded as +established, and classed with the _jus gentium_, but not in others; +and some things lawful in certain lands are not so in others. On the +contrary, things that would be wrong for some would be lawful and _jus +gentium_ for others; while things wrong for others would be lawful and +honorable to the first, because of the diversity of countries, customs, +and race, whence arises this _jus gentium_. Therefore we say that, +if in Castilla, where neither the land nor people of these islands +are known, this case were to be judged on only the things written +and proved, nothing more than that these people were assaulters would +be decided; and an order would be issued to proceed against them as +against assaulters. If these things should happen in Sierramorena, +no orders would be given to destroy the towns near by; or, if in the +Pyrenees, for that reason war would not be declared upon the Gascons +or Navarrese. For this would be esteemed a personal offense, and not +one committed by the community. But here, where we know the land, +the people, and their abominable and long-standing customs, we must +esteem it, not a personal, but a communal offense; nor must we presume +amendment where ferocity springs from custom, now rendered almost +natural instinct, and from the land being unconquerable. Therefore it +must be presumed that, if they are not punished by force superior to +their own, they will grow worse each day; for they consider cruelty +honorable, and esteem him most who kills most. Therefore, with people +of this nature, we apply the saying of Aristo--namely, that it is +lawful to make war on and kill like wild beasts, those people who +live unsettled and wandering like wild beasts. It is quite evident +that Aristo means people harmful to others; for, even when they live +like wild beasts, but are not harmful, war is not on that account +lawful. And inasmuch as these arguments extend to the Negrillos and +Zambales, it is our opinion that the war must be judged as just or +unjust rather by the condition of the land and people, the injuries +that will be inflicted, and the little relief obtained by employing +other methods, than by the severity of the injuries received. It is +no remedy to guard the roads, as is quite evident, because they do +more harm in one night than the soldiers in a week. Likewise it is +no remedy to guard the villages, for the people are obliged to go to +the fields, etc. Consequently we say: + +That, it is justifiable--by methods which will not cause greater +annoyance to the regions adjoining the Negrillos and Zambales--to make +war upon the Negrillos and Zambales, even with fire and sword, whenever +the above reasons are evident. We prove this by the above statements, +for ferocity is a quality among them now almost a natural instinct; +and they place all their honor in killing, without caring for any +other object. Again, these ills cannot be obviated and prevented, +except by destroying them, if it be possible. _Item_: because there +is no hope that they will make peace and settle down; for their +happiness consists in living a nomadic life, without any restraint, +and they are a race who never keep any promise. + +_Item_: We say that, because the method of warfare as employed by +the Castilians is not by means of rough ground, forests, and dense +thickets--as witness the war of Granada, in which Hespana lost so many +men because the rising was in places unknown to the Spaniards but known +to the Moors. It has been seen here many times that the Spaniard needs +ten or twenty servants to take care of his person, furniture, food, +and clothing, alone--from which results more loss than that which the +Negrillos and Zambales can inflict in a lifetime. We think, in the +absence of better judgment, that, for a specified time, those captured +alive should be handed over to the neighboring districts as captives, +or remanded to the galleys. Whoever is put to death, let it be by +order of the captains, and at the time and place appointed. We render +this opinion, as long as this measure does not appear more harmful +[_i.e._, than the harm caused by the Negrillos and Zambales]. If any +measure whatever is more harmful, then we shall consider it unlawful, +although we are assured that a most justifiable right exists for +making war, and for destroying with all the harm possible to them, +and less harm to the surrounding people, than is done or can be +done by the Negrillos and Zambales. _Item_: We declare that, as the +losses of war are accidental, and depend on artifice, seasons, and +innumerable other circumstances, it might well happen that what is +advanced one time as justifiable may, given a change of conditions +at the time of execution, become unjustifiable; for with the change +of conditions the argument of justice or injustice is altered. + +_Item_: Because the term "Zambales," in general, comprehends many +people to whom the above arguments do not apply, we say that, under +the terms Zambales and Negrillos, we understand only those who are +nomadic, as above stated. As to whom these may be, we refer to the +investigations in detail; it is not for us to judge the information +given, but to credit it. This we advance as our opinion, and as such +we sign it. Given in the convent of Santo Domingo at Manila, January +1, 92. + + +_Fray Juan de Castro_ +_Fray Alonso Ximenes_ +_Fray Juan de Castro_ +_Fray Juan de San Pedro Martir_ +_Fray Juan Cobos_ +_Fray Thomas Castellar_ +_Fray Juan Garcia_ + + + +Opinion of the Jesuits + + +_Jesus_ + +In regard to our right to make war upon the Zambales, the following is +our opinion. Granting as true the reports of robberies and murders +committed by them, past and present, on both Castilians and the +pacified Indians (who are our allies, and Christians), then it must +be ascertained how these crimes have been committed--whether by all +their land in common, or one portion of their province, so that by +common consent those of one or many villages or the whole province +conspire, and the bravest and strongest go forth to rob and kill; +whether its head or chief is of one or of many villages or of the +entire province, by whose order certain men go out to commit these +depredations; or whether it is not really by common consent, or by +the authority of the chiefs, but by crowds of ruffians from one or +several villages who commit the said injuries. + +If this people have a leader, and any go out from the villages or +from the province to commit assaults, then this is sufficient cause +for war. The same is true, even if they do not go at his order, +but if the chiefs allow them to go, and do not punish them; since +they have authority and power therefor. If there are no chiefs, +then it must be ascertained whether they go out by common consent, +to commit assaults, even if all do not go, but only a few. For, if +they go by common consent, then war may be made on them all. But war +may not be made if they went out as a single band of plunderers, even +when they have friends and relatives in the villages, who protect them +and supply them with food. It can not be determined that the latter +are accomplices; neither can they be punished, nor be dissuaded +from doing it, nor even prohibited from giving them food, etc., +because of their being, as is usually the case, women and children, +while the former are barbarous and cruel men. In such a case, then, +it could only be allowable to seek to apprehend the guilty, as well +as one might, and to punish them in conformity with their crimes. But +nothing may be done to the others. + +But should it be by common consent, according to the first supposition, +without any leader, or if they have chiefs who possess authority +superior to the others, so that they may punish them as they deserve, +but who do not punish these guilty ones or have them punished by their +order, then, in these cases, war is allowable against the villages +that shall have taken part in the depredation, or against all the +province, or the guilty part; but it must be with the moderation with +which our Catholic king has ordered, in so Christian-like a manner, +war to be made, with the least bloodshed and injury possible. Those +captured shall not be killed, except those who shall have committed +individual crimes, who consequently merit death; and the others shall +not be reduced to perpetual bondage, but for a limited period only. + +However, because of the great danger from this tribe, in order to +be sure of peace and to render secure our allies who dwell near the +Zambales, whom we are bound to protect, all the children and women +and the others may be taken from their land and divided in various +parts in small bands, even when their crimes were perpetrated by but +a few ruffians. By this method we receive much benefit and security, +and they no harm, but on the contrary much benefit, both spiritual +and corporal. But in no case do we think that they may have their +ears cut off or be crippled so that they can not take flight--neither +women, nor children, nor those who do not commit any individual crime +which may merit such punishment; for this is great cruelty and will +engender in all a deadly hatred of our nation and law. Besides, +other and gentler means can be used to prevent them from becoming +fugitives--such as dispersing them throughout many widely-separated +districts, and providing some one to watch over them. + +_Antonio Sedeno_ + + + +Opinion of the Franciscans + + +_Jesus_ + +I have read the papers which your Grace sent me, and although, at +first reading, the justification of this proceeding was not apparent, +I wished, on account of its being so serious a matter, to study at +leisure the doctors who have discussed this subject. It is important +for me to know if what I have heard is true--that the Zambales have, +upon various occasions, been molested by the Spaniards. To be sure +of this point is a matter of much importance, because if we have +injured or provoked them, first, by wrongs, or by exacting from them +tributes which they did not owe, such action on our part would ill +be justified. But, since I am not certain on this point, I first +find, according to the account which I have read and examined in the +papers which your Grace sent me, that they have been persuaded and +invited with offers of peace, and pardon for the injuries which have +been done; and that for this purpose, the governor, using mild and +conciliatory measures, sent religious with the military, to whom the +said Zambales promised to be peaceable. They made similar promises +to former governors, but have kept none of them; on the contrary they +have been bolder and more lawless than ever, robbing and killing many +persons on sea and on land. For these offenses I consider that all +the malefactors should be punished, and that means should be provided +to protect the highways for the benefit of the Tagalos, Panpangos, +and Ilocos, and of all others who pay tribute--since it is for this +purpose, together with the teaching they receive, that they pay their +tributes, and have placed themselves under his Majesty's protection and +favor. If this punishment cannot be accomplished without war, then I +consider war justifiable, for the reasons above stated. Without doubt +the authority of the king is the first condition to be established, +observing faithfully in all things the spirit of uprightness and +Christian moderation--which is justice, charity, and freedom for +the innocent, according to the saints, particularly St. Augustine +and St. Thomas, and other doctors of the church--seeking the common +weal. Since the cause for just war is the injury received, war +against them would be unjust, if they are innocent of the charges +against them. This is my opinion, in view of the aforesaid report, +in the absence of better judgment. Issued from this convent of San +Francisco at Manila, January twentieth, 1592. + +_Fray Pedro Baptista_ [33] + + + + +Letter of Congratulation + +_To the Bishop, Clergy, and People of the Philippines_ + + +Venerable brother and beloved son, health and apostolic blessing. + +The lofty works of divine power, that in the earthly realm take place +not by human but by heavenly means, very often are wont to display +themselves from the very outset; while matters that through divine +wisdom as leader and mistress tend to a spiritual end, the health that +is of our souls, in the meanwhile lie unrecognized, or, if unveiled, +seem of such trivial import as not to be viewed in their grandeur even +by the keenest of minds, until aroused thereto chiefly by the splendor +of their results. This, as oftentimes before, has happened now at this +very time in the conversion to gospel truth of the New World, of both +the Indias, and especially of the Philippine Islands. Wherefore we +are uplifted in great wonder at the most bountiful results wrought +therein secretly by divine wisdom, from the first discovery of those +countries. Previously we had learned of this, in truth, from the +letters of many persons and from report; now however, that the divine +goodness has raised our insignificance to the summit of apostolic +dignity, we have heard it also from the ambassador, our beloved son +Alphonsus Sanchez, a professed priest of the Society of Jesus--sent +in your name first to Sixtus V, pope, of happy memory; then to the +following Roman pontiffs, our predecessors; and lately to us--from +whom, in private conversations which we frequently have held with +him, we have learned more in detail ... From conversation, too, with +the same Alphonsus we have learned of your purposes and deeds in the +foundation of churches, the spread of divine worship, the training of +natives, the establishment of schools, the practice of useful arts, +the appointment of magistrates, the defense of missionaries, the +protection of new converts, and, in fine, the permanence of those +commonwealths--which as so many members and parts thereof you have +brought about through the union of the New World with the Old. + +Now, however, in order that you may have some recompense for your love +and good-will toward us, and enjoy some reward for your endeavors and +toils, by the authority of almighty God and of the holy apostles Peter +and Paul, and by our own, in virtue of these presents, we take you all +and singular and all that you have, into our trust and protection, +and that of the apostolic see; and we send you through the same +Alphonsus our apostolic blessing.... + +Given at Rome, at St. Peter's, under the seal of the Fisherman, +March 25, 1592, in the first year of our pontificate. + + + + +Letter from Gomez Perez Dasmarinas to the King + + +Sire: + +By two ships which sailed from this port for Mexico at the end of +June, 1591, I wrote your Majesty, advising you of everything here, in +duplicate, sending a copy in each ship. Afterward, on the eighteenth of +October (same year), by a fragata sailing to Malaca and Eastern India, +I wrote later events, and sent the duplicate of the letters. As that +route is not considered very safe, I send this, combining both reports, +written in fuller detail--fearing least perchance, on account of the +many accidents which have taken place on the sea in these years, +all the letters have been lost. I cannot help fearing so because, +as I write this, a ship has just arrived from Mexico, by which I have +received no letter from your Majesty; nor have I received one since +I have been in charge of this government--although, praise be to God, +I have had good news of the health of your Majesty. For this I return +infinite thanks to God, and pray that it may continue, and that He may +give your Majesty complete success in all the new cares and anxieties +which may present themselves. I am confident that His Divine Majesty +will give long life to your Majesty, in order that everything may be +ordered and arranged according to the needs of Christianity. + +Supposing that the duplicates of the letters aforesaid have been +received, this letter will be more brief, in order not to repeat +herein what has been said elsewhere. It is now necessary to describe +in general the state of this land, although this year has been very +unfortunate, deaths and sickness being common among both Indians and +Spaniards; and we are also pressed hard and threatened by enemies, +as your Majesty will learn by a separate letter. As to the general +quiet and tranquillity of this state and kingdom, it has never been +better; for great progress is being made in the strengthening and +adornment of public buildings, both ecclesiastical and state. + +Hitherto the Spaniards have not experienced misfortune, but much profit +in traffic; and trade [with Nueva Espana] is being regulated and put in +order. The natives are content and happy; the Chinese are more fond of +trading with the merchandise which they bring from that kingdom. There +came this year twenty-eight ships with much merchandise, including +very rich goods of silk and other articles. The religious are agreed +among themselves, and aside from the bishop, everything is quiet as it +should be--except in some few matters, of which I will give an account +to your Majesty. The encomenderos have more peace of conscience than +they have heretofore had, and justice is equitably administered in +the districts of the alcaldes and the villages of the Indians; and, +finally, everything which my poor strength could accomplish has been +done for the common tranquillity and good government. As I realize +my little worth and ability, I would wish it to be known how much I +desire and strive to accomplish in the service of God and your Majesty. + +The cathedral church is completed, thanks be to God; and mass has +been celebrated therein since the twenty-first of last March with a +large attendance and much devotion, and to the great satisfaction of +the people. + +The seminary for girls, although in its first house, is maintained +in seclusion and good order; and there have been several marriages +or establishments made from among the inmates. As I have written, +that house is so unsuitable that the erection of the new church and +house is being pushed forward; it is being built of stone, and will be +very substantial and commodious, and will be completed inside of six +months. Your Majesty is patron of this house; and not only on account +of the preeminence of the royal patronage and what for this reason is +due, but for the good ordering of the house, I desire that there be +sent me from Espana some rules or laws whereby such houses are ruled +and governed. The regulations which I have been able tentatively +to ordain here are those accompanying this letter. This house will +have four hundred pesos of income. That being built has not hitherto +received anything whatever from the royal exchequer of your Majesty; +for, although I would like to give it, your Majesty does not have it +here. I am sending also a set of rules for the conduct of the hospital, +in order that your Majesty may order them amended there. + +The new fort, which will be called Santiago, is now raised from +the level of the ground more than two estados; and in one ravelin +thereof, which is now finished, eight pieces of artillery have been +mounted already, and guard is kept. By the time this reaches you, +God willing, the fort will be finished and perfected. All the beach +from the fort of Santiago to the fort of Nuestra Senora is occupied by +the curtains and traverses--the latter very suitable, two and a half +estados in height. It needs nothing but the parapet, which is being +built. Although that already built was called a fort, it is not one, +nor can it be of use; for it is but a large tower, badly cemented, +and was falling in four places. It was braced by four buttresses +which were called cavaliers, and cost your Majesty a large sum, as +I have written. Everything is now being rebuilt in order to put the +fort in good condition. + +I have launched four galleys, and have for them a gang of free +rowers on pay, although they are hard to manage. Even that has +been accomplished in the face of great difficulties and scruples; +for the religious say that I cannot maintain galleys or rowers, or +avail myself of Indians for that purpose. If they do not serve, it is +impossible to maintain galleys here, because there are no other people +to row. What I have been able to accomplish is that the Indians are to +remain on the galleys until your Majesty shall advise me of the plan +which you are pleased to adopt. I have manned one of the galleys with +four hundred Cambales, who were captured in war. They were given to me +by some captains and soldiers, and I have used them in your Majesty's +service. They are now on a galley and would to God that I could thus +provide everything for the many needs which your Majesty has here. + +As regards the sailing of the ships on the account of your Majesty, +and not that of private persons, I have already written the weighty +reasons, and send herewith a duplicate of the letter in which they +are set forth. In fact, when all the expenses are on your Majesty's +account, this not only causes no loss whatever to your Majesty's +offices and royal exchequer, but results in great profit to this +state from the charges on the tonnage. The cost is but half of +what it is when the ships sail at the expense of private persons; +and, if your Majesty would set the price of the tonnage at the same +rate as private persons set it, there would be gained a large sum +of money. This is the truth, although in Mexico they try to argue +and discuss this point for private ends. Moreover, in this manner +deserving soldiers are utilized and occupied, as your Majesty ordains, +in these matters of transportation; and the dangers arising from the +insufficient number and the vices of those who come from Mexico in +these vessels are avoided. There are also deceits practiced by private +persons, and other reasons which I have already stated. Besides, when +the ships belong to private persons, their owners will not become +citizens of these islands; and, on account of the large amount of +money taken away by them, the prices of merchandise are raised, and +the land is ruined. I therefore repeat that if your Majesty will set +a moderate price for the tonnage on the ships, not only will there +be no expense for your Majesty's exchequer, but there will be gained +more than twenty thousand pesos. In accordance therewith will your +Majesty please signify your will. + +As I wrote your Majesty last year, troops have been sent for the +pacification of the Cambales, and in their proceedings with the natives +the severity and chastisement which they deserved were dispensed +with. Garrisons were established, and many of the chiefs were subdued; +they appeared to act sincerely, and gave evidence of being tractable +and living in peace and justice. The troops returned, and thereupon the +pacified ones, and those who still remained to be reduced, came down +from the mountains to the highways, robbed, murdered, and committed +innumerable injuries. Therefore I determined to lay a heavier hand +upon them, and to bring them to open warfare, if that could be done +conscientiously, after consulting with the religious orders, and after +I had made inquiries concerning the damages, treacheries, uprisings, +and crimes of the Cambales, and the reasons and causes therefor. + +All the religious orders concurred in the opinion that war by fire and +sword was justifiable, as is evident by the original opinions which I +send herewith to your Majesty. In conformity therewith I resolved to +strike the blow at once by sending troops with six captains. Under +each captain was a troop of twenty Spanish soldiers and five or +six hundred Indians--Pampangos, who were willing to go to war, and +gave much assistance, because of the damages received by them from +the Cambales. They approached that country, which had never before +been entered, by six routes; and although they were troubled by the +roughness of the roads and the large brambles, they hid themselves +and destroyed all the food and the crops which were either harvested +or growing. In that region those whom they killed and took captive +amount, men and women, to more than two thousand five hundred; +and from the men taken the captains and soldiers gave me about four +hundred Sambales. I have utilized them for your Majesty's service on +the galleys, where they are learning to row. Many have been reduced +by famine, and have formed settlements where they were ordered to do +so. As it was the rainy season, and the troops were dying, I commanded +them to withdraw, leaving garrisons at convenient points, and well +provisioned, in order that they might overrun the country and destroy +their rice and grain. I believe that, because of this, these people +will not revolt again nor raise any disturbance. On the contrary, I +think that in due time they will be pacified thoroughly. The relation +of what was done, accompanies this letter. + +All of Cagayan has been as quiet as Manila for many days and +months. Tributes are being collected from the encomiendas that remained +to be pacified and subdued. A memorandum of encomiendas and villages +explored lately, with an account of the discovery of Tuy, accompanies +this letter. + +I enclose, with the duplicate, also the relation of the late +exploration of Tuy, in which I stated that my son Don Luis would remain +there, in order to make another entrance of not less importance, of +which I had a reliable report and account. It happened that, having +gone upon this errand, and having arrived with the soldiers that he +was taking to the province of Ylocos, through which he had to pass, +he was taken ill, in the month of October, with attacks of fever. This +sickness was very severe, and he came here to be treated; and, although +he is doing well, he has not entirely recovered his strength. Almost +all the soldiers fell sick at the same time, as that district is at +that season very unhealthful. Captain Don Alonso de Sotomayor died, +as well as some of the soldiers there. Others were brought to the +city sick, and so the expedition had to be abandoned until a more +favorable opportunity. + +On account of these expeditions and pacifications, and because their +country is not very healthful (and particularly so this year), both for +Spaniards and Indians, a number of the soldiers have died, so that, +from the total of four hundred, I have but two hundred left. And +although this fort, in its present condition, can be defended by a +much smaller force than formerly, yet without it, there would be no +safe position. Since Espana is at such a distance, when reenforcements +arrive half of the former troops will have died. If in any one year +(as has happened) there should fail to be a ship from Castilla, it is +pitiful to see the state of this land. Moreover--as I report elsewhere +to your Majesty, and send papers thereon--for the new danger from +hostile Japanese, against which I am guarding, I need troops, in order +to defend a land so destitute and far away that it cannot expect succor +in time of necessity. Although I have sent earnest petition therefor +to Mexico, I think that they will neglect my request, just as they do +everything else, unless they see an order from your Majesty I beseech +your Majesty to have compassion for this new plant of the faith of +Jesus Christ, which costs your Majesty and your subjects so dearly to +establish and preserve. May your Majesty grant me grace and send me +troops, and let those who come be from those realms of Castilla--a +matter of moment and importance--and not the creoles or exiles from +Mexico. I should also be provided with ammunition, arms, and men to +cast artillery. An order should be sent to Mexico to supply me with +money, to meet the needs and contingencies. I trust in our Lord, and +in the excellent arrangement and plan that this city is assuming, that +if there are supplied barely sufficient troops to defend a town of this +size, your Majesty need not fear all Xapon, nor any other more powerful +enemy that might attack us. This I discuss at greater length elsewhere; +but here I only remind your Majesty of the completion of this fort, +and the necessity of troops therein, as also of the workmen and their +wages for which, in my former letters, I have petitioned your Majesty. + +By a decree which I have received here from your Majesty, I am +ordered to make inquiries as to whether there is quicksilver here, +or if it can be brought from the Chinese realms and taken to Mexico, +and at what price. I will say that I have dealt with these Chinese, +and they are so distrustful that unless the money is given them +beforehand, they will not bring the goods the following year. It +is true, nevertheless, that they guarantee the fulfilment of their +commission. They ask one hundred ducats for a pico of quicksilver, +the equivalent of one hundred and thirty Castilian libras. If this +price is satisfactory, will your Majesty order as suits your royal +pleasure; for they can bring from their land whatever quantity is +desired. May our Lord preserve your Majesty for many long years, +with increase of better kingdoms and seigniories, as is needed for +Christendom. At Manila, May xxxi, 1592. + +_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_ + + + + +Rules for the Manila Hospital + + + +Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, knight of the order of Santiago, governor +and captain-general of these islands and districts of the West, for +the king, our sovereign. Inasmuch as it is advisable, for the service +of God, to reform certain matters in the royal hospital of this city +that require such remedy, and to decide and establish other matters +for its better government and service, for the welfare of its poor +sick, and for the perpetuity of the said hospital, as it is a work +of so great piety and so much needed in this community: Therefore, +by this present, he ordained and ordered that the following articles +be observed and kept to the letter, as permanent rules and regulations. + +1. First, because sick persons are received in the said hospital, +who are not of the character and station entitling them to admission, +many annoyances result; for some of them are wealthy, and others are +servants of certain persons from whom they receive pay and wages. By +receiving these persons into the hospital, contrary to right, they +occupy the places and beds which more properly should belong to his +Majesty's poor soldiers, the workmen of this colony, and the other +poor, for whom hospitals are chiefly established. And, that there may +be system in this, and that expense to the hospital may be avoided, +and so that the expense incurred be for those persons whose due it +is, he ordained and ordered that, now and henceforth, the hours for +receiving sick persons shall be from six in the morning until five in +the afternoon; and that the head chaplain, or his substitute, and the +physician or physicians who may be there, and the steward, surgeon, +and nurse of the said hospital be present at the entrance and reception +of patients. These he ordered and commanded not to receive any sick +except workmen or paid soldiers of this colony, paid sailors, and the +sick and needy poor; there is no restriction on the admission of such, +whether they are servants of the king or not. In case any sick person +is received without the previous order and consultation above-mentioned +(unless some of the said hospital officials are lawfully prevented), or +if the sick person belongs to the classes who ought not to be received, +then he who shall have received him shall incur and bear the penalty of +paying all the expenses incurred by the hospital for such sick person. + +2. _Item_: It is ordained that, when a sick person is received, his +name shall be taken down, with the date and hour of his entrance. He +shall come confessed, or shall confess immediately; shall declare +whether he is married or single, and whether he has father or mother; +and an inventory shall be made of the possessions and clothes that he +brings to the hospital--so that, when he comes to leave the hospital, +his property and that of the said hospital may be known. And if the +property should have to be used for the repose of his soul, or left +to any other heir, the same consideration and account must be observed. + +3. In order that this be observed with rigor and care, a book of +accounts shall be kept, wherein shall be entered, by day and hour, the +names of the sick who are received, and the exit of those who leave +or die, since all the wealth of the hospital consists in allowances +and income. + +4. Likewise, in order that there may be greater neatness and order, +there shall be a numbered wardrobe, in which shall be kept the clothes +of the hospital, and the clean and reserve clothes, respectively--the +blankets being kept in one place, the sheets and the other white +clothes in another, and the bandages to be used for wounds and sores +in another. Great care must be taken in this division; and it is +very advisable to keep the clothes and garments of those sick with +contagious diseases in a place by themselves. Likewise the clothes +and garments of those who enter shall be washed and laid aside with +memoranda as to the owner of each garment, so that if he recover, +it may be returned to him clean and neat; or if he should die and it +must be sold, either for the repose of his soul or for the hospital, +that it may be in good order and condition. + +5. _Item_: There shall be two porters who shall serve by the week. They +shall take oath not to allow anything to be given to any sick person, +except by permission of the doctor. The hospital door shall be locked +at seven at night, without fail, and cannot be opened. + +6. _Item_: There shall be an apothecary shop inside the said hospital, +so that medicines can be furnished to the sick more easily and at less +cost; and the apothecary shall not give or hand out any medicines +except by order of the physician, either on his own account or that +of the said hospital. + +7. _Item_: The head chaplain or another (his substitute) shall +always sleep in the hospital, in order to administer the sacraments +to the sick. + +8. _Item_: The nurse shall have two deputies for service, so that watch +may be kept in turn through the quarters of the night, and attention +given to the service and sudden needs of the sick. For this purpose it +is ordered that the chaplain, as above stated, and the nurse, steward, +apothecary, and all the servants, shall always sleep in the hospital. + +9. _Item_: No person connected with the hospital shall keep swine or +have other means of gain in the hospital. + +10. _Item_: A book shall be kept, in which shall be set down the +alms given by charitable persons to the hospital, whether in money, +clothes, and food, or other things. + +11. The food of the sick shall be received and placed under the head +of ordinary expense of the hospital; and at mealtimes, the physician +shall be present at the distribution of food to the sick, in order +to see that his orders are observed; and the steward likewise, if +not lawfully prevented. + +12. _Item_: Those who are sick of contagious diseases shall be +treated separately, and their service of beds and clothes and their +food shall be kept separate from those of the other sick; and much +care shall be taken in this. + +13. _Item_: A book shall be kept wherein to enter the income of the +hospital, whether from tributes and annual pensions, or from other +sources of income or profit possessed by the hospital. Likewise +there shall be a book for the entry of alms and legacies bequeathed +to the hospital by the dying, as well as those collected and sent +to it by charitable persons, in either money or fowls, or anything +else, so that the steward in whose care they shall be placed may have +them all credited in the said book, and so that there may be a full +account of everything. There shall also be another book in which to +enter the clothing, beds, ornaments, and other furniture acquired +by the hospital; and it shall be kept by the person in whose charge +they are. There shall be another book in which to enter the names of +the sick, with the day, month, and year of their entrance; and the +deaths and the departures, also with the date. Likewise there shall be +another book of the allowances, wages, and pay spent in the hospital, +both of its sick and of its officials, entering therein the tickets +of admission of the sick. + +[_Endorsed_: "Rules of the Manila hospital."] + + + + +Expedition to Tuy + + +When we went upon this expedition to Tuy, the Indians surrendered of +their own free will, and no blood was shed, solely through the efforts +of two religious who accompanied Don Luys. Then they gave only their +tribute of recognition in beads and a trifle of adulterated gold. And +so that it might not appear that the tribute was to be collected +immediately, they were given one year's respite, within which the +Spaniards would return to collect it. They bound themselves to pay +it. In order not to break faith, we shall not return there until the +time limit has expired; and, even then, I shall see to it that when +we return they shall not be oppressed in any way, in order to compel +them to give the whole tribute. They shall give only what they are +willing to, because we have furnished them no instruction; nor have +we effected a settlement, as I expected--because of the few people +we have, on account of the death of many of them, and because I am +deliberating whether I should make a settlement in Tuy itself, as +it is the capital, or at place thirty or forty leagues from Cagayan, +up the river, opposite Tuy, and midway between Cagayan and Tuy. This +year we shall go thither, and and I hope, with God's help, to found +the settlement and attain the success that is desirable. As I had to +encounter the Zambales, who were attacking me, everything could not be +done. The land there is very fertile, and the climate more temperate +than this. The Indians are robust, intelligent, and energetic. All +the houses are large and quite well constructed. The villages contain +about five hundred or more inhabitants. Two crops of rice are gathered, +one being irrigated, and the other allowed to grow by itself. The +land contains deer, buffaloes, swine, goats, poultry, anise, ginger, +cotton, and many wild fruits. The people display more politeness and +good manners than all the others. They have places set apart where +they discuss public matters. They say that public affairs must not be +discussed in the houses with women. When asked if they had enemies, +they answered, "Yes, we would have them if we would leave our land +to commit depredations. But we are not like you Castilians, who rob +everywhere." They recognize no king among themselves, nor any other +sovereignty than to have a chief in each village, who is over all, and +whom all of that one village alone recognize. I trust, God helping, +that this plan may be fully carried out this year. Sealed at Manila, +June 1, 1592. + + + + +Two Letters from Dasmarinas to Felipe II + + +Sire: + +Immediately upon my arrival last year, I wrote your Majesty what +I observed in the disposition of the licentiate Pedro de Rrojas, +my counselor--in the little while in which I could study him--that +he was very fond of his own opinion, and of meddling with what did +not concern him. This resulted from his office, since he wished to +reduce everything pertaining to war and administration to justice. I +also stated that he considered his commission and mine as identical, +with no distinction between them; and that I thought him moved by +and wedded to his opinion. Now that by intercourse with him, I know +him better, I am able, in accordance with what I owe your Majesty's +service, again to _[break in the original MS_.] he is indeed so sure +and certain of his opinion that it appears to him that with four +courses at Salamanca [_[break in MS_.] other letters or judicature +but his; and that he knows everything, and others nothing. Regarding +this, he uses very free and disrespectful language, shutting himself +up in his resolution, from which there is no drawing him. And hence +there happened to me one day with him what your Majesty will see +by the enclosed investigation, [34] which I send, only that your +Majesty may know what passed, and the liberty with which he talks +and acts. It is not a new thing, since he antagonized and quarreled +with President Sanctiago de Vera, as is evident by the investigation +I send thereof; he certainly has very little fondness for peace, and +is inclined to disputes and arguments. As the royal Audiencia was here +so haughty and domineering, he retains that authority and harshness, +with which he tries to reduce all others as his vassals. In the +matters of justice that he discusses, he is unable to be impartial, +but is in many matters very biased. This is because of his trading +and trafficking, which the president and all the auditors carried +on from the time of their arrival--and with so great avidity, trying +to secure it all to themselves, that I find no rich men here beside +them. This is the reason why Rojas (as I inform your Majesty in a +separate letter) and the auditors opposed the pancada, [35] in order +that the consignments of money sent by them to China for merchandise +might not be known--which, at last, have come to light. Moreover, +as they were unwilling to pay, on the present shipment to Espana, +the two per cent that I levied as a tax for the wall, they opposed it; +and they stirred up on both questions the bishop and friars. I inform +your Majesty of these things in another letter, and of the manner in +which I have cleared up all doubts regarding them, and ascertained +the investments of the present year, as appears by the accompanying +paper. If the matter of inspection and the residencia held here had +fallen to my order and commission, as it fell to that of the viceroy +of Nueva Espana, I would have proved to your Majesty the investments of +past years. I wish to say but two things, pertaining to your Majesty's +service, and which I ought to say. One is that the licentiate Rrojas, +in this country, where he is so busied with these means of gain, +is so puffed up with the authority and name of auditor, and with his +other abilities, that I believe that he will not serve your Majesty +so well in this country as in another, where these opportunities +are wanting. The other thing is that I do not consider it fitting +to the royal service of your Majesty to give a man who should have +served your Majesty in a similar place here, anything in Mexico; for +as such men go delighted with their interests and gains from trade +here, they are fettered and biased by their relations with the trade +of this country, which always [_break in MS_.] objects and profits, +and not in accord with the common welfare and perpetuity of these +islands. In both of these matters your Majesty will determine what +is most important for your royal service. May our Lord preserve and +prosper your Majesty for many long years, as Christendom has need. + +Manila, June vi, 1592. [36] + +_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_ + +[_Addressed_: "To the king, our sovereign."] + +[_Endorsed:_ "To His Majesty, 1592. Gomez Perez Dasmarinas. June 6." "A +place has already been given him as alcalde of Mexico, although the +matters reported in this letter are not remedied thereby."] + +[Accompanying the letter, and on a separate fold of paper, is the +following:] + +_Register of merchandise carried in the ship "Sant Felippe_" + +I, Juan de Cuellar, notary of mines and registers, certify that, in +the galeon "Sant Felippe" now ready to set sail for Nueva Espana, from +the port of Cavite, this present year of five hundred and ninety-one, +the persons named below are exporting the following bales and boxes +of merchandise: + + + Bales Boxes + Don Frai Domingo de Salazar, bishop + of the Philippinas, fifteen bales and + thirty-three boxes. xv xxxiii + + The president Santiago de Vera, with + the others contained in his memorandum, + sixty bales and twenty-nine + boxes. lx xxix + + Pedro Herrandez, for the licentiate + Rojas, former auditor of the royal + Audiencia, and present counselor, + etc., nineteen bales and four boxes. xix iiii + + The auditor Don Antonio de Rribera + Maldonado, fifty-two bales and + twenty boxes. lii xx + + The licentiate Ayala, fiscal, twenty-seven + bales and seventeen boxes. xxvii xvii + + The dean of Manila cathedral, in the + said vessel and in that of Juan Pablo, + thirteen bales and seven boxes. xiii vii + + + Estevan Gonzales, canon of the said church, + five bales and three boxes. v iii + + The licentiate Herver del Corral, visitor + of the royal Audiencia of Manila, eighteen + bales and one box. xviii i + + The schoolmaster of the Manila cathedral, + six bales. vi + + Father Cervantes, ecclesiastic, three bales + and six boxes. iii vi + + The beneficiary Juan Gutierrez, two boxes. ii + + Father Rodrigo de Morales, ecclesiastic, + three bales. iii + + Father Crisanto de Tamayo, ecclesiastic, + two bales. ii + + Benito Gutierrez, ecclesiastic, two bales. ii + + +And in order that this might be evident, I give the present, signed +with my name and the usual flourishes. Given in Manila, June four, +one thousand five hundred and ninety-one. + +_Juan de Cuellar_, notary of registers. + + +Sire: + +In another letter I have informed your Majesty of my fears of Japanese +enemies. After that letter and packet were closed, and the ships about +to leave, it happened that the ambassadors of whom we had advices +came here in a ship that made port on the twenty-ninth of May, On +the thirty-first, they delivered to me the letter from that king, +enclosed in a box of wood one and one-half varas in length and painted +white. Inside this was another box of the same proportions, excellently +painted, varnished, and polished in black, with some medium-sized +gilded iron rings and some large cords of red silk. Within this box +was another one painted in various colors--yellow and gold--with its +large iron rings and cords of white and violet silk, both covered with +damask. In this third box, wrapped in a stout, wide paper, painted and +gilded, was the letter, written with Chinese characters in the Japanese +language, on stout paper, illumined and gilded with great neatness. The +letter is even larger than the sealed bulls from Rroma, on parchment, +and is sealed with two painted seals stamped in red. I am not sending +the originals, because you have no one who can translate them there; +while they will be needed here, perchance, for what must be done to +affirm the embassy, and even for objects and matters of importance +that we might be able to discuss, by virtue of these letters, with +the king of China. Therefore I enclose only one copy of the letter, +in accordance with the best and most exact translation that could +be made here; and another copy made for me by the emperor himself, +by means of an interpreter. Although these two copies differ somewhat, +they agree in their essential point, namely, the demand for recognition +and obedience, made with the arrogance and barbaric haughtiness that +your Majesty will find in them. They also brought, resting in small +boxes, a letter from the king's chamberlain (one of the grandees of +that kingdom), another from their captain-general and another from +the king of Firando; and at other times letters have been written +to the governors here. I am also sending the translated copies of +these letters, from which your Majesty will see the determination and +resolution of that king; and that we are not harboring suspicions, but +veritably expect him here by October of this year or the beginning of +next. I have assembled the orders, as is due to the respect and name +of religion--giving them all needed information, and asking them only +whether they thought that it was fitting to answer to this tyrant, +and in what form. I did the same with the captains and war-officers +of these islands--those of the best judgment--in whom I place the +greatest confidence. To these I communicated the matter in all its +details; and, after discussing it thoroughly with them, and after +they had all consulted together, it was decided that this letter of +which I am sending your Majesty a copy, should be written. The said +persons affixed their signatures thereto, in token of approbation; +and it is in my possession. My purpose in sending a person to Japon, +and in answering his letter, is, as your Majesty will see plainly, +only to divert his attention and put him off, until the repairs and +fortifications and the reenforcements that I am expecting are well +assured; and to prevent him from being informed by his ambassador +of matters here, so quickly as the latter could inform him. I also +plan that, by means of the envoy going from here, I may know and be +advised of affairs there, by one way or another. Therefore, when he +comes, we shall know it, and be forewarned. Even now this place is in +a reasonable state of defense; and I even trust that, God helping, +the enemy will find more resistance than his barbarous confidence +promises him. I beseech your Majesty to be pleased to provide in +this what is most advisable for your Majesty's service. And for +the future--and because it may arrive late for this emergency, as +is expected expected--will your Majesty ordain that Mexico shall +furnish what pertains to its part. For, if I ask for troops, they +send me twenty men, who die before they arrive here; and none are +born here. And if I ask for ammunition, they laugh at me, censure me, +and say that I ask impossible things. They retain there the freight +money and the duties; and if they should send to this state what is +yours, your Majesty would have to spend but little from your royal +patrimony. And, just as they forget us in everything, I fear that they +will do so in this. Surely it is advisable to send troops here, and +to have this matter attended to, well and continuously, from Mexico; +for, as long as this state of affairs continues and the fortification +goes on, the inhabitants are being punished by greater anxiety; +as they cannot see that this is taken as a matter of general course +and in earnest, and the fortifications are being continued--which is, +I believe, the chief reason why Japon is moved to try to obstruct it +Your Majesty will ordain what is most to your service. May our Lord +preserve your Majesty many long years, as Christendom requires. Manila, +June 11, 1592." [37] + +_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_ + +[_Endorsed_: "Manila. To his Majesty. 1592. Gomez Perez +Dasmarinas. June 11."] + + + + +An Embassy from Japan + + +Letter from the King of Japan + +It is more than one thousand years since Japon has been governed by +one sovereign. During this period the wars and dissensions among the +rulers of the country were so many, that it was impossible to send +a letter from one part to the other; until now the Lord of Heaven +has willed that the country be united in my time, and that it be +reduced to my obedience. In accomplishing this, everything was so +favorable to me, that as yet I have lost no battle, but have been +victorious in every one for ten years. Likewise I have conquered the +island of Lequio, which was not under my sway, and Acoray [Korea]; +[38] and even from Eastern Yndia embassies have been sent to me. Now +I am about to invade Great China in order to conquer it, for heaven, +and not my forces, has promised it to me. I am much surprised that that +country of the island of Luzon has not sent me ambassador or messenger, +and I was therefore of a mind, on my way to China, to attack Manila +with my fleet, were it not that Faranda, a Japanese noble, told me +of the good treatment accorded to my vassals, the Japanese traders, +who go to those islands from here. When I asked him if the ruler there +was my friend, he answered and assured me that, if I should send a +letter to the governor, he would send me an ambassador. And should he +not do it since I am well established in my kingdom, I am so powerful +that I have men who can go to conquer any kingdom whatever. Although +this messenger is a man of low rank, I have accredited him, because +of the good account he gives. And also, since I am not sending the +troops I thought to send, I shall descend, within two months, from +where I am now, to Nanguaya, my seaport, where are stationed the +forces composing my army; and if an ambassador comes to me there from +those islands, and I ascertain that the governor is my friend, I shall +lower my banner in token of friendship. If an ambassador is not sent, +I shall unfurl my banner [39] and send an army against that country to +conquer it with a multitude of men; so that that country will repent +at not having sent me an ambassador. In order to become the friend of +the Spaniards, I am sending this embassy from Miaco, in the year 19, +[_sic_] from the country of Japon, to the country of Lucon. [40] + +[_Endorsed_: "Copy of the letter from the king of Japon."] + + + + +Letter from the Chamberlain, Tiau Kit [41] + + +Although we have never before had any correspondence, I am writing this +present letter in all courtesy. Next year, our great prince, Quampec, +[42] is going to make war on China; and unless it renders homage +to him, together with all the other kingdoms (notwithstanding their +distance from here), and pays him tribute, he will send his soldiers +to seize their land. On this account, all the neighboring kingdoms +have rendered homage to him and obeyed his commands. Likewise he was +thinking of making war on that rich kingdom of yours; but Guantien +informed a certain member of the council, who in turn informed +Quanpec, that war would be unnecessary, if without it tribute were +sent, and that this would certainly be done, if you were advised of +the intention of the kingdom and court of Japon. Acting upon this +suggestion, I am writing the present letter; let us promptly consult +together. I am one of the grandees of the kingdom. Therefore your +kingdom can sleep secure, and you need have no fear or hesitation; +but discuss all secret matters with him whom I send, who is my +confidential man. With all due courtesy. The year 19, Tienchen, +[43] the ninth month and eleventh day. From Siaulyuquiu. + +_The Chamberlain_ + +[_Endorsed_: "Copy of the chamberlain's letter."] + + + +Letter from Dasmarinas to the Ruler of Japan + + +Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, [44] knight of the order of Santiago, governor +and captain-general in these islands, great archipelago, and districts +of the West, for the king, our sovereign, Don Phelipe the Second, king +of Castilla, Leon, Aragon, the two Sicilies, Jerusalem, Portugal, +Navarra, Granada, Cerdena, Corcega, Murcia, Jaen, the Algarves, +Aljecira, Jibraltar, the Eastern and Western Yndias, and the islands +and mainland of the Ocean Sea; archduke of Austria; duke of Borgona, +Bravante, and Milan; count of Abspurg, Flandes, Bretana, Tirol, etc.: +to the very exalted and powerful prince and seignior, Quamboc, after +all due respect, wishes health and perpetual happiness. Faranda Mango +Schiro, a Japanese vassal of yours, [45] and a Christian, arrived in +this city, bringing me news of your royal person, at which I rejoiced +exceedingly; for, because of your greatness, and the worth and prudence +with which the God of heaven has endowed you, I am much affectioned +unto you. Some days ago Faranda gave me a letter, which--although it +seemed to be in its form and authority, and even in the gravity and +style of its language, a document despatched by so great a prince--yet, +since the messenger was below the rank and quality requisite to the +royal name of him who sends him, and of the one to whom he is sent, +and the importance and greatness of the embassy, I have doubted, on the +one score; and on the other, because he is a man so common and poor, +and coming in an ordinary merchant vessel, which came hither for the +purpose of selling provisions and other articles. Because this took so +long in coming hither, I have doubted whether these letters were not +written by this man himself or by another, for some individual end, so +that by this means, he might receive more attention here. Furthermore, +as I have no accurate interpreters thoroughly acquainted with both +the Japanese and Spanish languages, as has been likewise declared to +me by the letter and embassy, I am in doubt also of the true sense and +purport of the words of the letter. I think that if the king of Japon +wished to write me, he might, since he has in his kingdom the fathers +of the Society of Jesus and other Spaniards, send me at least a copy +of his letter in my own language, through their medium. I can say +with truth that I have not even been able to read or understand _in +toto_ the letter or embassy presented me by this man; and therefore, +that he may not have practiced any fraud or deceit toward your royal +person, or toward me, I have thought it best to detain him here, +until I could ascertain the truth and will of the king of Japon, and +what are his commands and wishes. And in that doubt, because of what +I owe to even the semblance and appearance of a letter and embassy +from you, I have observed this respect and courtesy of writing this +reply to the small portion of your letter that I understand, which has +been no more than Faranda has chosen to interpret for me. Since I am +sending the father vicar, Fray Juan Cobo, [46] a man of great virtue +and goodness, and of the highest estimation in these islands--from +whom, because of his prudence and worth, I seek counsel, and to +whom I communicate the most important matters--he will express, +in my name, the fullest respect due to your exalted rank. For the +honor of the embassy, if it is really one, I give you many thanks, +[47] assuring you that I am and will remain your friend; and that, in +the name of my king and sovereign, the greatest monarch in the world, +I shall rejoice at your well-being and grieve over ill-fortune (which +may the King of Heaven keep from you). Let it be taken for granted +that I desire your friendship, in the name of my king and sovereign, +because of the good reception and hospitality extended by your royal +hands to the Spaniards, vassals of my king, who have gone to Japon and +Asia by way of Eastern Yndia and these districts; and because the best +treatment possible has been extended here to your vassals and will be +extended to them with the same love. My king will consider it a favor +to be advised if the message brought to me by this man is true. If it +is such, then I shall respond to the friendship due so great a prince, +without any lack of my duty and obligation to my king and sovereign, +to whom I shall immediately give account of this, in order to ascertain +what his orders shall be then. I trust that this matter will result +quite to the satisfaction of two so great princes as my king and the +king of Japon; and that these discussions and conferences in true +friendship and alliance may redound to much peace to the universal +happiness of the world, and to the glory of omnipotent God, the +King of kings. Inasmuch as certain presents have been sent me but +lately from Japon, which are of great value, I would wish to have +some rare and valuable products of our Espana to send in return; +but, since weapons are the articles most esteemed among soldiers, +I am sending you with this a dozen of swords and daggers. They are +the finest that we have, and you will receive them from me as from +a private person who desires your well-being and greatness, with the +good will with which they are offered, and as a token of affection. [I +send only these, too,] because the bearer of this letter is going +only for the purpose of assuring me of what I have stated above, so +that we may have the information here that is desired. May our Lord +preserve your royal person with great prosperity. Manila, June xi, +1592 years since the birth of our Lord and Savior, Jesus Christ. + +[_Endorsed:_ "Copy of the letter, from the king of Japon--I mean, +to the king."] + + + + +Three Letters from Governor Dasmarinas to Felipe II + + +Sire: + +Last year I wrote to your Majesty that I had arrived in this city of +Manila, on the first of June of the year ninety, having been nine +months on the way, counting the time I spent in Mexico recruiting +troops; the total of these was two hundred and seventy soldiers, +including those I brought from Spain. On my arrival here, I ordered +the soldiers whom I had brought, inasmuch as they were drawing pay from +your Majesty, to mount guard and do sentry duty, posting sentinels at +the forts, and excusing those whom I found here, and the townspeople, +from acting as sentinels. Although I understood that they were very +grateful to me, and that they kissed your Majesty's hands, for this; +and as there was, on other accounts, no reason why they should fail to +do their duty; still, some ungrateful rogues counseled the soldiers +that they should resist authority, and that they should not perform +their guard duty, or carry their muskets--all of which, they said, +was only to make trouble for them. Besides, they did other things +well worthy of punishment. Along with this fiction, they instantly +bombarded me with memorials and importunities for rewards for +services. I assure your Majesty truthfully that, even if you had +here three hundred encomiendas and a like number of offices, you +could not recompense them for their services, which they exaggerate +and overestimate beyond what they have actually performed for your +Majesty. The most deserving of them merits very little, unless it be +a reward for having conducted himself with great freedom, and for +having destroyed the property committed to his charge. I do not in +conscience feel that your Majesty is under any obligation in this +country, beyond that of rendering justice for past excesses. I could +easily give your Majesty a detailed account; but, not to be prolix, +I shall leave it until the especial thing that demands reform here has +been somewhat remedied--and this is in regard to the soldiers of this +land. For in their begging for favor they are all in need of reform; +for it is through many sicknesses, and through being dependents of +the members of the Audiencia, and in like manner, that they have been +deprived of their gains. + +Likewise, I found here not a ship or a galley, not a libra of iron +or of copper, or any powder except what I brought from Mexico--forty +quintals. Not a braza of rope did I find, nor balls for ten pieces +of artillery which are here. These are very insufficient for the +needs of the place; for four of them are swivel-guns, and another, +a large piece, is neither culverin, cannon, nor sacre; nor do any here +understand how to manage it, except by chance; there is no account of +it, no design, and no name for it. There are no storehouses, with the +exception of a shed where there is a little rice; and an enclosure +where have been put the wood and remains of three rotted galleys, +which were built but never launched. Their timbers are all rotted, +and the oars of the galleys also. The enclosure contains, as well, +a makeshift turret where the little powder that they had was kept, +and where I put what I brought; but unfortunately we had a fire, +and now it is all gone. In order to collect these necessary supplies +from those places where it is not proper to keep them, I resolved to +build storehouses, and have constructed four, where we are placing +what comes--such as iron (for I confiscate it all), rigging (which +is being made, for the sake of having some in reserve), rope, lead, +and rice. Shovels, pickaxes, and spades are being made, because of the +great need for them. Ammunition I planned to obtain in the following +way: I sent to Macan a ship which I found here, and which had been +despatched hither from Mexico by the Marques of Villamanrrique +(bound for Macan, as he said)--after taking from it guarantees to +the amount of fifteen thousand pesos that it should make the voyage +to Macan and return, bringing the ammunition. I sent also a regidor, +Pedro Debrito by name, with a copy of the warrant that your Majesty +gave me, authorizing me to do this; but up to this time he has not +returned. Some Chinese who have come from there say that the ship +has been captured by Portuguese, and sent to India. I can scarcely +maintain my position for the lack of ammunition, which is great--and +greater than ever just at the present time, for twenty-two Chinese +ships have come, without bringing a libra of copper, of saltpeter, +or of powder; and they say that under peril of their lives they had +been forced to dispose of them. They say the same of horses and black +cattle. As for the affairs of this city, the need of thorough equipment +is very great, for it has almost nothing, not even a prison; and that +under an Audiencia, as your Majesty will see by that report. Neither +are there any fortifications, so I have devoted myself to providing +for what is most necessary, namely, safety. I began the walls at the +point, where a fort was being built. I have made it with its curtains +and traverses, placing the traverses symmetrically as regards one +another. It is one and one-half estados from the ground, and the +foundation is of the same depth. It is from sixteen to twelve and +eight feet wide on top, according to the plan. The creek of the sea +stretches up to the fort, in all about one thousand brazas in length; +and while it would not do more, it will serve as a very good trench. On +account of this fort and wall I have increased the import duty here on +all articles from China, such as pepper and other things. Likewise, +playing-cards were seized in your Majesty's name. With this the work +was begun, but was about to stop for lack of funds; and, assuming that +your Majesty does not possess them, and orders me also to fortify +this city and be responsible for order in it, it seemed best to me +to levy a tax for this purpose on the property of all those from +different places who were settled here, and on the inhabitants in +general. This I did, charging two per cent, in consideration of the +many and great profits. Inasmuch as this affected the property of +the president, the auditors, the bishop, the clergy, and those in +benefices, they immediately held secret meetings and declared that +I was incurring the censure of the bull of the Lord's Supper. As is +a very common proceeding for the bishop and the Dominican friars, +because I will not let them go to Espana to seek many things from +your Majesty "very important to the welfare of these islands," I am +now excommunicated; the Franciscans are now saying the same thing +because I have forbidden them to go to China and Japan, and now to +Espana. So great is the freedom and assurance of these saintly folk +that they say they will go whether I will or no; that I am the most +ill-tempered man in the world, the most cruel, intolerable, and wicked; +and that it is from fear that I will not let them go. In response to +this, I say that I beseech your Majesty to be pleased to hear them +and peruse their letters, and to appoint a person and time, so that +the truth may be known; for, if the truth be known, for me and for +the vindication of whatever they may say, I am sure that no man in +this country can injure me in the least degree. This is the truth, +and even though other motives unite with malice and evil intention, I +am not concerned a maravedi in my honor or another's honor, or any sign +of it. If this be not so, may neither God nor your Majesty protect me. + +What I find here is plenty of debts, which your Majesty owes for +the services of the poor Indians, and for the work and material +on the public buildings, all of which the Audiencia failed to pay; +and for the salaries of chaplain, chancellor, bailiffs, and others, +the total of which must amount to more than thirty thousand pesos; +and there is nothing here with which to pay them. + +In order to obviate the discomfort of the soldiers, who are quartered +some in one place, some in another, among the inhabitants; and to +prevent the quarrels into which they get with the people, I have +built for them barracks of stone and brick which are now finished, +and which will accommodate four hundred. They are near the official +buildings and a small fort which I have made, where they may keep +their flags, and where they may be assembled aid at hand, and safe +from the misfortune of fire, when there is need of such safety. + +With your Majesty's permission, I must state that I regret the trade +of these Chinese, for it seems to me injurious. It might be forbidden +on the ground of the great sums of money which they take from these +islands to foreign countries. The most of the trade is in cotton +stuffs--the material for which they take from this country in the +first place, and bring it back woven. The natives here could just as +well make these, if they chose, of their own cotton, and even better +than those which come from China. They could export them to Mexico, +and could have a trade worth four hundred thousand pesos. This +would lead to greater care in producing and cultivating the cotton, +because they would not have the Sangleys acting as middlemen. The +rest that they bring is silks, very poor and sleazy, except some +silk which is brought in raw or spun into thread. This last, I fear, +exceeds in quantity that brought from the Spanish kingdoms; and would +interfere with your Majesty's royal revenues from the silks of Granada, +Murcia, and Valencia, which would be most undesirable. Besides this, +there is another point deserving no slight consideration--namely, +that they (the Chinese) come to these islands with freedom to sell +their goods, and even settle here, and frequently marry. They do not +permit us, however, to go to their country, nor may a Spaniard go +thither to invest one real--a custom entirely contrary to freedom +of trade. Therefore, in order to avoid other undesirable results, +I have decreed that Chinese traders shall not live here under the +pretext of being merchants; but that only certain workmen who are +mechanics may remain, and that, when their merchandise is sold, +they shall return home. The bishop and all the friars say that they +cannot thus be deprived of the liberty of coming and settling here, +and that no such commands or decrees can in conscience be made for +them. From the pulpits they say that the governor is going to hell, +because the Chinese have their laws, and we cannot dictate to them +unless we first govern ourselves according to the laws and customs +which we found among the Indians of this country, because it was and +is theirs. In regard to what I have said concerning the trade of these +Chinese, I am doubtful on only one point--namely, if this trade be +abandoned, your Majesty will lose the royal duties which this commerce +brings in, on the arrival and departure of the merchants. These must +amount to thirty or forty thousand pesos yearly, lacking which, your +Majesty would have to supply it from your royal treasury in Mexico, +or elsewhere, in order to maintain the army here, and for other very +pressing expenses. I have set all this before your Majesty, so that, +having considered it on both sides, your Majesty may inform me of +your will. + +The bishop is about to go to Spain, [48] and is so wrought up over +what touches his individual interests, and matters connected with +his friars (as are all of the latter), that he declares publicly +that if I would not let him go he would betake himself to a desert, +in order not to look upon injustices. Not the least among these are +the many murders of Indians, very evil in the way in which they were +committed, and worse in their concealment for twelve years past; +and the failure to make restitution of great amounts, received but +not returned. Because I am remedying this, with which neither the +bishop nor his clergy concern themselves, the bishop forces them to +take this attitude because the name of injustice irritates him. + +With great eagerness the bishop is making up something to say about +me, taking great pains to get information in regard to my life, +and trying to bring forward someone who could tell him something to +write. About a little amber which I bought a few days ago, for my own +use, and at my own expense, he made many inquiries of the man who sold +it--namely, whether he had been paid for it, and how; besides other +things of which he has managed to get hold. But since I am sure these +charges against me will not be believed, his base intention gives me +no uneasiness. May our Lord guard the Catholic person of your Majesty +for many long years, since Christendom has need of you. + +Manila, June 20, 1592. + +_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_ + + +Sire: + +By the letters I am writing your Majesty through your royal Council +of the Indias, your Majesty will learn of all affairs here. It is +advisable that your Majesty be able to correct and provide as is most +fitting to your royal service. Although I advise in those letters +concerning the conditions of affairs here, and what I think about each +one, agreeably to the nature of the events and affairs contained in the +letters, I am writing this letter, addressed to your Majesty in person, +so that it may serve merely as a memorandum and reminder of certain +matters that most occupy and busy me. I set them down here in small +compass, in order not to fatigue your Majesty, since I have already +given a detailed account of them by letters, memorials, informations, +and reports which I am sending to the Council, in which your Majesty +can ascertain what you may be pleased to know. + +In this land, as being so new, and where affairs have not as yet the +solidity and completeness requisite, are many obstacles and impediments +to its good government. One of them, and not the least, is the power, +authority, and even tyranny, with which the bishop and religious +have insinuated themselves into and domineered over it. Nothing is +attempted or tried that they are not wont to oppose it; and nothing is +ordained or decreed here in which they do not meddle and interfere, +without being summoned or consulted. They assert that they must +pass their edict of approval or disapproval on everything; so that +there are but few or no matters whose execution they do not oppose +and obstruct--saying that such and such cannot be done or ordered, +under penalty of going to hell; and, in conjunction with the bishop, +they immediately excommunicate and terrorize, so that the secular arm +and hand of your Majesty has not here the strength and freedom that +it should have for the execution of affairs. One of the things most +needing reform is that, as the bishop, according to his caprice--and +often in cases outside of his jurisdiction--excommunicates and +proceeds unjustly, doing violence to the law; and as there is no +royal Audiencia here to remove the excommunications: justice and +the despatch of business may suffer greatly, unless your Majesty +entrusts the governor here with power to try such cases, and to lift +and remove the ban, since other recourse is so distant, and so many +wrongs might be perpetrated. For it is certain that, both in this and +in all other matters, the conduct of the bishop and of the religious +with so great power and license is one of the most severe trials of +this government; because the bishop has a title as a saint (so that +some persons imitate him), and a man of upright life. That I do not +take it upon myself either to praise or to censure. I have never +seen a man more peculiar or so inconsiderate and obstinate in his +opinions, who even does not hesitate to oppose the right of patronage, +the jurisdiction, and the royal exchequer of your Majesty. All this +he judges and discusses as injuriously as the most utter foreigner, +and even enemy, would do. I say this with truth, on account of what +I owe to your Majesty's service; and although I warn him of the harm +that he is doing, as it appears to me, and although I am restraining +myself in regard to him with the moderation suitable in a land so +slippery and uncertain, he is wont to answer with monkish liberty, +what the king must do for him; and that, inasmuch as neither pope nor +king can do him good or ill, he is not at all concerned. He says that +your Majesty has no authority here; that to him is due the conquest +and conservation of this land; and that he is not bishop for your +Majesty, but for the pope. What royal patronage he must observe, +the pope declares in his bulls, and not he who praying kept to his +bed. He talks with the same liberty in his theology and judgments, +since in order to prove his opinions, he says that the universities +of Salamanca and Alcala (who do the contrary) are in error, and he +right. He declared also that those who should follow the instruction +of the Theatins here would go to hell; and that the doctrine of Father +Acosta was heretical--beside innumerable other things. And it is quite +certain that, since my arrival here, I have had in him a continual +opposition and obstacle to whatever is ordered and done. If things +are not quite to his taste, he says that he will go into retirement, +and abandon everything. And the friars say the same thing--namely, +that they will abandon their doctrinas [_i.e._, Christian villages] +if their power over the Indians is taken away. This power is such that +the Indians recognize no other king or superior than the father of +the doctrina, and are more attentive to his commands than to those of +the governor. Therefore the friars make use of them by the hundreds, +as slaves, in their rowing, works, services, and in other ways, +without paying them, and whipping them as if they were highwaymen. In +whatever pertains to the fathers there is no grief or pity felt for +the Indians; but as for some service of your Majesty, or a public work, +in which an Indian may be needed, or as for anything ordered from them, +the religious are bound to gainsay it, place it on one's conscience, +hinder it, or disturb everything. Without doubt, if I did not exercise +so much caution and moderation, some mutiny or rebellion might arise, +in a country so new, at less opportunities than those which the bishop +and his friars afford. For they do not content themselves with opposing +our proceedings in the tribunal of conscience [_fuero interior_], +announcing them as sins or cases against conscience; but also, as soon +as they assemble in their councils and enunciate their propositions, +in the latter and in their pulpits they declare these acts to be +unjust, wrong, and worthy of restitution. Thereupon the bishop orders +refusal of absolution in confessions, excommunicates, and proceeds in +the outer court. [49] Thus if it is ordered in accordance with your +Majesty's commands that the citizens alone discuss [any matters], +they say that that is not just, because it must be for the general +welfare. And if, by your Majesty's command, it is ordered that the +Chinese merchandise be bought at one price, theology declares that +no such thing can be ordered. If it is decreed that the Indians, in +order that they may cultivate and weave their cotton, since it is so +abundant in the country, should not wear silks and Chinese stuffs, +nothing could be worse. No sooner is the excise, or the merchant's +peso, or the two per cent duty imposed for the wall, than it is against +conscience and the bull _De cena Domini_ ["of the Lord's supper"]. If +I undertake to appoint magistrates to govern in peace and establish +order among the Indians, they say that I am setting the land on +fire. If I pass any sentence in accordance with the merits of the case, +there is murmuring, and [it is said] that such a thing has never been +seen in these islands; and therefore there is no man more severe or +of more evil disposition than I. They assert also that not a single +arquebus-match should be lighted here, or a single soldier be kept; +and that the pure gospel must be preached. Thus, I behold myself, +Sire, greatly restricted by these obstacles, and even more by the +procedures of the bishop in matters in which he has no jurisdiction, +and which do not concern his office--because those that do pertain to +him, he has most forgotten. For I assure your Majesty as a Christian +that since my arrival here, although the work on the church was no +farther advanced than the raising of the walls a matter of six varas, +and enclosing a court, never did he come to me so that we might give +orders to have even one brick placed in it. On my faith, he has not +been so forgetful of his own house, for he has one so handsome and +well-finished, and from money for the restitutions, which was in his +possession. From these restitutions he gave pensions to whomsoever he +wished, and took such part as he chose for his own house. Nor have I +known him, as long as I have been here, to consult in regard to placing +one minister of instruction where there is none, or to convert one +soul; but he has only opposed those who tried to provide instruction +and to be of service in this matter. This is because he wished, in +all things, to have his clergy preferred, in regard to whom he took +sufficient care to importune me for them; although they are all better +merchants than students of Latin. Consequently, in no other way was +more time wasted than in listening to his complaints on this score, +and regarding the Augustinian fathers--to whom he is very hostile, +because he wished his Dominican friars to have everything good; +and in disposing of the misrepresentations and invented tales with +which he kept coming to me, we lost much time. In short, the bishop is +growing old, as I am informing your Majesty in another letter. But it +is certain that, unless he himself goes away, I see no other remedy +for the obstructions caused by his temper and passion (by which he +has embarrassed the course of business and government here), than the +very journey which he contemplates--namely, to send him to Espana (as +I would assuredly do, because he would have made this step necessary +for me) in order to tell your Majesty that there will be no deficiency +in his duties here, for he has not busied himself more in them than +to hinder me in mine. May our Lord preserve your Majesty for many +long years, as Christendom needs. Manila, June 20, 1592. [50] + +_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_ + +[_Endorsed:_ "Manila. To his Majesty. Gomez Perez Dasmarinas. June +20."] + + +Sire: + +In previous letters I have reported to your Majesty the irregularities +and abuses existing here in the marriage of widows of encomenderos and +others who are minors, and I now refer again to the subject. According +to the order of your Majesty, the widow or child of an encomendero +who served in the conquest inherits the encomienda or income. It +happens very often that the widow is young, and rich through her +succession to the encomienda; and, following bad advice or personal +inclination, she makes an unsuitable or improper marriage, giving that +rich reward and appointment to some trader or newcomer, without merit +or claim for service. Thus many honorable and deserving men, who have +rendered services to your Majesty here, and who might, by this means, +be rewarded and established, are deprived of the encomiendas. The +same occurs in the case of minors, who by reason of their youth or +through bad advice on the part of interested guardians or relatives +(who openly sell them in marriage to the highest bidder), contract +many misalliances. In addition to these evils, many quarrels and +lawsuits ensue from this practice. + +Only yesterday a woman who had but a month ago buried her husband, one +of the most honorable captains in these islands, married one of her +servants, a man of very short lineage, still fewer years of service, +and poor natural endowments. I think that the same thing will happen in +the case of four or five rich widows and several minor encomenderos, +who are about to be married. All this might be prevented or largely +corrected, if the governor here, by order of your Majesty, should be +empowered to control this matter. Without his consent and approval +no marriages should be allowed, at least of an encomendera, who owes +her position to favor conferred by your Majesty upon her father or +husband, for services rendered, or to special favor on your Majesty's +part. It is not right that some trader or transient resident, who has +rendered no service, but who has rather been unserviceable to your +Majesty, should usurp and enjoy these benefits by unjust means. The +governor should be instructed not to allow, on any account, marriages +to take place with any creditor or servant; but he should have, as +his sole object, reward and honor to worthy persons who have served +your Majesty in the country. God keep your Majesty many years in the +prosperity of which Christendom has need. Manila, July 9, 1592. + +_Gomez Perez Dasmarinas_ + + + + +Luzon Menaced by Japanese + + + +Precautions Submitted to the War-Officials and Certain of the Cabildo +of the City + +That the citizens reserve their arms and food to as great an extent +as possible, and, for possible contingencies, fowls and any other +delicacies for the sick. + +That the vessels coming from Xapon be examined carefully to see +whether they bring in secret other articles than those which they +announce publicly. + +That twenty vessels--virocos and fragatas--well manned and equipped, +be stationed in the river, below the artillery of the fort, in +order to be used in carrying food, news, or messages to any point +considered advisable; and that the other boats--champans, and all +other vessels--not needed there, go up the river, where they can not be +attacked by the enemy and used for making entrenchments by them, and in +order that the seacoast may be kept clear for fighting and skirmishing. + +That an immediate general review and muster be made of all the Spanish +forces for the defense of this city; every one, not only of those +who are paid, but of the old inhabitants, to be entered on the list, +with his weapons. + +That a proclamation be made throughout the coast of these islands +that no viroco, banca, fragata, or other vessel, leave the islands +without permission; for, should they happen to meet the enemy, the +latter would have news of affairs here. + +Another proclamation that no citizen or anyone else may remove from +this city gold, silver, property, wife, children, or household, +or leave it without permission, under penalty of his life, and +confiscation of the property thus removed, the latter to be applied +to the expenses of war. + +As we see our fears of the Xaponese enemy so confirmed in every +direction, and that the German [51] pirates are actually here and +committing daily depredations along the coast, it seems that, in order +to relieve ourselves from anxiety regarding so many Xaponese traders +as are in the city, it would be advisable to assign them a settlement +or location outside of the city, after first taking away all their +weapons; and that they live there and sell their property. Likewise, +the question of what shall be done with the Xaponese servants here +should be considered, for there is a great number of them, and they +have free entrance into our houses and this city; in this great danger +they would be able to set fire to it, or cause other like damage. + +Also, it will be advisable to send word throughout the coasts of +Mindoro, Lunban, Valayan, Ylocos, and other districts that piratical +enemies are about, so that they may be forewarned and that the natives +may be protected. + +That the coast be reconnoitered from Paranaque to Cavite, to ascertain +whether the enemy have disembarked along it, and to discover what +location and convenience there is for laying ambushes and keeping +the enemy busy. + +What is said here of our fears of Xapon should be understood as well +of the Chinese, since we have so little confidence in them. + +That word be sent to Gallinato to set a price on rice, and gather as +much as possible, on the account of his Majesty's tributes there. + +That four fragatas be fitted up and used for nothing else than to +transport rice and food, putting each fragata under command of a +thoroughly trustworthy master. + +That the biscuit brought by the Chinese, should be taken, and also +one-half the flour brought by this Xaponese ship, in order to give +it a trial, at a moderate price; and if any well-preserved tunny-fish +have been brought, they should be taken, although first it should be +ascertained whether they have any yew-tree or other poison in them. + +_Item_: It appears advisable that two careful regidors of this city--in +order that they may secure due respect, and act in the name of the +city--should go to bring twelve or fourteen thousand fanegas of rice +and one thousand five hundred jars of wine, from such district or +districts as they may choose, for any necessities that might arise in +general--namely, in city, monasteries, and hospitals; since all are +sustained by alms, and, in such times, there is no possibility that +these can be supplied or provided for them from any place. For this +reason it would be advisable to levy an assessment among the citizens +of this city; for, although there may be no necessity therefor, +it can be sold, and paid to those who should have lent or furnished +the said rice and wine, and up to the amount that shall have been +lent--so that, in one way or another, having either consumed or sold +it, each one shall receive satisfaction for his loan. + +_Item_: It is advisable that, in case anyone of us, from myself and my +son first, down even to the least, should be captured while fighting +with the enemy, no one shall be ransomed, even though the enemy be +willing to surrender him for a very small ransom; and that this be +with no exceptions or with no equivocation, so that each one may fight +with greater courage and resolution, preferring--though God grant +that we come not to blows with the enemy--death rather than capture. + +_Item_: whether it would be advisable that, in the tingues +and mountainous districts near Manila, forts and strongholds be +established, to which, if possible, there be a safe path from this +city, and an entrance and exit therefrom to that place. Then, when +occasion should arise, the women, children, old people, sick, and +other non-combatants might be placed there; for, if they remained in +the city, they would hinder us and cause us to starve, while there +they will have more comfort and refreshment. + + + +Precautions Submitted to the Religious + + +In all present and future affairs, the chief remedy is to invoke God, +endeavoring to placate Him by sacrifice and prayer, and beseeching +Him to protect us by His powerful right hand. This duty devolves by +special right upon the religious. Our duty is to threaten and strive +to correct him who offends God. + +Admitting that we expect outside enemies--and we have them among +us, because of our little assurance that the natives, if they see +themselves safe, will not rise and attack us, on which point will he +discussed, in its proper place, whether it will not be advisable to +collect the arquebuses given them during the war with the Cambales--the +immediate question is whether it would be advisable to take some +security from them, such as, for instance, the gold that they wear, +and of which they should be possessed, so that, if they did not prove +an aid to us, they should not prove harmful. Also, whether this gold +should be deposited with the fathers who instruct them, so that the +natives would understand that this action is taken only for security, +and with no other intent; and whether this gold should be brought +to Manila by the said fathers of the doctrina, and deposited in +the fortress--that being the most secure place. Also it should be +considered whether this taking their gold seems a harsh measure, and +whether others easier and milder offer themselves--as the exemption of +certain chiefs from tribute, and otherwise making much of them. But +this race is so barbarous and ungrateful that, if they understand +our necessity, and discover any weakness or fear in us, the majority +of them will rebel against us, and we shall be compelled rather to +deal with them as with enemies. Therefore, whatever our exigency, +we must deal with them with the same courage, superiority, and +firmness as in our most prosperous time itself; and we must assure +them that our orders and requests are solely for their good, and by +no necessity of ours. It appears to be advisable to order them that +each chief send one of his sons with his gold, in order to watch it, +and to prove that the rightful owner accompanies it. + +Likewise: whether it will be advisable to have a quantity of rice, +swine, fowls, and other food stored in certain parts of the mountains +and tingues; for were the places where these are chiefly produced +near this city, or in places easy of access to the enemy--and since +it is supposed that they would come in force--in such case, it would +not be difficult for them to seize this food and appropriate it to +their own use, or burn it, for we could not have sufficient forces +to divide them, or withdraw them from the defense of this city. And +in this connection it is observed that it would be advisable to have +the cattle-pastures -which are the support of this state, and the +first thing that the enemy look for--established inland (as there +is sufficient pasturage in all parts), with some guard. And since, +if the enemy came, and we were actually confronted with the danger, +it would be necessary for the Indians who have their villages and +houses on the seacoast, or along the rivers or estuaries, where the +enemy could penetrate easily, to retire inland to live, it seems +that it would be advisable for the fathers of the doctrinas to have +the natives warned and persuaded immediately to move to more retired +and secure places; and that they should commence their sowing, since +there are many virgin and unoccupied lands. Should such an event +[the coming of an enemy] occur, then this would be already done; +and if not, then they would lose nothing in harvesting their rice; +for it would be necessary to abandon their hamlets and comforts, +if the enemy did come. Furthermore, as these Indians are traders, as +is known, and trade in rice and other products with this community, +since they bring it from Otton, Camarines, Ylocos, and other places, +this trade and provision would, if the enemy came, have to cease; +and if these Indians remained among us and near their present abodes, +they would consume our food, and we both would starve. In order to +supply food, there is no better remedy than to commence to sow in +distant and secure places, so that the natives may be safe, prepared, +and forewarned, and that there may be abundance of provisions; since, +by withdrawing from each varangay ten men, or the number that may be +deemed sufficient, these fields and new settlements may be commenced. + +Likewise should be considered whether it would be advisable to store +the property of all the Sangleys in the stone warehouses of this +city, where the goods might be kept safe, while the Sangleys could +go outside of the city to build their houses, because of the great +danger, lest by some fire-contrivance they should burn that Parian +and a great part of the city. This is to be understood as proposed +only if occasion should arise for us to take such measures. Likewise, +it will be advisable to have the houses or churches which now are +thatched with straw or nipa roofed with tiles; or else they might +be destroyed, because of the manifest danger of being set afire with +great facility upon any occasion. + +Whether the encomenderos, because of these common necessities, should +be allowed to collect from each tributario the value of two reals in +rice and one real in one laying hen, or two chicks (male or female), +or one cock, and the rice at its value among them. Also whether the +encomendero should not store it in the city, in the house that he +is actually living in; and whether, since the hen is obtained from +the Indian as the tribute for one real, neither the hen, the male or +female chicks, nor the cock--whichever the Indian gives in tribute, +the matter being left to his choice--can be valued, sold, or bought +for more than one real. + + + +Communication from the Governor to the Ecclesiastics + + +_Relation of the proposition made by Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, knight +of the order of Santiago, and governor and captain-general in these +islands, for the king, our sovereign, to the fathers provincial of the +orders, and to other superiors, religious, and ecclesiastics at the +meeting that he held with them; and the response of the said fathers._ +[52] + +Since my arrival in this kingdom, whose government and defense the +king, our sovereign, was pleased to entrust to me--certainly a trust +greatly disproportionate to my poor strength--I have ever watched +over its conservation and perpetuation, as being a new land, in the +midst of infidel and idolatrous enemies; and I have even peopled the +greater part of it with them; and those so far away have a remedy +and aid from their hardships and dangers. In this, God has willed, by +His mercy, to plant His faith among and to enlighten those natives, +by preaching to them, through His ministers, His holy law, with +a zeal so fervid. And this is very different from other provinces +in these regions, where there is likewise a Christian faith, and +the name of church of the faithful; but their people are so remiss +that they content themselves with furthering only their trading and +commerce, caring only for their own individual aims and interests, +and peradventure, to no little renunciation of the name of Christian, +and causing it to be despised (as in Goa, Malaca, Macan, Maluco, and +other parts)--who, satisfied with their own individual interests and +business, do not, as here, regard the propagation of the holy gospel +as their principal purpose. The maintenance of this is costing so +many deaths of blessed fathers religious, who, in the planting of +this vine in the Lord, completed so much toil and affliction with +their lives, and who, in the conversion of souls, were laboring +and overcoming ail manner of danger and fatigue; so much blood and +lives of so many honorable Spaniards, who have so happily ended their +days in the furthering and building of this new church; and lastly, +the vast amount of wealth and royal patrimony which his Majesty has +expended, and is expending daily, in the prosecution of so glorious an +object. This is none other than the exaltation of the Catholic faith, +although it costs so much, as is known, that every year he expends +money from his own house, while the temporal gain derived here is so +small, and the expense and cost so great and excessive that, unless +he lift up his eyes and behold the eternal reward which will result +from this, he would have abandoned it already--and as, I believe, no +other monarch whatever would have been so zealous for the honor of God, +and the Catholic name, that he would not have abandoned it. Therefore +we must consider prudently, and fear lest (may God preserve him +to us for many years!) he might die, and be succeeded by one who, +because of nearer cares and labors, will grow tired, and not take +any care of the affairs of this state. Therefore, it is advisable +that, should this happen, he [a successor] take and find it in such +condition that, with the divine favor, it might, in its own strength, +furnish its own defense from the injuries inflicted by weather +and enemies; and, planning out its duty in the most secure manner, +take courage, so far as it might, to construct a solid and durable +fort. And although this care and vigilance have always been mine, +and I have been especially attentive, from the time of my arrival, +to look after the repair and fortification of this city, as being the +head and court of this kingdom, and where, in whatever attack and +emergency, the heart and principal strength of the defense of this +kingdom must be located; and for this and for the conservation and +perpetuation of this state, I am setting in force many activities +and provisions that I have ordained and made in anticipation, which +are to be seen and considered, conforming to and governing myself in +this by the express orders given me by his Majesty--who for it points +out to me, and advises me especially of certain hostile nations, +with whom I must proceed carefully and cautiously; nevertheless, in +the preparation and repairs of this city, the defense of the coasts +and seas, in order to resist the enemies that might invade them, +I would have displayed greater zeal and energy (both in these and in +other provisions), had not the fathers, superiors of the orders, and +other religious, in all or nearly all of them, opposed me by raising +scruples, both in private conversations and in their pulpits and +sermons, contradicting my authority and raising up obstacles. For +indeed, in the building of the wall and fort of this city, the +scruples that they have urged against me are well known--namely, +that this country had no need of the defenses; that the Indian, to +whom the country belongs, does not request them; and that the whole +thing results in labor and oppression for the Indians. If galleys are +built and equipped--even when by order of his Majesty, and for the +defense of these seas and rivers, it has been said with accusations +that for so poor a land this is a very heavy burden; and that these +and other preparations cannot be made, except in a known extremity, +and a manifest and evident danger. They have urged the same obstacle +against me in equipping the galleys with seamen from among the Indians; +and say that, in good conscience, this cannot be done; that although +such natives otherwise may be the perpetual slaves of their chiefs, +while here they are seamen for but three years, at the end of which +they are freed, this is not sufficient to justify it, as the work is +different, greater, and against natural right. They have even said +that, if there is no other means to have galleys, there should be none, +or that the king find the method, since, by virtue of the tribute that +he levies, the defense of the land belongs to him. If order is given +to gather the rice and other foods--so necessary a preparation in +case of any adverse event--or that tackle, lines, and other supplies +be made (for which the Indians are well paid for their work thereon), +neither can this be done, because the Indians are deprived of food, +and it is a great affliction. In short, there is contradiction and +opposition to everything, and moreover, called by a name so serious as +charge of conscience and salvation or condemnation of the soul. This, +at the very least, however necessary may be the things ordained, +renders lukewarm and greatly disheartens him who ordains them, and +continues to warn him; so that it has happened to me that, by finding +myself confused and with my hands almost tied by so many outcries +in the pulpits, so many declarations, and so many acclamations and +persuasions, I have been temporizing. And, little by little, this has +increased, with that which the troubles and dangers were demanding in +the procuring of repairs and remedies, until now when it is evident--by +reason of the information that I have received of Xaponese enemies, +which can have only a sure and certain foundation--that there will be +no need of announcing to them, in the manifest danger that threatens, +the arousing and quickening of the great and ardent desire that I +have always had, that I might succeed in seeing this state in some +condition of perfection, and in such repair and defense that it may +await, with courage and confidence (after the protection of God), any +attack whatever from surrounding enemies, who are known here--until, +with the lapse of time, and God opening His hand more generously, +and the city growing stronger with its power and forts, it may, not +contenting itself with only conserving that conquered in the name +of God and of its king, extend and enlarge itself, ever acquiring +greater dominion and authority. For this purpose, there is no surer +means than by repairs and preparations to have foreseen the danger +and extremity to which we might come, before such danger comes to +let fall its blow--since, if we await it until that time, the enemy +will give us no opportunity to take counsel or protect ourselves, +much less to make and prepare things, that, necessarily, to be of +use, should have been made and prepared much beforehand; for the +sword is worn many days in the belt, to but one that it proves its +worth by its aid. It would not suffice for me then, when the enemy +tried to kill me in the fort, to have my sword at home. Nor is it a +discreet state which, when expecting enemies, waits until they are +actually seen, before providing a fort, walls, artillery, galleys, +arms, and other preparations _[aparatos]_, which for that very reason +are called preparations: because they have to be made ready beforehand +_[aparejados]_ many days, and even years. Accordingly, not only should +the arms be ready, but the soldiers experienced in and accustomed to +them; the galley not only finished, but the rower skilful at the oar; +the food collected; and even the money, which is the sinew of war, +ready and assigned for the expenses of war--in order that the enemy, +who spies on all our actions, may see how well prepared and equipped +we are, and be restrained and intimidated. For many times battles are +fought as much by means of reputation as with forces, and since the +future danger, when it is assured, must be held as present, in order +to anticipate it and prepare for it, let us take counsel on the danger +expected as if we had it already at the doors of our houses. And with +the same diligence, let us set ourselves to the preparation, as if we +actually saw the enemy on that sea. I would wish to be judged as too +forearmed and assured, than, by negligence, over-confidence, and lack +of diligence to lose one palmo of land, or one iota of reputation. This +proposition, then, Fathers and Sirs, I have petitioned and prayed +from your Paternities and Graces, that we might assemble here, +since we all have equal share in the common safety, to discuss it; +and so that, in the provisions and preparations that must be made, +I may take action in everything with an easy conscience, which is the +part pertaining to your Paternities; so that, with light and clearness +on this point, I may prepare in time for the imminent danger that +threatens. For if we waited until the extreme point of necessity was +reached, innumerable difficulties would ensue, since what gradually, +and in space of time, can be done easily, and with few people, who are +well paid, must then be done at one stroke, with an infinite number +of conscripted and unpaid people, and with intolerable confusion and +hardship, besides many other annoyances, which are a great hindrance +and obstacle to both soul and body, and to defense from the enemy, +but which are avoided, if preparation be made beforehand. + +[_Endorsed on the front leaf_: "For the religious."] + + + + +Documents of 1593 + + + + Letter to Governor Dasmarinas. Felipe II; January 17. + Two royal decrees. Felipe II; January 17 and February 11. + + +_Sources_: Both of these documents are obtained from the original +MSS. in the Archivo general de Indias. + +_Translations_: These are made by James A. Robertson. + + + + +Letter from the King to Gomez Perez Dasmarinas + + +The King: To Gomez Perez Das Marinas, my governor and captain-general +of the Philippinas Islands. I have received the letters that you +wrote me by the last fleet from Nueba Espana. You have done well to +advise me so minutely of the condition in which you found affairs in +those islands, and how ill their government was being carried on. You +shall continue on all occasions to do this, acting in the islands +according to your obligation, and in conformity with the hope and +satisfaction that I have had, and have, in you. You have done very +well in having observed so punctually, as you say, what was ordered +you in the instructions that I had given you. You shall do likewise +with the other matters in your instructions. + +I was very glad to hear how far advanced work was on the cathedral +church of that city. I was pleased to see the care and promptness with +which you have attended to what I ordered you in regard to this. I +consider this as a service from you, and charge you that, if there be +anything lacking to finish the work, you shall see that it is done +as quickly as possible. Although you have been sent in duplicate +the decrees that you carried, they are now being sent again, without +considering that fact, to the officials of Mexico, so that they may, +upon the first opportunity, provide you with the supplies mentioned. + +You have done very well in applying the one thousand pesos of income +to the hospital for Spaniards, and the five hundred to that for the +Indians, as I ordered you in your instructions. I charge you that you +aid and protect them to the best of your ability, since the work is +so charitable. + +Since you say that the blankets that I ordered sent from Mexico for +the said hospitals are not needed, as you have there all you want, +and at a cheaper price, and that the money spent on them might be +better spent on other indispensable necessities of the said hospitals, +you shall advise the viceroy, Don Luis de Velasco, so that he may +convert the money for them into what you consider most needful. + +You advise me that you wished to audit the accounts of certain brothers +of the habit of St. Francis, who have charge of the hospital for the +Indians, but that they refused to show the accounts, and asserted +that I had nothing to do with it; and that, until I should endow that +house and satisfy its needs, I could have nothing to do with it, +nor in the other charitable works of that bishopric. You say that +the bishop had abetted that, and that he had sided with and aided +the brothers. And although you ought, notwithstanding his reply, +to continue your investigations, which have not yet been made, you +shall, as soon as you receive this letter, take possession of the said +hospital, and of any others in the said islands, in my name, as patron +of them--for such I am by right and by apostolic bull. Likewise you +shall call to account all who shall have had charge of the incomes, +alms, and other matters pertaining to them. I am writing to the bishop +not to hinder you in this; and that, if he desire, he may be present +at the said settlement of accounts. + +Since the bishop has gone to excess in placing so many fiscals and +officials in that city and in the other towns of that island, and +in arresting and whipping Indians, to the very great prejudice of my +jurisdiction, he certainly must restrain himself. Now and henceforth +you shall see that the said bishop does not meddle or concern himself +with more than pertains to him by right, and that he observe the +regulations imposed by the laws of my kingdoms. + +I have noted what you say in regard to the artifices and plans of +the bishop, so that my patronage might not be exercised; and that +he appoints the incumbents of benefices removable _ad nutum_, +and temporarily, not in actual ownership and by institution, +in order to be able to remove them and appoint others; and the +excommunications with which he annoys the officials of my royal estate, +and the encomenderos, if they do not furnish the salaries of those +ecclesiastics whom he appoints without notifying you. Inasmuch as +these things are prohibited with especial distinctness, and the said +patronage belongs to me throughout all the states of the Yndias, you +shall have it observed. The bishop shall not meddle with the matter +of the salaries, but you yourself shall pay to those who shall give +instruction what is due them according to the ordinance. + +As I have understood the opposition offered by the religious, and the +difficulties that they placed in the way of executing the ordinance +which prohibited buying the Chinese merchandise--except through persons +assigned for it and at a moderate price set by them, who should buy +at wholesale, and afterward distribute the merchandise--I am writing +the enclosed letters to the provincials of the orders, ordering them +not to offer any opposition in such matters. You shall deliver them +to the provincials, and shall act according to your orders. + +You have acted excellently in ordaining that no suits regarding actions +committed and past before the establishment of the Audiencia shall +be admitted, since, as you very truly observe, this meant opening +the door to many difficulties, and giving opportunity to the people +to become entangled in embarrassments and troubles. Therefore, you +shall continue with the execution of this plan, and shall endeavor +always to prevent suits and quarrels, which are so prejudicial and +harmful in lands so remote, as is easily understood. + +In regard to what you say of the embassy and present that you think +should be sent to the king of China, in order to conciliate him to +my service, and to open the door, by this way, for the preaching of +the gospel in those districts, I am considering the matter, and shall +advise you of what is resolved upon. + +All that you say concerning the need of religious is borne in +mind. Therefore as many as possible will always be sent. At the +present time, a number of them are going, in especial thirty descalced +religious of the order of St. Francis. Care and diligence will be +exercised, in the future, to provide those who, as you shall advise +us, are needed. + +It is very advisable and necessary for the Indians to have a protector +and defender, as is the case in Piru and Nueba Spana. And since, +as you say, the bishop, to whom I had entrusted it, is unable to +attend to the affairs, acts, and judicial procedures which require +personal attention, you, as governor, shall appoint the said defender +and protector, to whom you shall assign a suitable salary. This +salary shall be paid from the tributes of the Indians, distributed +proportionally among those assigned to my crown and those allotted +to private individuals, without at all infringing for this purpose +upon my moneys that proceed from other sources. Notwithstanding this, +you are to understand that the bishop is not to be deprived of the +general superintendence of the protection of the said Indians. + +You report that, upon your arrival at those islands, you found that +the Indians of Sirean, Yllocos, and Cagayan were paying ten reals, +and had been doing so since the tribute was imposed, because, as they +were more wealthy, heavier tribute was imposed on them than on the +others. You say that you are in doubt, because your instructions state +that the tribute of eight reals is to be increased and raised to ten, +whether you are to understand that all the tributes are to be raised +two reals; for if so, then those who formerly paid ten must now pay +twelve, just as those who were paying eight now pay ten. Inasmuch as +the intention was that all the tributes should be raised two reals, +you shall order that those Indians who were paying ten reals shall +pay twelve, now and henceforth. You shall adjust this with the mildest +possible means. + +Respecting the duties that are to be paid on the gold dug in those +islands--about which you say there has been a dispute, since the +former fiscal of the Audiencia there claimed that it should be the +fifth, while the city contradicted him, and petitioned that it be +but the tenth--you shall endeavor, conveniently and mildly, now +and henceforth to introduce the fifth, since it is the right that +pertains to me. If you shall encounter in this great difficulties +and annoyances, you shall leave the matter in its present shape. You +shall advise me of the condition of the country and the mines, and the +annual amount of the said fifth, based on the present value of the +tenth, so that after examination in my royal Council of the Yndias, +the most advisable measures may be enacted. + +You say also that, inasmuch as you found Don Bernardino de Sande +very poor, you were unable to collect from him the proceeds of the +encomienda of Baratao, in accordance with the writ issued by my +royal Council of the Yndias. In consideration of this, and because +he had served well, you say that you left him in possession of the +encomienda, providing that he annually put one-third of the income +arising from it into my treasury. Also, that you have allotted the +other villages that he occupies in La Laguna of that city to Don Juan +Ronquillo and Don Gonzalo Ronquillo de Ballesteros in equal portions, +as a reward for their services; and that likewise you have appointed +Captain Gomez de Machuca (who is a very meritorious person) to the +post of treasurer, with a salary of five hundred pesos, until the +owner of the office should arrive. All of the above is well done. + +Likewise you say that one section of your instructions orders that +while the soldiers draw pay they may not trade, as such a thing would +distract them from their military duty; and that although this is +right, you think that they might be permitted to invest two or three +hundred pesos, because of their great poverty and as an aid to its +alleviation. This would not embarrass them, and you would not allow +it to distract them. In consideration of this, I endorse what you +say. Therefore you may tolerate this in them to the above amount. + +You wrote me from Mexico what you repeat in your latest letters--that, +in order to be able to ensure respectable soldiers going to those +islands, it would be advisable to permit the soldiers who go there to +return to Nueva Spana, or wherever their wives or business interests +were, after several years' service, or if necessary business arose, +or if they were, as some are, married; for, as it is seen that they +are not permitted to leave those islands, none but mestizos and +people of little account go there. After discussing this matter, +it was determined to refer it to you, as I do now, in order that you +may act as you may consider most advisable; but so that there may be +no lack of the people necessary in that country. + +The suit that you mention between the bishop and the encomenderos in +regard to the tithes, has not yet arrived here. As soon as it comes, +it will be examined, and necessary steps will be taken. + +Inasmuch as you report that there are certain Sangley shops in the +Parian, whose rent is given to their governor; and that it is not +advisable that those Sangleys remain there, because they are not +Christians; but that some settlement outside the city should be +assigned them, and the rent for their shops applied to that city as +public property, while another kind of remuneration be given to the +said judge of the Sangleys: I refer to you everything pertaining to +this matter, so that, after consulting with the licentiate Rojas and +the municipal government of that city, you may provide for it in such +manner that the said Sangleys receive no injury or dissatisfaction. + +Under the present cover I enclose to you a second decree, ordering that +my officials of those islands should pay their wages to the sailors, +carpenters, blacksmiths, and other workmen; and that, if my treasury +there should prove insufficient for this, they send to Nueba Spana +for the deficit. Under other covers I am writing to the viceroy to +have this carefully obeyed. + +Notwithstanding that the provision mentioned in your instructions, +ordering that none but inhabitants of those islands engage in trade, +was not delivered or afterward sent to you, you shall observe the +contents of that section of the said instructions which treats of this. + +The effort which you report having made with the city, that a convent +of nuns be founded in the church of Sant Andres (the erection of +which has begun), which is discussed in section twenty-seven of your +instructions, is well, and you shall continue it. + +You will know my wishes in regard to the sale of the offices from +the despatches that have been sent to you, and you shall observe them. + +The bulls of crusades and composition, which you say might be applied +in those islands, were sent to you; and my royal Council of the +Crusade is writing in regard to it. + +In remunerating and providing for the deserving, you shall continue +to observe the instructions and orders given you. + +In regard to what you say about the entrances and new discoveries, and +their great necessity in order that the soldiers may be maintained, +and their extreme poverty alleviated, this is not the principal +end that must be observed, but that of the service of God, and the +welfare of the Indians. Inasmuch as you have the matter in hand, you +shall consider what will be most advisable, and you shall accordingly +ordain in it what you consider fitting, in accordance with the nature +and condition of the country, and the people that you shall have. + +You have done very well in applying the proceeds of the merchant's +peso on the Chinese merchandise, and the monopoly of playing-cards, +to the wall of that city; and because you have made, for the same +purpose, a two per cent assessment and contribution on the citizens +and on the Peruvian and Mexican merchandise traded in that land. And +although you report that this two per cent assessment has been made +for only one time, you shall continue the collection of this duty, +and that on the playing-cards, and the merchant's peso, until the +said fortification is finished. + +You shall be very careful to favor the cathedral and hospitals. You +shall advise me of what alms can be given, and to what amount, since +you report their, necessity as so great. + +I note what you say in regard to the change of lieutenant-governor +that you advise, or my giving you permission to appoint another. In +the meantime, until what is deemed advisable is provided in regard to +this (which is now being discussed) you shall endeavor to maintain +pleasant relations; and shall proceed as is most desirable to the +service of God and to mine, and to the welfare of the land. + +What pertains to the navigation from those islands will be determined +as soon as possible--namely, whether it shall be at my account, +or at that of private individuals, and you shall be advised of the +resolution taken. In either case, you shall send information, now and +henceforth, upon all occasions, to my royal Council of the Indias, +of all vessels leaving there, and of their registers, with itemized +cargo--as, so much in gold, and so much in merchandise, with the +declaration of the different kinds. + +You say that you have experienced difficulties and opposition on the +part of the encomenderos in establishing the increase of two reals +on the tribute of each Indian; and that notwithstanding that they +afterward agreed to it, yet they petitioned that they be allowed +to collect their tributes in the usual way. As this does not seem +to you advisable, but you desire that they collect with mildness, +you shall ordain thus, and it will receive endorsement. + +In undertaking the construction of the galleys, you shall advise me +of its progress, and of their cost, and for what purpose they can +best be used. + +I am ordering Joan de Ledesma to send you, with this, signed copies +of the decrees prohibiting Peru and Guatemala from trading in those +islands and in China. In accordance with these decrees, you shall +regard as confiscated everything that may be traded in violation of +those orders. + +It is not advisable to make any innovation in regard to the permission +which you request--namely, power to despatch vessels to Peru and +other points; but you should observe the decree. + +The other points of your letters are being discussed, and an answer +will be sent to you upon the first occasion. Madrid, January 17, +one thousand five hundred and ninety-three. + +_I The King_ + +By order of the king, our sovereign: + +_Joan de Ybarra_. + +Countersigned by the council. + +[_In the margin, at the beginning of this document_: "Reply to Gomez +Perez das Marinas, governor and captain-general of the Philippinas +Islands."] + + + + +Two Royal Decrees + + + +Lawsuits in the Philippine Islands + +Don Phelipe, etc. When I ordered the suppression of my royal audiencia +and chancilleria resident in the city of Manila of the Filipinas +Islands, and established there a governor and lieutenant-governor +(the latter of whom is a lawyer), to take care of matters of justice, +one of my decrees was ordered to be promulgated, in which was declared +the order to be followed in the hearing of suits and causes that +might arise in the said islands. This is of the following tenor: + +"Don Phelipe, by the grace of God, king of Castilla [his other titles +follow]. Inasmuch as, for certain reasons advantageous to my service, +I have resolved to order the suppression of my royal audiencia, at +present established in the Philipinas Islands, and have appointed +as my governor and captain-general of them Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, +knight of the order of Santiago, and you, the licentiate Pedro de +Rojas (at present my auditor in my said royal Audiencia), as his +lieutenant-governor and counselor, to determine matters of justice; +and inasmuch as, the said Audiencia not having existence, it is +advisable that for the peace and tranquillity of the said islands and +the citizens and inhabitants thereof, and the good administration +of justice therein, you should understand the system that you are +to observe and follow in the hearing and determination of the suits, +which were moved and were pending in the said Audiencia, or that will +be moved hereafter: I declare, desire, and will that in all cases you +shall hear, sentence, determine, and execute in the following form +and manner. All the suits that were pending in the said Audiencia, +and were not concluded on trial, you shall resume in the condition +in which they were left, and they shall be prosecuted before you. You +shall pass sentence upon them; and if appeal is made by the parties, or +either one of them, from your decisions, you shall submit the appeal to +the president and auditors of my royal Audencia residing in the city of +Mexico, in Nueba Espana. You shall likewise refer to my said Audiencia +of Mexico the suits that may have received sentence on trial in the +said Audiencia, if appeal has been made from the sentence, so that +the cases may be prosecuted before it, and sentenced in review. And if +any suits were sentenced in review in the said Audiencia of the said +Philipinas Islands, and the execution of the sentences is demanded, +then you are authorized to have them executed, as well as the sentences +given on trial in the said Audiencia in suits pending therein, and +on which no appeal was made, and if the said sentences on trial were +passed in a case where judgment was rendered. Likewise I declare, and +it is my will, that you may hear and try the suits regarding Indians +which shall be moved in the said islands henceforth, and those which +might come before you on appeal from the corregidors that are and were +in the said islands. In hearing the said suits regarding Indians, +you shall observe the royal decree and edict given at Malinas, and +the declarations that were made regarding it. In this and in all the +abovementioned cases, as well as in all other suits and causes that the +said Gomez Perez Dasmarinas can and ought to try, as being governor and +captain-general, and you, the said licentiate Pedro de Roxas, as his +counselor and lieutenant-governor, for the determination of the said +suits and matters of justice, you shall observe the laws and ordinances +of these kingdoms, and the instructions, provisions, and decrees, +given by the emperor and king, my sovereign (may he rest in peace), +and by me, and those that shall be given. And for authorization to +perform and fulfil all that is above mentioned, and any portion and +part of it, and all else annexed and pertaining to it, I grant you +as complete and sufficient power as is required and as is needed. I +order the presidents and auditors of my royal audiencias of the said +Nueba Espana, and all the councils, magistrates, regidors, knights, +esquires, officials, and good men of all cities, towns, and hamlets +of Nueba Espana and of the said islands, to keep and observe this my +decree in every point, according to the tenor of what is contained +and declared therein; and that, for its fulfilment, they give and +cause to be given to you the help and assistance that you request +and that is necessary. And I order my said presidents and auditors of +my said royal Audiencia of Mejico to hear the said suits that shall +be sent there, in accordance with the above order; and that they +give sentence and conclusion to them in accordance with the law and +ordinances of these kingdoms, and with the said ordinances, provisions, +and decrees; and none of you shall violate them. Given at San Lorenzo, +August twenty-one, one thousand five hundred and eighty-nine. + +_I The King_ + +I, secretary of the king, our sovereign, had this written by his order. + +_Juan de Ybarra_" + + +I have been informed recently that, because of the great distance +of those islands from the city of Mexico (to whose Audiencia must be +sent appeals in the said causes), many, especially the poor, refuse to +prosecute their suits; for in some of them the costs amount to more +than the principal, besides the annoyance of the delay. This serves +as a cause for grief and annoyance, from which the wealthy profit to +the injury of most of that community. As I desire the relief of this +state of things, I order, with the concurrence of my royal Council of +the Indias, for the present that henceforth all suits for the value +of one thousand ducados or less be concluded in the courts of the said +Philipinas Islands. If appeal be made from the sentences given at the +first instance, and substantiated in the second, in conformity with +law, the case shall be regarded as closed with the sentence imposed by +the said lieutenant-governor in the second instance, and no appeal can +be taken from it. In suits and causes for more than one thousand pesos +[_sic_], appeal may be made to my said royal Audiencia of Mexico, +in accordance with the tenor of the decree inserted above. In order +that this may be public and manifest, I order this my decree to +be published in the said city of Manila. Given at Madrid, January +seventeen, one thousand five hundred and ninety-three. + +_I The King_ + + + +Countersigned by Juan Bazquez, and signed by the council. + +[_In the margin_: "In order that suits and causes of one thousand +ducados and less may be concluded in the court of the Philipinas +islands; and, if the amount be in excess of the above sum, they may +be appealed to the royal Audiencia of Mexico."] + + + +Restrictions on Commerce + +The King: Inasmuch as, whenever we have promulgated ordinances +prohibiting trade between the Western Yndias and China, and regulating +that of the Philipinas, I have been informed that there has been +neglect in the execution thereof; and that, as the merchants and +other persons in the Northern Sea who trade in these our kingdoms +of Castilla, and in the Yndias, have suffered so many losses during +past years, and those engaged in the profits of the Chinese trade +have gained so much, the latter has increased greatly, while the +commerce of these my said kingdoms has declined, on which account +both these kingdoms and my royal income have received great damage: +therefore, since it is so important that the commerce of these my said +kingdoms and of the Yndias be preserved and increased, and that there +be quite usual communication and trade between them, I have, with the +concurrence of my royal Council of the Yndias, determined to prohibit +by new orders--as by this present I do pruhibit, forbid, and order--in +the future, in any manner and under any circumstances whatever, +any vessel from sailing from the provinces of Peru, Tierra Firme, +Guatimala, Nueva Espana, or any other part of our Western Yndias, +to China, for trade or traffic or for any other purpose. Neither can +they go to the Philipinas Islands, except those from Nueva Espana, +which are permitted to go by another decree of this same date. We have +ordained that, should this be done, such vessel will be regarded as +confiscated, with all its money, merchandise, and other cargo. One +third part of all of this shall be applied to our exchequer, a second +third to him who shall give information thereof, and the other third +to the judge who shall pass sentence. And further, we forbid that +any merchandise brought to the said Nueva Espana from the Philipinas +Islands be transferred to the said provinces of Piru and Tierra Firme, +even when the duties imposed on such merchandise have been paid. For +our purpose and will is that nothing from China and the Philipinas +Islands be used in the said provinces of Piru and Tierra Firme, +except what may be there at present, and for which we allow them four +years, to be determined from the date on which this our decree shall +be promulgated. For this purpose every person shall register what +he has at present before the justice of the city, town, or hamlet, +where he lives, or of which he is a citizen. Henceforth whatever of +the aforesaid merchandise shall be taken to the above-named provinces, +or whatever shall be found in the possession of any person whatsoever, +outside of the said register, or after the conclusion of the above +time-limit, we order that it be confiscated also, and divided and +shared as above stated. But we permit them to bring to these kingdoms, +anything of the above-named articles that they may have had hitherto, +within the limit of the said four years. I order my viceroys of Piru +and Nueva Espana, my governor and captain-general of the Philipinas, +the presidents and auditors of my royal audiencias of the Yndias, +and all other magistrates therein, that they observe and fulfil +this our decree, strictly, inviolably, and punctually; and that +they execute the penalties contained herein without any remission or +dispensation whatever, as is thus my will, and as is fitting for my +service. They shall promulgate it in all places where this shall be +necessary and desirable, so that all may have notice of it, and none +may plead ignorance. Given in Madrid, February eleven, one thousand +five hundred and ninety-three. [53] + +_I The King_ + + + + + + +Bibliographical Data + + +The papal decree of 1591 is taken from Hernaez's _Coleccion de bulas_, +i, p. 108; the account of encomiendas, from Retana's _Archivo del +bibliofilo filipino_, iv, pp. 41-111; the letter by Clement VIII, +from Hernaez, ii, p. 357. All the remaining documents of this volume +are obtained from the Archivo general de Indias, Sevilla, being +translated from the original MSS. or from transcriptions thereof; +the pressmarks are as follows: + +1. _Collection of tributes_ (1591)--See Bibliographical Data for +_Vol_. VII. + +2. _Conquest of Mindanao_.--"Simancas--Secular; Audiencia de Filipinas; +cartas y expedientes del cabildo secular de Manila vistos en el +Consejo; anos 1570 a 1640; est 67, caj. 6, leg. 27." + +3. _Ordinance regarding Chinese stuffs_.--"Simancas--Secular; Audiencia +de Filipinas; cartas y expedientes del gobernador de Filipinas vistos +en el Consejo; anos 1567 a 1599; est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 6." + +4. _Letter by Dasmarinas_ (1591).--The same as No. 3. + +5. _Fortification of Manila_--The same as No. 3. + +6. _Investigations at Manila_--"Simancas--Filipinas; descubrimientos, +descripciones y poblaciones de las Yslas Filipinas; anos 1582 a 1606; +est. 1, caj. 1, leg. 3|29." + +7. _Opinions of the religious orders_.--"Simancas--Secular; Cartas +y expedientes del presidente y oidores de dicha Audiencia vistos en +el Consejo; anos 1583 a 1599; est. 67, caj. 6, leg. 18." + +8. _Letters from Dasmarinas_ (1592); also all the remaining documents +of that year.--The same as No. 7. + +9. _Letter from Felipe II_ (1593).--"Audiencia de Filipinas; registros +de oficio y partes: reales ordenes dirigidas a las autoridades y +particulares del distrito de la Audiencia; anos de 1568 a 1605; +est. 105, caj. 2, leg. 11." + +10. _Two royal decrees_.--(1) Is a part of No. 9; (2) The same as +No. 6. + + + + + + +NOTES + +[1] Referring to the _Historia natural y moral de las Indias_ +(Sevilla, 1590) of Joseph de Acosta (1540-1600), a noted Jesuit +writer. Markham's translation of this interesting work forms nos. 60 +and 61 of the Hakluyt Society's publications (London, 1880). + +[2] Evidently a reference to the convent of the Augustinians. + +[3] Spanish _obispo de anillo_, literally, "bishop with a ring;" +the same as a bishop _in partibus infidelium_. This means a titular +bishop of the Roman Catholic church whose territory is occupied by +infidels, so that he cannot reside there. + +[4] Spanish _vinas_; here used metaphorically, since the natives +then obtained their wine from the palm-tree, and from rice, etc. See +_Vol_. III, p. 202; iv, p. 67; and V, p. 169. Cf. U.S. Philippine +Commission's _Report_ (1900), iii, pp. 264-266. + +[5] The allusion to this document which appears in section 8 of +Dasmarinas's letter to the king of June 20, 1591, which immediately +follows this, shows that it was prepared by his order, to accompany +the letter. + +[6] Spanish _puente_, in Retana's text; apparently an error for some +other word referring to the priest at Tabuco. + +[7] Evidently referring to the petition which appears in _Vol_. VII, +p. 301. + +[8] The university of Salamanca was founded in the twelfth or +thirteenth century. The city of Salamanca, although it contains +beautiful churches, owes its fame chiefly to the university. The +studies were divided into the greater schools, or university proper, +and the lesser schools, or colleges. In 1569 it had the following +chairs: canonical law, ten; theology, seven; medicine, seven; logic and +philosophy, eleven; astronomy, one; music, one; Hebrew and Chaldean, +two; Greek, four; rhetoric and grammar, seventeen. It was among the +very first universities to teach the sciences. + +The university of Alcala was founded by Cardinal Cisneros, July 26, +1508, under the name of Colegio Mayor de San Ildefonso. It was removed +to Madrid in 1836. The building occupied by the university combined +in itself several forms of architecture, not adhering to any one. + +[9] _Regimiento_: the body of regidors, who never exceeded twelve, +forming a part of the municipal council, or _ayuntamiento_, in every +capital of a jurisdiction. See Bouvier's _Law Dictionary_ (Rawle's +rev. ed., Boston, 1897), p. 860. + +[10] The quotation from St. Augustine is cited in Gratian's "Decretum," +in _Corpus juris canonici_; it reads thus, in English: "The natural +order, fitted to promote peace among mortals, demands that the power to +wage war, and the direction of it, rest in the sovereign." The other +citation is from St. Thomas Aquinas's _Summa theologica_, part ii, +div. ii, qu. 40, art. i.--_Joseph Fitzgerald_. + +[11] "One may repel force with force." + +[12] "Just wars are defined to be those which avenge wrongs; if a +nation or a state is to be punished either for neglect to punish the +evil deeds of their people, or to make restitution of what has been +taken wrongfully." + +[13] "He concedes all who refuses what is just." + +[14] This reference is to St. Augustine's "Questions on (the book of) +Numbers." The citation _Ut legitimum_ is to a chapter in Gratian's +_Decretum_, of which these are the opening words.--_Joseph Fitzgerald_. + +[15] "It is to be observed in what manner just wars were waged by +the children of Israel against the Amorites; for inoffensive transit +was denied to them, although by the most equitable laws of human +fellowship it should be open." + +[16] "Though it be not lawful to cross over the lands of others, still, +as this transit was necessary and harmless, they [the Amorites] ought +not to have forbidden it--and, further, because it was a public route, +and no one is forbidden to use a public route." + +[17] _In continente_, "on the spot;" that is, at the actual time of +the assault or other wrong. _Nec sua repetere_, "nor recover his own" +(by force or violence is implied). Silvester is cited in the _Theologia +moralis_ of Alphonso Maria de Liguori.--_Joseph Fitzgerald_. + +[18] "Beyond the due limits of [lawful self-]defense." + +[19] "The Spanish writer cites "II Kings." But the books designated +"I and II Kings" in the Septuagint, the Vulgate, and the Catholic +canon are called in the English Bible "I and II Samuel."--_Joseph +Fitzgerald_. + +[20] "Whether at command of God or that of some legitimate ruler, +wars are undertaken even by good men, to be waged against the violence +of rebels, when civil order itself justly constrains them either to +command such action or to obey [_i.e._, to serve in the army]." + +_Quid culpatur_ is the opening of a chapter in Gratian's _Decretum_, +a section of the canon law, and serves as the title of the +chapter.--_Joseph Fitzgerald_. + +[21] "What is condemned in war? Is it that men who at some time +must die, die in war? It is for cowards to fault this, not religious +men. The desire to do injury, the cruelty of revenge, unappeased and +implacable hate, the wild passions of rebellion, lust of power and +the like--such are the things which are justly condemned in wars." + +[22] "With God's true worshipers even wars are not sinful if they are +waged, not through greed or with cruelty, but for the sake of peace, +that the wicked may be repressed and the good sustained." + +[23] "We wage war that we may live in peace." + +[24] "Peace is not sought that war may be waged, but war is waged +that peace may be won." + +[25] "He hangs him out of hatred." + +[26] "When from dissensions and factions results, not peril to this +one or that, but slaughter of whole populations, then severity must +be relaxed somewhat, that sweet charity may intervene for the healing +of those greater ills." + +[27] "Whenever evil is done by whole populations or by a multitude, +then, because it is not possible to punish them all, on account of +their great number, the matter usually passes by unpunished." + +[28] "The multitude should be spared." + +[29] "For when there are so many who fall that they defend their +former iniquity by authority, and who make, as it were, a business +of sinning, that hope itself must be cut off." + +[30] "As war is lawful, it is lawful to use the means needful to +attain the end, which is victory." + +[31] "Plunder is no longer allowable." + +[32] Juan de Valderrama was the head of the Augustinian missionaries +sent to the Philippines in 1582. He had much executive ability, and, +besides conducting one or more churches in the villages near Manila, +held successively important posts in his order (prior provincial, +from 1590). He died in 1618. Alonso de Castro came to the islands in +1577, and was missionary in several villages, both Tagalo and Bisayan, +as he had mastered both languages. Gifted as a theologian and orator, +he was designated by Felipe II as bishop of Nueva Caceres, but died +(1597) before he could exercise that office. + +Lorenso de Leon came in 1582, and held many high positions in his order +there. In 1606 he returned to Mexico, where he died in 1623. Juan +Vega Tamayo who arrived in the same year, remained until his death +(in 1603), most of his time being occupied in official duties at +Manila. Of Antonio Serrano it is only known that he occupied various +official positions in the Manila convent from 1590 to 1596. Diego +Gutierrez was a missionary in Luzon from 1578 until his death in 1613. + +Diego Munoz came in 1578, and was professor of theology in the +Manila convent, missionary to the Chinese at Tondo in 1581, the first +commissary of the Inquisition in the islands (see his instructions, +_Vol_. V, pp. 256-273), and prior provincial from 1587. He died at +Manila in 1594. Diego Alvarez was in the islands from 1578 until his +death (1601) mainly engaged in official duties. Alonso de Montalban +came in 1590, and died in 1604. Matias Manrique came in 1586, and +died in 1593. Alonso Paz is known to have been in Luzon during 1591-93. + +The above information is obtained from Perez's _Catalogo_. + +[33] This was doubtless St. Pedro Bautista Blazquez y Blazquez +Villacastin, born June 29, 1542, of a noble Spanish family. He made +his religious profession in the Franciscan order, in 1567. After +some time spent in Mexico, he came to the Philippines, where his +first task was the instruction of Tagals in music. In 1586 he was +chosen as custodian of the Franciscan communities there, which +office he held until 1591; he was then appointed guardian of the +Manila convent. He was very active in mission work in the islands, +and founded several convents and villages. In 1593 he was sent by +Governor Dasmarinas as ambassador to Japan; was afterward placed in +charge of the Franciscan missions in Japan; and founded a hospital +for lepers and a convent in the city of Miaco. On February 5, 1597, +Father Bautista with five of his brethren, and a number of Japanese +converts, were martyred at Nagasaki. He was beatified in 1627, and +canonized by Pius IX in 1862. See Gomez Platero's _Catalogo biografico_ +(Manila, 1880); and Santa Ines's _Cronica_, i, pp. 452-466. + +[34] The document here mentioned is an official report of certain +conversations between Dasmarinas and Rojas; it is not presented here, +because it is of little importance or interest. + +[35] Contract for disposing of goods by wholesale. + +[36] An extensive synopsis made by some government clerk is written +on the back of this letter. + +[37] An extensive synopsis of the letter was made by one of the +government clerks. + +[38] The conquest of Korea was not accomplished until 1592, although +the preceding year had been spent in vigorous preparations for +the campaign. Hideyoshi evidently made this statement in boastful +anticipation of success. His design was to conquer, at one blow, +both Korea and China. + +[39] The device of Hideyoshi was a bundle of gourds. + +[40] As explained in the letter of Gomez Perez Dasmarinas, of June 11, +1592. (_q.v._ p. 256, _ante_), two copies of the translation of this +letter into Spanish were sent to Spain. The above, which is the second +in the document we follow, bears title "The same letter translated by +the ambassador, through an interpreter." The other copy was the one +made by order of the governor in Manila. As the governor states in his +letter, they are alike in essentials. The first letter is dated "The +year nineteen of Tienche, in the ninth month, and on the nineteenth +day of the month. The Quanpec of the kingdom of Japon." See another +version (in Spanish) of the second letter, with still other variations, +in Santa Ines's _Cronica_, ii, pp. 545-547; the editor of that work +states that the date of the letter--which, however, is there given as +"the 13th year of Tenjo, 11th month"--corresponds to the year 1591. + +[41] This letter, as found in the archives, is written on a separate +sheet and is inserted in the fold of the following letter. + +[42] "A corruption of Kuwambaku, the Japanese designation of +a regent appointed by the Mikado. The holder of this office at +the time here referred to was Hideyoshi, one of the most notable +rulers of Japan. Born in 1536, he entered the army when a youth, +and rapidly rose to its head. He was appointed regent in 1586, but +in 1591 abdicated in favor of his adopted son, Hidetsugu--retaining, +however, actual authority until his death in 1598. This embassy to +the Spaniards in the Philippines was but one evidence of Hideyoshi's +insatiate arrogance and ambition; for he planned to subjugate China +and all the other countries within his reach. For the history of +his reign, see J.J. Rein's _Japan_ (London, 1884), pp. 277-294; +David Murray's _Story of Japan_ (N.Y., 1894), pp. 184, 190-226; and +W.E. Griffis's _Mikado's Empire_ (5th ed., N.Y., 1887), pp. 236-243. + +[43] The Japanese calendar was based upon the lunar year; and the years +were divided into cycles of sixty years each. Besides this division, +there is another and more arbitrary one, into periods between important +historical events, which divisions are named from a list of Chinese +words specially set aside for this purpose. The name used in this +document, Tienchen, is that of one of these historical periods; it is +written "Tensho" by Griffis, and its dates given as 1573-92. See Rein's +_Japan_, pp. 434-437; and Griffis's _Mikado's Empire_, pp. 623-626. + +The place from which the letter was written was probably the town of +Shiuri, the chief port of the Riu Kiu (or Loo Choo) Islands, known to +the Spaniards as Lequios. See Basil Hall's "Bibliography of Luchu," +in _Transactions_ of Asiatic Society of Japan, xxiv, pp. 1-11. + +[44] A different version of this letter is given by Santa Ines, ii, +pp. 547-549. + +[45] La Concepcion states (_Historia_, ii, pp. 217, 218) that Faranda +had come to Manila in 1591, and, having carefully observed the +condition and defenses of that city, returned to Japan and informed +Faxevedono (Hideyoshi) that he could easily conquer the Spanish colony +in the Philippines. + +[46] Juan Cobo was a prominent member of the Dominican order in +Manila. He accomplished his errand as envoy to Japan, but on the +return voyage was shipwrecked, presumably on the coast of Formosa; +it is supposed that any who might survive the wreck were slain by +the natives. See La Conception's _Historia_, ii, pp. 223-229. + +[47] Span., _yo beso vras Reales manos_, "I kiss your royal hands." + +[48] Salazar embarked for Spain in this year of 1592, and after his +arrival there obtained from the king various favors, and a considerable +gratuity for the adornment of the Manila cathedral. The king determined +to relieve Salazar's burdens by erecting new dioceses in the islands, +and creating him archbishop. While preparations for this were being +made, the aged bishop died at Madrid, Dec 4, 1594. See La Concepcion's +_Hist. de Philipinas_, ii, pp. 192-194; also biographical sketch in +_Cartas de Indias_, pp. 837, 838, where are mentioned his writings +(one of which was printed). + +[49] A court of canon and civil laws, in opposition to the inner court, +or tribunal of conscience. (See vol. vi, p. 260, note 51.) + +[50] A synopsis by a government clerk is written on the back of +this letter. + +[51] The writer apparently confuses the Dutch with Germans. + +[52] The reply here mentioned is not preserved with this document. + +[53] On February 9, 1594, Garcia Hurtado de Mendoca, marques of +Canete, and viceroy of Peru, ordered this decree to be delivered to +the royal officials of Ciudad de los Reyes, who in turn ordered it +to be promulgated in due form by the herald. + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Philippine Islands, 1493-1898, +Volume VIII (of 55), 1591-1593, by Emma Helen Blair + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE PHILIPPINE ISLANDS, *** + +***** This file should be named 13742.txt or 13742.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/1/3/7/4/13742/ + +Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the PG Distributed Proofreaders Team + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. |